Quarterlytics / Industrials / Railroads / Stagecoach Group plc

Stagecoach Group plc

sgc.l · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker sgc.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Railroads
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Stagecoach Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2008

greener

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
8

smarter

Group Headquarters 10 Dunkeld Road Perth PH1 5TW Scotland
T +44 (0)1738 442 111  F +44 (0) 1738 643 648  www.stagecoachgroup.com

travel

62880_StCoachCov08.indd   1

3/6/08   16:09:00

 
 
4. Directors’ biographies

Details of corporate governance, including the operation of the Board of 
Directors, are given in section 6 of this Annual Report. A brief biography of 
each director is given below.

4.1 Robert Speirs
Position: Non-Executive Chairman
Appointment to the Board: 1995
Age: 71
Committee Membership: Nomination (Chair)
External appointments: Securysis Ltd (Non-Executive Director),
Miller Group Ltd (Chairman)
Previous experience: Member of the Board since 1995 and non-
executive chairman since 2002. Previously Group Finance Director of 
the Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

4.2 Brian Souter
Position: Chief Executive
Appointment to the Board: n/a (co-founder)
Age: 54
Committee Membership: None
External appointments: None
Previous experience: A Chartered Accountant, Brian Souter co-
founded Stagecoach, Scottish plc of the year 2008. Former Chairman of 
ScotAirways Group Ltd, Brian Souter was named Businessman of the 
year at the Insider Elite Awards 2004.

4.3 Martin Griffi ths
Position: Finance Director
Appointment to the Board: 2000
Age: 42
Committee Membership: Pension Oversight
External appointments: Robert Walters plc (Non-Executive Director), 
Glasgow Income Trust plc (Non-Executive Director)
Previous experience: A Chartered Accountant, Martin Griffi ths is a 
member and former chair of the Group of Scottish Finance Directors. 
Previously a director of Trainline Holdings Limited.

4.4 Ewan Brown CBE
Position: Non-Executive Director
Appointment to the Board: 1988
Age: 66
Committee Membership: Pension Oversight (Chair) and Nomination 
External appointments: Noble Grossart Ltd (Non-Executive Director),
Lloyds TSB Group plc (Non-Executive Director), Senior Governor of 
St Andrew University, Deputy Chair Edinburgh International Festival
Previous experience: Executive Director of Noble Grossart until 2003, 
a former chairman of TIE and Non-Executive Director of the John 
Wood Group. 

4.5 Iain Duffi n OBE
Position: Non-Executive Director
Appointment to the Board: 2001
Age: 61
Committee Membership: Remuneration (Chair), Audit and Health, 
Safety and Environmental 
External appointments: Origo Services (Non-Executive Chairman), 
Scottish Leather Group (Non-Executive Director)
Previous experience: Executive positions with a numbers of 
organisations including Macfarlane Group plc, Lucas Varity plc, ITT 
Corporation and Hughes Aircraft.

4.9

4.3

4.8

 page 20 | Stagecoach Group plc

4.2

4.7

62880_StCBoard_V12.indd   1
62880_StCBoard_V12.indd   1

1/7/08   14:33:12
1/7/08   14:33:12

4.6 Ann Gloag OBE
Position: Non-Executive Director
Appointment to the Board: n/a (co-founder)
Age: 65
Committee Membership: Health, Safety and Environmental 
External appointments: Mercy Ships (International Board Member)
Previous experience: Ann Gloag co-founded Stagecoach and served 
as executive director until 2000.

4.7 Sir George Mathewson
Position: Non-Executive Director
Appointment to the Board: 2006
Age: 68
Committee Membership: Remuneration and Nomination
External appointments: Scottish Investment Trust plc (Director),
Institute of International Finance (Member of the Board of 
Directors), International Monetary Conference (President),
Financial Reporting Council (Member), Toscafund Holdings 
(Chairman), Wood Mackenzie (Non-Executive Chairman), 
Bridgepoint Capital Limited (Member of Advisory Committee)
Previous experience: Former chairman of the Royal Bank of Scotland 
Group plc and Chief Executive of the Scottish Development Agency 
(now Scottish Enterprise).

4.8 Dr Janet Morgan CBE
Position: Non-Executive Director (Senior Independent)
Appointment to the Board: 2001
Age: 62
Committee Membership: Health, Safety and Environmental (Chair), 
Audit and Nomination 
External appointments: Nuclear Liabilities Fund (Chairman),
Murray International Investment Trust (Non-Executive Director),
Close Enterprise VCT plc (Non-Executive Director)
Previous experience: Former member of the Central Policy Review 
Staff of the Cabinet Offi ce.

4.9 Garry Watts
Position: Non-Executive Director 
Appointment to the Board: 2007
Age: 51
Committee Membership: Audit (Chair) and Remuneration 
External appointments: SSL International plc (Chief Executive),
Medicines and Healthcare Regulatory Authority (Non-Executive 
Director), Protherics plc (Non-Executive Director) 
Previous experience: A Chartered Accountant, Garry Watts is a 
former executive director of Celltech plc, fi nance director of Medeva 
plc and partner with KPMG.

4.6

4.5

4.1

4.4

 Stagecoach Group plc | page 21

62880_StCBoard_V12.indd   2
62880_StCBoard_V12.indd   2

1/7/08   14:34:51
1/7/08   14:34:51

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:47  Page 1

STAGECOACH GROUP PLC Company No. SC100764

YEAR ENDED 30 APRIL 2008

Highlights
• Strong performance delivers value to shareholders

– Revenue from continuing businesses up 17.2% at £1,763.6m
– 73.5% increase in earnings per share+ to 20.3p
– Full year dividend up 31.7% at 5.4 pence
– 63.0p per share return of value to shareholders in May/June 2007
– Net debt‡ - £319.7m

• Increased investment in bus and rail services
• Sector-leading growth at UK Bus

– Sixth successive year of organic passenger volume growth – like-for-

like** volumes up 3.6%
– Like-for-like revenue up 7.5%
– Significant margin* enhancement, up to 14.8% from 12.2%
– Innovative products, strong marketing and competitive fares drive

growth

Financial summary

Year ended 30 April

Revenue (£m)

Results excluding
intangible asset
expenses and
exceptional items
2008

2007

Reported results

2008

2007

1,763.6

1,504.6

1,763.6

1,504.6

Total operating profit (£m)
Disposal (losses)/gains (£m)
Net finance (charges)/income (£m)

Profit before taxation (£m)

Earnings per share (pence)
Proposed final dividend (pence)
Full year dividend (pence)

205.3
–
(30.9)

174.4

20.3p
4.05p
5.4p

161.3
–
0.7

162.0

11.7p
2.9p
4.1p

192.3
(1.4)
(23.6)

167.3

34.6p
4.05p
5.4p

180.9
2.5
0.7

184.1

25.4p
2.9p
4.1p

• Excellent financial and operating performance at UK Rail

– Strong passenger volume and revenue growth at South Western and

+excluding intangible asset expenses and exceptional items (refer to definition of
exceptional items contained in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).

East Midlands Trains

– South West Trains – growth in commuter and leisure revenue
– East Midlands Trains – strong start to new franchise

• Performance objectives in North America achieved ahead of schedule
– Operating margin up from 7.9% to 10.1%, excluding megabus.com
– Like-for-like revenue up 4.6%
– Expansion of budget inter-city coach service, megabus.com, in North

America

• Growth at Virgin Rail Group

– Continued strong revenue growth on West Coast franchise
– Further growth prospects from December 2008 timetable, requiring

consistently reliable infrastructure

* References to the operating margin, profit or loss of a particular business refer to margin,
profit or loss before interest, taxation, restructuring costs, intangible asset expenses and
exceptional items.

** Like-for-like amounts are derived, on a constant currency basis, by comparing the relevant
year-to-date amount with the equivalent prior year period for those businesses and
individual operating units that have been part of the Group throughout both periods.

‡ UK GAAP.

Adjusted earnings per share

Dividend per ordinary share

20.3p

5.4p

3.3p

2.9p

3.7p

4.1p

9.5p

6.7p

10.6p

11.7p

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Year ended 30 April 

Year ended 30 April 

Adjusted earnings per share is earnings per share before intangible asset
expenses and exceptional items. 2004 is a UK GAAP figure and 2005 to
2008 are IFRS figures.

The Group seeks to grow the dividend per ordinary share as earnings 
grow. 

Contents

2
3
4
20
22
26
30
31

Chairman’s statement
Chief Executive’s review
Operating and Financial Review
Directors’ biographies
Directors’ report
Corporate governance report
Audit Committee report
Nomination Committee report

31

Health, Safety and Environmental
Committee report
Directors’ remuneration report
32
Responsibility statement
39
Group independent auditors’ report
40
41
Consolidated financial statements
46 Notes to the consolidated financial

statements

101 Company independent auditors’ report
102 Company financial statements
103 Notes to the Company financial

statements

108 Shareholder information
109 Five year financial summary

Stagecoach Group plc | page 1

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:47  Page 2

1. Chairman’s statement

I am delighted to report that Stagecoach has delivered on its
strategy with another year of strong growth in both its bus and rail
operations.

The Group has capitalised on the positive environment for public
transport and the success of our market-leading services has
provided further excellent returns to our shareholders, with a 31.7%
increase in the proposed dividend for the year ended 30 April 2008.
Earlier in the financial year, we completed the return of
approximately £690m to shareholders equivalent to 63.0p per share
in addition to the regular dividend payments.

Passenger volume growth has been strong across the Group as more
people get on board our high-quality bus, coach, train and tram
services. A combination of new ideas, effective partnerships,
innovative marketing and significant investment to further enhance
the quality of our services for our customers is helping to drive
growth across the Group.

Our UK Bus division has performed well, generating further organic
growth and setting the benchmark for good value, easy-to-use bus
networks. In UK Rail, we have benefited from close cost control and
a renaissance on the railways, as well as the addition of East
Midlands Trains to our portfolio. Stagecoach is now Britain’s biggest
tram operator, having been awarded a 10-year contract to run and
maintain Manchester Metrolink. We have been encouraged by the
performance of our North American division, which has achieved
further revenue and profit growth. 

Group revenue from continuing operations for the year ended 30
April 2008 was up 17.2% at £1,763.6m (2007: £1,504.6m).
Operating profit from continuing operations before intangible
asset expenses and exceptional items* was 27.3% higher at £205.3m
(2007: £161.3m).  Earnings per share before intangible asset
expenses and exceptional items were up 73.5% at 20.3p
(2007: 11.7p).  In addition, there were net exceptional gains of
£25.8m (2007: £169.6m) before tax and £113.9m (2007: £160.9m)
after tax.

We are proposing a final dividend of 4.05p per share (2007: 2.9p),
giving a total dividend for the year of 5.4p (2007: 4.1p).  This partly
reflects a rebasing of the dividend rate in light of the substantial
growth in earnings per share. Moving forward, we plan to continue
to grow the dividend rate progressively.  The proposed final dividend
is payable to shareholders on the register at 29 August 2008 and
will be paid on 1 October 2008. Going forward and subject to no
significant changes in circumstances, we intend to set the interim
dividend per share each year at approximately one-third of the
preceding final dividend per share.

I would again like to thank our hard-working employees across our
operations who ensure we meet the high expectations of our
customers every day.  

While it is still early, the current financial year to 30 April 2009 has
started well and trading across the Group is in line with our
expectations. The Board is confident in the future prospects for the
Group and we believe the combination of increased road
congestion, rising public concern about environmental matters and
higher fuel prices will further boost demand for public transport. We
continue to focus closely on controlling our cost base and, while we
remain mindful of the cost impact of higher fuel prices and the
general weaker macroeconomic outlook, we are encouraged by the
significant potential for further modal shift from the car to bus and
train travel.

Robert Speirs
Chairman

25 June 2008

* Exceptional items are defined in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements on page 58 of this Annual Report

page 2 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:47  Page 3

2. Chief Executive’s review

We have achieved a strong set of results across the Group and I
believe we are starting to see a fundamental shift towards public
transport.

Increasing road congestion in our towns and cities, coupled with
growing evidence of changing customer behaviour as a result of
environmental concerns, has been a positive stimulus for the
development of our bus, coach, train and tram businesses.

A growing number of people are making more intelligent use of the
car and seeking out greener, smarter travel options to reduce their
carbon footprint. Our innovative partnerships and customer service
have grown the market for sustainable transport.

I am delighted that our UK Bus division has delivered a sixth
successive year of like-for-like passenger volume growth. In addition
to new journeys under concessionary fares schemes, our strong
brand, effective marketing campaigns and investment in our fleet
are changing people’s perception of bus travel. 

We are also making travel easier and delivering excellent value travel
for customers through our budget travel products and new channels
like our online multi-journey megarider tickets. The high standard of
our UK Bus operations saw Stagecoach win more awards than any
other operator at the 2007 UK Bus awards.

During the past year, we made a number of further small bolt-on
acquisitions in our UK Bus business, which complement our existing
operations. We will continue to take advantage of these
opportunities where they add value to the Group.

Stagecoach has continued to develop effective partnerships with
local authorities who share our vision for sustainable public
transport and this approach has produced good passenger volume
growth across our regional bus operations in the UK. We believe we
are also well-placed to benefit from the UK Government’s Local
Transport Bill and other policy measures designed to tackle the twin
challenges of road congestion and climate change.

Our UK Rail division has performed well, generating strong
passenger and revenue growth built on sound operational
performance. Punctuality at South West Trains has increased further
over the past 12 months and is now at record levels.  We are
working in partnership with Network Rail to ensure we are able to
deliver a consistently high level of service to passengers.

We are delivering strongly on our business plan for the South
Western franchise, which combines the operations of South West
Trains and Island Line.  Passengers are already benefiting from our
investment package to improve capacity and the travelling
environment on our trains.

We began operating East Midlands Trains in November 2007.  We
have made a strong start to the franchise and we are encouraged by
the positive passenger volume and revenue trends. We expect to see
further growth as passengers benefit from through travel to Europe
via connections with Eurostar at the redeveloped St Pancras Station
in London.

Passenger volume growth has also been strong on the West Coast

franchise operated by our joint venture, Virgin Rail Group (“VRG”).
West Coast Trains has one of the highest levels of customer
satisfaction of UK passenger train operators and we believe there is
significant potential for further growth over the next few years with
the introduction of a new timetable from December 2008.  The
planned new timetable should result in around 30% more train
services being operated by West Coast Trains.  In the interests of the
UK rail industry and train passengers, it is critical that Network Rail
delivers consistently reliable railway infrastructure to support the
significant increase in train services.  We are supporting work to
further increase capacity on the franchise and we are pleased that
VRG has been shortlisted by the Department for Transport (“DfT”)
for the contract to support the DfT through the design,
manufacture, delivery, testing and commissioning of new Pendolino
rolling stock through to the end of the current West Coast franchise
in March 2012.  

Stagecoach is now the biggest tram operator in the UK with the
contract to run and maintain the Manchester Metrolink network. We
have made a strong start to the contract and we are also carrying
record passenger volumes at Sheffield Supertram.

In North America, despite a challenging economic environment, we
have achieved further like-for-like revenue growth. We have also
achieved our objective of a 10% operating margin (excluding
megabus.com) for our North American operations.  This 10%
margin target was achieved a year earlier than planned. We have
focused closely on strong operational delivery, particularly in
delivering a high quality and safe service, marketing of our services,
and winning and retaining contract business.  We have been able to
grow our successful sightseeing operations by the addition of new
products and services, and by offering improved online sales
initiatives. I am also delighted with the development of
megabus.com in North America. We have carried more than one
million passengers and our research suggests we have created a new
market for inter-city coach travel in the United States and Canada.

I believe we can look forward to the year ahead with confidence as
we attract more people to greener, smarter travel. Stagecoach has
won further awards for the high quality of its bus and rail services in
the past year. Our first-class team of employees and managers have
been central to our success and we remain committed to delivering
for our customers and our shareholders.

Brian Souter
Chief Executive

25 June 2008

Stagecoach Group plc | page 3

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:47  Page 4

3. Operating and Financial Review

Introduction

3.1
The Directors are pleased to present their report on the Group for the year
ended 30 April 2008.

This section 3 contains the Operating and Financial Review, which includes
the information that the Group is required to produce to meet the need for a
business review in accordance with section 234ZZB of the Companies Act
1985.  Section 234ZZB continues to apply to reports for financial years
beginning before 1 October 2007 and thereafter section 417 of the
Companies Act 2006 will apply. The Operating and Financial Review also
provides significant information over and above the statutory minimum.
Biographies of each director are contained in section 4 of this Annual Report
and the remainder of the Directors’ report is set out in section 5.

The Operating and Financial Review that follows is intended largely to reflect
the recommendations of the Accounting Standards Board’s 2006 reporting
statement of best practice on the Operating and Financial Review.  We
continue to monitor developments in best practice with a view to further
tailoring our Operating and Financial Review to enhance its usefulness to
readers of the Annual Report.

Cautionary statement

3.2
The Operating and Financial Review has been prepared for the shareholders of
the Company, as a body, and no other persons.  Its purpose is to assist
shareholders of the Company to assess the strategies adopted by the Company
and the potential for those strategies to succeed and for no other purpose.
This Operating and Financial Review contains forward looking statements that
are subject to risk factors associated with, amongst other things, the economic
and business circumstances occurring from time to time in the countries,
sectors and markets in which the Group operates.  It is believed that the
expectations reflected in these statements are reasonable but they may be
affected by a wide range of variables which could cause actual results to differ
materially from those currently anticipated. No assurances can be given that
the forward-looking statements in this Operating and Financial Review will be
realised.  The forward-looking statements reflect the knowledge and
information available at the date of preparation.

3.3 Description of the business
Stagecoach Group is a leading international public transportation group, with
extensive operations in the UK, United States and Canada.  The Group employs
around 30,000 people, and operates bus, coach, train and tram services.  The
Group has three main divisions – UK Bus, UK Rail and North America.

Stagecoach Group plc is a public limited company that is incorporated,
domiciled and has its registered office in Scotland.  Its ordinary shares are
publicly traded and it is not under the control of any single shareholder.

Throughout this Annual Report, Stagecoach Group plc is referred to as “the
Company” and the group headed by it is referred to as “Stagecoach” or “the
Group”.

3.3.1 UK Bus
Our UK Bus division connects communities in more than 100 towns and cities
across the UK on networks stretching from the Highlands of Scotland to south
west England.  These include major city bus operations in Liverpool,
Newcastle, Hull, Manchester, Oxford, Sheffield, Cambridge and Exeter.

The current structure of the bus market in Great Britain (outside London) was
established by the Transport Act 1985.  This is essentially a deregulated
structure: any holder of a Public Service Vehicle operator’s licence may operate
bus services, having first registered various details with the relevant traffic
commissioner.  The traffic commissioners are responsible for enforcing
compliance with these registered details, including standards of reliability and
punctuality. 

Our UK Bus division operates a fleet of almost 7,000 buses across a number of
regional operating units.  Each regional operating unit is managed
independently and is led by a managing director, reporting directly to the head
of the UK Bus division.

Stagecoach operates express coach services linking major towns within its
regional operating company areas.  The Group also runs the market-leading
budget inter-city coach service, megabus.com.

Our local and express bus services on average carry around 2 million
passengers each weekday.  Stagecoach’s bus and coach services in the UK are
operated on a commercial basis in a largely deregulated market.  We also
operate tendered services, including schools contracts, on behalf of local
authorities.

In May 2007, we acquired Somerset-based Cooks Coaches, which operates a
mix of commercial and tendered services and in August 2007, we completed
the disposal of our bus operations in Darlington to Arriva.  We have also

acquired small operations in Dunfermline, Manchester and Huntingdon during
the year ended 30 April 2008, and sold operations in Huddersfield.  The
various acquisitions and disposals do not materially affect the size or
profitability of the UK Bus Division.

3.3.2 North America
Stagecoach, principally through its Coach USA and Coach Canada brands,
provides transport services in North America.  Our businesses include
commuter/transit services, inter-city services, tour and charter, sightseeing and
school bus operations.

The United States business is headed by a Chief Operating Officer.  Stagecoach
operates approximately 2,400 vehicles in the United States where our
operations are mainly in the states of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
West Virginia, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and Wisconsin. Our services operate in
major cities such as New York City, Newark, Pittsburgh, Chicago and
Milwaukee.

In Canada, we own two operating companies, which together operate around
500 vehicles in the Provinces of Quebec and Ontario.  The Canadian business is
also headed by a Chief Operating Officer.

3.3.3 UK Rail 
Stagecoach Group has major rail operations in the UK.  The UK train operating
market is split into a number of separate franchises, which are awarded by the
Government for set time periods to a specification set by the DfT on the basis
of bids by train operators. The train operating companies operate passenger
trains on the UK rail network. The UK railway infrastructure is owned and
operated by Network Rail, a “not for dividend” company that invests any
profits into improving the railway. Network Rail runs, maintains and develops
tracks, signalling systems, bridges, tunnels, level crossings and key stations.

Our principal wholly-owned rail businesses are South Western and East
Midlands. South Western incorporates the South West Trains and Island Line
networks. South West Trains runs around 1,600 train services a day in south-
west England out of London Waterloo railway station, while Island Line
operates on the Isle of Wight. The South Western franchise is expected to run
until February 2017. From 11 November 2007, we have operated the East
Midlands Trains franchise. The franchise comprises main line train services
running to London St Pancras, regional rail services in the East Midlands area
and inter-regional services between Norwich and Liverpool. The franchise will
run until 31 March 2015 assuming the Group meets agreed performance
targets.  We also operate Supertram, a 28km light rail network incorporating
three routes in the city of Sheffield, on a concession running until 2024. In May
2007, we signed a contract with Greater Manchester Passenger Transport
Executive (“GMPTE”) to operate and maintain the Manchester Metrolink tram
network and commenced operations under the 10-year contract in July 2007.

Stagecoach Group’s rail division is headed by a Chief Executive, who reports
directly to the Group Chief Executive. South West Trains, East Midlands Trains
and the tram operations each have a managing director, who reports to the
Chief Executive of the Group’s Rail division.

Virgin Rail Group

3.3.4 Joint Ventures
3.3.4.1
Stagecoach Group has a 49% shareholding in Virgin Rail Group (“VRG”),
which operates the West Coast Trains rail franchise and operated the
CrossCountry Trains rail franchise up until its termination in November 2007.
The other shareholder in VRG is the Virgin Group of Companies. New
commercial terms for the West Coast franchise were agreed in December
2006 and the renegotiated franchise runs through until 2012.

The Chief Executive of Stagecoach Group’s Rail division is Joint Chairman of
VRG. VRG has a Chief Executive, who reports to the VRG board, which
includes Stagecoach Group representatives.

Scottish Citylink Coaches Limited

3.3.4.2
In Scotland, Stagecoach has a joint venture (Scottish Citylink Coaches
Limited) with international transport group, ComfortDelGro, to operate
megabus.com and Scottish Citylink coach services. Stagecoach owns 35% of
the share capital of Scottish Citylink Coaches Limited and ComfortDelGro
owns the remaining 65%.  The joint venture is the leading provider of express
coach services in Scotland. Stagecoach is responsible for the day-to-day
operational management of the business, which is overseen by a joint board.

New York Splash Tours

3.3.4.3
In North America, Stagecoach has a joint venture, New York Splash Tours LLC,
with Port Imperial Duck Charters, LLC. Splash Tours began operating
sightseeing tours in May 2007 using amphibious vehicles.  The vehicles
operate in the Hudson River and on land in the city of New York. Splash Tours
complements the Group’s wholly owned New York sightseeing tours business,
Grayline New York.

page 4 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:47  Page 5

3.4 Resources and relationships
3.4.1 Resources
Stagecoach Group has a range of resources that underpin its business and
support its strategy.  These assist in giving the Group a competitive
advantage in the markets in which it operates.  We continue to invest in the
areas listed below to maintain our position among the market leaders in the
public transportation sector.

3.4.1.1  Employees
Stagecoach Group’s most important resource is its employees. We seek to
recruit and retain the best employees in our sector, offering an excellent
package of benefits, which allows us to deliver good customer service to our
passengers.  The Group’s individual divisions invest significantly in the
training and development of our people and we operate a successful graduate
training scheme which provides one source of training for the managers of
the future.  We also encourage our people to give something back to their
local community and many are regularly involved in fundraising, payroll
giving and in-kind support to a wide range of good causes.  Further
information about our commitment to corporate social responsibility is set
out on pages 16 to 19.

3.4.1.2 Market research
An important element of the Group’s success in growing its customer base
lies in a track record of product innovation and new ideas on developing
effective public transport systems. The Group has an ongoing programme of
market research.  We have a dedicated telemarketing unit in the UK that
communicates with current customers and non-users to build a detailed
profile of what attracts people to use our services.

3.4.1.3   Corporate reputation, brand strength, and market position
Stagecoach is one of the best known public transport operators in the UK and
is consistently rated highly for the quality of its services in research by
Government and other independent organisations.  We value our reputation,
both as a public transport provider and as a key part of the communities in
which we operate.  Stagecoach has a strong set of brands that support our
strategy of organic growth in our business and that help maintain our leading
market position.

3.4.1.4  Natural resources and manufacturing technology
Operating our bus and rail services requires considerable use of natural
resources, including diesel and electricity.  We have arrangements in place to
ensure that these resources are sourced as efficiently as possible and that our
supplies are maintained to ensure the smooth functioning of our business.  A
number of experienced manufacturers supply our buses, coaches, trains and
trams, which are produced to detailed specifications relevant to the individual
markets in which they are required.

3.4.1.5  Licences
Various licences are held by Stagecoach giving authority to operate our public
transport services and these are maintained up to date as required.

3.4.2 Relationships
Stagecoach Group works closely with a range of bodies in each of the markets
where we provide public transport services.  Our stakeholders include:
• Our People – we have established strong working relationships with trade
unions and work in partnership with them on a range of issues, including
training and development, occupational health matters, pensions and
other employee benefits. We also communicate with our people face to
face and through a number of internal publications.

• Investors and the Financial Community – our shareholders and lenders are
critical to our business success. We have a regular programme of meetings
with investors and provide frequent updates to the markets and financial
community on our performance.  We are a constituent of the FTSE4Good
index, which sets standards and tracks the performance of the leading
socially responsible companies around the globe.

• Customers – millions of people use our services every day.  We conduct
extensive customer research to monitor our performance and to
determine how we can improve the delivery and accessibility of our
services.

• Customer Interest Groups – our businesses have a regular and ongoing
dialogue with bus and rail user groups.  This includes presentations from
managers on detailed aspects of our service as well as consultation and
information sharing on particular issues.

• Government – our managers have an ongoing dialogue with national and
local government in all our countries of operation to ensure the effective
delivery of government transport policy and to assist in meeting wider
objectives.  In the UK, we work closely with the DfT, the Scottish Executive,
Transport Scotland, the Welsh Assembly, and Transport for London (“TfL”).

• Transport Authorities – we work closely with local authorities, including

passenger transport executives, regional transport committees and transit
authorities, in the delivery and planning of bus and rail services.  Many of
our businesses have partnership agreements in place to improve the
delivery of public transport in their areas.

• Government Advisory Bodies and Lobbying Groups – we also have

constructive dialogue with organisations such as the Commission for
Integrated Transport, which provides advice to the UK Government, and
lobbying groups such as Transport 2000.

• Transport and Industry Representation Groups – we are active members of
industry groups, such as the Confederation of Passenger Transport UK
(which covers buses and light rail) and the Association of Train Operating
Companies.

• Suppliers – we rely on a range of suppliers to provide goods and services
linked to our bus and rail operations. These include vehicle and rolling
stock manufacturers, fuel suppliers, IT companies and clothing
manufacturers.

We have contractual relationships with a number of parties which are
essential to the business of the Group, including:
• The operation of our rail franchises depends upon a number of contractual
relationships, the most critical of which include: contracts with the DfT
governing the terms of the franchises; contracts with Network Rail
governing station and track access arrangements; leases with rolling stock
companies for the lease of trains and; maintenance contracts for the
maintenance of trains.

• All of our businesses have various contractual relationships including

purchase contracts with fuel suppliers, vehicle suppliers, IT companies and
spare part suppliers.

• We have contracts with local authorities, government bodies and other
parties for the supply of bus services on a contracted or tendered basis.
• We have contractual arrangements with banks and other finance providers

for the provision of funds and financial products to the Group.

We are committed to conducting business in a socially responsible way and
we believe this to be consistent with our business objectives and strategy.
Indeed, by taking a responsible approach towards the environment and the
wider community, we believe we will enhance our objective to deliver organic
growth.

3.5 Group business objectives and long-term

strategy

3.5.1 Business objectives and long-term strategy
The key elements of Stagecoach Group’s business strategy to deliver long-
term shareholder value are:
• To deliver organic growth across all of the Group’s operations;
• To acquire businesses that are complementary to the Group’s existing

operations, in areas where the Group’s management has proven expertise
and which offer prospective returns on capital in excess of the Group’s
weighted average cost of capital;

• In addition to organic and acquisition growth, to maintain and grow the
Group’s Rail business by bidding for selected rail franchises and to seek to
secure new franchises where the risk/return trade-off is acceptable.

A fundamental objective underlying this strategy is the continued provision
of safe and reliable services to passengers.

Stagecoach Group has demonstrated particular strength in managing bus
and coach businesses that operate scheduled services in a relatively
deregulated environment.  The Group’s focus is on operations with critical
mass in their own local markets. In rail, Stagecoach’s skill centres on organic
revenue and passenger volume growth, the management of significant
change projects, the delivery of improved operational performance, and
driving up customer satisfaction.

Our overall business strategy is supported by a financial strategy whereby we
seek to maintain a long-term efficient capital structure.

Key Performance Indicators

3.5.2
The Group uses a wide range of key performance indicators (“KPIs”) across its
various businesses and at a Group level. The most important of these KPIs at
a Group level focus on five key areas:

•
Safety
•
Profitability
• Organic growth
•
Service delivery
•
Staff retention

Certain figures from the previous years have been restated to correct previous
measurement errors.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 5

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:47  Page 6

Operating and Financial Review

3.5.2.1  Safety
In addition to providing reliable services, we seek to ensure the safety of our passengers, staff and others. Health and safety matters are discussed on page 17 of
this Annual Report. Safety is monitored in various ways, including through a range of KPIs. Disposed businesses are excluded from the safety KPIs. Certain
figures from the previous years have been restated to correct previous measurement errors. 

Five of the more important safety KPIs are reported below:

Target

Year ended
30 April 2008

Year ended
30 April 2007

Year ended
30 April 2006

UK Bus – number of blameworthy accidents per 
1 million miles travelled

US – number of blameworthy accidents per 1 
million miles travelled

South West Trains – workforce lost time injuries 
per 1,000 staff

East Midlands Trains – workforce lost time injuries
per 1,000 staff

West Coast – workforce lost time injuries per 1,000 staff

To decrease each year – 
To decrease each year –
ultimate target is zero
ultimate target is zero

39.6

9.7

1.9

2.1

1.5

39.2

12.0

2.1

N/A

2.2

33.8

13.5

1.8

N/A

1.9

3.5.2.2   Profitability
The Group seeks to increase long-term value to its shareholders. While the Group aims to take a long-term perspective on shareholder value, it also monitors
the financial performance of each of its businesses in the shorter term. For the Group as a whole, the key measure of short-term financial performance is
earnings per share before exceptional items and intangible asset expenses (“Adjusted EPS”). Adjusted EPS is calculated based on the profit attributable to equity
shareholders (adjusted to exclude exceptional items and intangible asset expenses) divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares ranking for
dividend during the relevant period.

Adjusted EPS was as follows:

Adjusted EPS

To increase in excess of inflation

Target

Year ended 30 April

2008
pence

20.3p

2007
pence

11.7p

2006
pence

10.6p

3.5.2.3   Organic growth
A key element underpinning the Group’s strategy is to deliver organic growth in revenue. The following measures of organic growth are monitored in respect of
the Group’s three divisions:
• UK Bus – growth in passenger journeys measured as the percentage increase in the number of passenger journeys relative to the equivalent period in the

previous year.

• Rail – growth in passenger miles measured as the percentage increase in the number of miles travelled by passengers relative to the equivalent period in the

previous year.

• North America – growth in constant currency revenue from continuing operations (excluding closed units) measured as the percentage increase in revenue

relative to the equivalent period in the previous year.

The measures vary by division reflecting differences in the underlying businesses – for example, not all of passenger revenue in North America is determined on
a “per passenger” basis.

Throughout this Annual Report, references to passenger volume growth for UK Bus or Rail businesses mean growth determined on the basis set out here.

All of these growth KPIs involve a degree of estimation in respect of passenger volumes and are normalised to exclude businesses that have not been held by
the Group for the whole of both periods.

page 6 | Stagecoach Group plc
page 6 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 7

The organic growth KPIs were as follows:

UK Bus passenger journeys
UK Rail passenger miles
– South West Trains
– East Midlands Trains
– VRG - West Coast
North America revenue

Target

Positive growth
each year

Year ended 
30 April 2008
Growth %

Year ended
30 April 2007
Growth %

Year ended
30 April 2006
Growth %

3.6%

5.7%
2.9%
8.3%
4.6%

6.6%

8.9%
N/A
11.1%
9.1%

2.1%

1.3% 
N/A
21.3%
11.0%

The growth in passenger miles shown above for East Midlands Trains represents the growth for the period from 11 November 2007 (when the Group began
operating East Midlands Trains) to 30 April 2008 when compared to the equivalent businesses under their previous ownership for the corresponding prior year
period.

3.5.2.4  Service delivery
We aim to provide a reliable service to support our organic growth strategy.  Our measures of service delivery include:
• UK Bus – reliability measured as the percentage of planned miles to be operated that were operated, adjusted to exclude the discontinued London operations.
• Rail – punctuality measured on the basis of the DfT’s Public Performance Measure (moving annual average) being the percentage of trains that arrive at their

final destination within 5 minutes (or 10 minutes for inter-city services) of their scheduled arrival time having called at all scheduled stations.

Due to the nature of the North American business, there is no single measure of service delivery for the North American division as a whole.

The service delivery KPIs were as follows:

UK Bus reliability
UK Rail punctuality
– South West Trains
– East Midlands Trains
– VRG - West Coast

Target

>99.0%

>90.0%
>85.0%
>85.0%

2008
%

99.4%

92.2%
87.2%
85.9%

Year ended 30 April

2007
%

99.4%

90.1%
N/A
85.8%

2006
%

99.4%

90.0%
N/A
84.2%

3.5.2.5  Staff retention
As noted on page 16, the strength of our business is built on the quality of our employees. We monitor staff turnover which is measured as the number of
employees who left the Group (other than through business disposals) during the period as a proportion of the total average employees during the period.
Staff turnover for the last three years in our continuing businesses was as follows:

UK Bus staff turnover
UK Rail staff turnover
– South West Trains
– East Midlands Trains
– VRG – West Coast
North America staff turnover

Target

To
decrease
each year

2008
%

24.0%

10.7%
5.8%
5.5%
21.7%

Year ended 30 April

2007
%

23.3%

9.6%
N/A
5.7%
21.2%

2006
%

22.7%

8.1%
N/A
6.2%
21.9%

The increases in staff turnover are partly attributable to an increased proportion of the employees being part-time and turnover amongst part-time employees
being higher than amongst full-time employees. We remain focused on the recruitment and retention of good quality people.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 7
Stagecoach Group plc | page 7

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 8

Operating and Financial Review

3.6    Overview of financial results
Stagecoach Group has achieved continued strong financial and operational performance for the year ended 30 April 2008.
Reported revenue by division (excluding the discontinued London bus operations from the comparative year figures) is summarised below:

REVENUE

2008

2007

2008

2007

Continuing Group operations

UK Bus
North America – excluding megabus.com and closed units
North America – megabus.com
North America – closed units
UK Rail

£m

Currency

Local Currency
(m)

Growth
%

743.9
236.3
5.6
Nil
777.8

690.4
236.3
2.4
4.0
571.5

£
US$
US$
US$
£

743.9
474.3
11.3
Nil
777.8

7.7%
690.4
5.1%
451.4
4.7
140.4%
7.5 (100.0)%
36.1%

571.5

Total Group revenue

1,763.6

1,504.6

Reported operating profit by division (excluding the discontinued London bus operations from the comparative year figures) is summarised below:

OPERATING PROFIT

2008

2007

2008

2007

Continuing Group operations

UK Bus
North America – excluding megabus.com,
including closed units
North America – megabus.com
UK Rail
Group overheads
Restructuring costs

Joint ventures and associates

Virgin Rail Group
Citylink
New York Splash Tours LLC

Total operating profit before intangible asset 
expenses and exceptional items

Intangible asset expenses
Exceptional items

Total operating profit: Group operating profit
and share of joint ventures’ profit after taxation

£m

%
margin

£m

%
margin

Currency

Local Currency
(m)

109.9

14.8%

84.5

12.2%

£

109.9

84.5

7.9%
(41.7)%
10.3%

US$
US$
£

48.0
(5.8)
59.1

36.6
(2.0)
58.8

10.1%
(51.8)%
7.6%

23.9
(2.9)
59.1
(13.0)
(4.3)

172.7

32.2
0.8
(0.4)

205.3
(13.0)
Nil

192.3

19.1
(1.0)
58.8
(11.1)
(3.2)

147.1

13.5
0.9
(0.2)

161.3
(14.7)
34.3

180.9

page 8 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 9

3.7 Divisional Performance
3.7.1   UK Bus

Revenue from our continuing UK Bus operations increased by 7.7% to
£743.9m (2007: £690.4m).  Like-for-like revenue growth** was 7.5%.
Operating profit* was £109.9m (2007: £84.5m). Operating margin was 14.8%
compared to 12.2% in 2007. The improvement in operating margin reflects
the continued strong revenue growth, relatively stable year-on-year fuel costs,
returns on additional pension contributions and a continued focus on cost
control.

Investment, innovation and growth
Stagecoach is continuing to lead the transport sector in attracting more
passengers to bus travel. We have delivered further revenue and organic
passenger growth at our UK Bus Division in both metropolitan areas and shire
counties. Overall estimated like-for-like passenger volumes in the 12 months
were 3.6% higher than the equivalent prior year period.  We estimate that
underlying full fare passenger volume growth was around 2.9% with the
remaining growth coming from concessionary travel schemes.

The UK Parliament is expected to pass the Local Transport Act shortly and it is
our view that a number of the measures will allow us to build on the growth
we have achieved in our UK bus operations. We believe the bus can be at the
heart of initiatives to tackle climate change and in this regard, we share a
common objective with local authorities. Stagecoach is well placed to benefit
from measures to address road congestion and we have already held detailed
discussions with partner transport authorities on how we can play a part in the
delivery of successful road user charging schemes that promote intelligent car
use.

Stagecoach is continuing to invest significantly in its local bus fleets to sustain
and grow its profitable, cash generative UK bus business.  We have placed the
first orders of a planned  £71m investment in more than 580 new buses for
delivery during the year to 30 April 2009. Vehicle manufacturers Alexander
Dennis, Optare, MAN, Plaxton, Scania and Volvo will supply the latest Stagecoach
orders. We are investing in greener bus technology to meet European emissions
standards more than a year ahead of schedule.  More than 220 buses, costing
around £30m, will be fitted with state-of-the-art Euro 5 engines.

Provincial and city networks
Growth in our provincial and city networks has been supported by our focus
on customer profiling research and targeted marketing.  According to the
Department of Transport’s National Travel Survey, in the UK, in 2006, 86% of
households lived within six minutes walk of a bus stop and our marketing aims
to publicise how convenient bus travel can be.  Our expanded telemarketing
unit at our headquarters in Perth has encouraged non-users, including
motorists, to switch to bus travel through a package including the offer of a
week’s free travel. We have now completed more than 125 projects in the UK,
covering more than 600,000 potential customers.  In addition, we are now
working with a number of local authorities, passenger transport executives
and bus operator partners on similar telemarketing initiatives.

We have rolled out a series of television commercials in key locations around
the UK to reinforce the strong Stagecoach brand and emphasise the economic,
social and environmental advantages of bus travel.   

Across our regional bus networks, we have introduced a new range of online
bus tickets as part of an initiative to make it easier for people to switch from
the car to public transport. The new megarider ticket offers a discount on the
cost of buying four individual weekly tickets. We have also offered free email
and web access on some of our express coach commuter services in Scotland
and England with the introduction of Wi-Fi technology. 

Partnership
In Scotland and Wales, we continue to work with the devolved administrations
to successfully deliver national concessionary fares schemes. Stagecoach is also
working with local authorities in England to deliver the Government’s
commitment to free local bus travel for senior citizens and people with
disabilities. We believe it is crucial that these schemes are fully funded and bus
operators are properly reimbursed in line with the legislation.

Our bus companies have built close relationships with the National Transport
Agency for Scotland and Regional Transport Partnerships. We are also helping
make travel easier for customers by partnership with local authorities on
smartcard, multi-operator ticketing schemes and real time information.
Several of our companies also have close links with businesses and educational
establishments to encourage travel by public transport and help reduce
congestion in our towns and cities.  

Stagecoach has become the first bus operator in the UK to go live in selected
locations with a high-tech electronic bus data system that will deliver faster
and more accurate travel information to customers. Developed in partnership
with the Department for Transport, VOSA and transport authorities, the
Electronic Bus Service Registration (“EBSR”) will be introduced across a
number of additional Stagecoach operations later this year.

3.7.2 North America
Revenue from North America for the year was US$485.6m (2007:
US$463.6m). On a like-for-like basis, revenue was up by 4.6%.  Operating
profit was US$42.2m (2007: US$34.6m), resulting in an operating margin of
8.7%, compared to 7.5% the previous year. Converted to sterling, revenue for
the year was £241.9m (2007: £242.7m) and operating profit for the year was
£21.0m (2007: £18.1m). Excluding the early-stage North American
megabus.com operations, which reported an operating loss of US$5.8m
(2007: US$2.0m) on revenue of US$11.3m (2007: US$4.7m) for the year, the
operating margin was up from 7.9% to 10.1%.

Despite a challenging economic environment, we have achieved further like-
for-like revenue growth in our operations in the United States and Canada and
met our objective of a 10% operating margin (excluding megabus.com) a year
ahead of plan. We have focused closely on strong operational delivery,
providing a high quality and safe service, effective marketing of our core
scheduled and leisure services, and winning and retaining contract business. 

We have continued to invest in the quality of our fleet of vehicles to support our
growth strategy in North America.

megabus.com,  our market-leading budget inter-city coach service, has now
carried more than 1 million passengers in North America since we launched in
April 2006.  From May 2008, megabus.com operations have been extended to
the east coast, with 36 daily departures from New York to Boston, Washington,
Philadelphia, Baltimore, Buffalo, Atlanta City and Toronto.  We are now focused
on our successful Midwest network and new Northeast routes. Significant
numbers of passengers have been attracted from the car, budget airlines, the
train and competing coach operators and we believe there is significant
potential to develop the brand. We have invested US$10m in America’s first
inter-city double-decker coaches for megabus.com and the fleet of 17 new
vehicles entered service in January 2008.

We have successfully introduced budget web-based sales on the
Toronto/Montreal route, using a similar yield managed model to
megabus.com. Partnerships with Casino Niagra and Queens University have
contributed to passenger growth on scheduled services in Canada and Coach
Canada has acquired a key charter operating authority for the County of
Simcoe. 

* References to the operating margin, profit or loss of a particular business in the Operating and Financial Review refer to margin, profit or loss before
interest, taxation, restructuring costs, intangible asset expenses and exceptional items.

** Like-for-like amounts are derived, on a constant currency basis, by comparing the relevant year-to-date amount with the equivalent prior year
period for those businesses and individual operating units that have been part of the Group throughout both periods.

* References to the operating margin, profit or loss of a particular business in the Operating and Financial Review refer to margin, profit or loss before interest,
taxation, restructuring costs, intangible asset expenses and exceptional items.  

Stagecoach Group plc | page 9

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 10

Operating and Financial Review

3.7.3 UK Rail 
The Group’s UK Rail division has had another excellent year. Revenue from
our UK Rail subsidiaries for the year ended 30 April 2008 was up by 36.1% to
£777.8m (2007: £571.5m), reflecting strong organic revenue growth and the
first contributions from East Midlands Trains and Manchester Metrolink.
Like-for-like revenue was up by 13.6% to £649.3m (2007: £571.5m).
Operating profit was £59.1m (2007: £58.8m), giving an operating margin of
7.6% (2007: 10.3%). This reduction in operating margin was expected and
relates to the operating margin of the South Western franchise being below
that of the former South West Trains franchise. Absolute operating profit for
the UK Rail division has, however, increased with the first contribution from
the new East Midlands Trains franchise. 

Rail bid costs of £3.7m (2007: £13.0m) were expensed during the year in
arriving at the UK Rail operating profit of £59.1m (2007: £58.8m).  £1.0m
(2007: £0.3m) of start-up costs and mobilisation costs associated with new
rail franchises were capitalised in the year where the costs met the criteria for
capitalisation specified in the relevant accounting standards.

The Group has made a strong start to its new East Midlands rail franchise.  We
are also delighted that with the award of the Manchester Metrolink contract
in July 2007, Stagecoach became Britain’s biggest tram operator.

3.7.3.1 South Western
Stagecoach Group began operating the new 10-year South Western franchise,
which is made up of the South West Trains and Island Line networks, in
February 2007. Management is fully focused on delivery of our commitments
to passengers, Government and our shareholders.

We have had an excellent first full year of the new franchise in both
commuting and leisure markets. Passenger volumes at South West Trains are
continuing to grow strongly and were up 5.7% in the year. 

South West Trains’ operational performance continues to be amongst the
best achieved by train operating companies in London and the South East,
with more than 92% (as measured by the Department for Transport’s
Passenger Performance Measure, “PPM”) of trains arriving on time.  

South West Trains is continuing to benefit from revenue protection initiatives
and this will be assisted by the ongoing roll-out of ticket barriers at major
stations. These measures are designed to ensure customers pay the right fare
to use the railway and to protect ongoing investment in the network for the
benefit of passengers. Our programme to install nearly 200 extra ticket
vending machines is already underway. We are also making good progress on
plans to introduce ITSO smart cards across the network and to extend
availability of Oyster services in the London area.

Making the best use of capacity within existing infrastructure is a critical
challenge and we are well on the way to achieving our planned increases of
20% or more in both mainline and suburban capacity through a programme
of rolling stock cascades and refurbishments. The measures we are
introducing will better match capacity to demand at key times during the day.

The £67m project to refurbish the 91 unit Class 455 fleet operating on
suburban routes in association with the Department for Transport, Transport
for London, Porterbrook and Bombardier has been completed.  The project
has delivered improved reliability and better passenger circulation due to the
revised internal layout of the units.  

South West Trains is currently reconfiguring 28 of its 127 Class 450 Desiros to
provide more capacity on its inner suburban routes. This involves removing
the First Class seating and replacing it with a higher number of Standard Class
seats and removing a small number of seats from the door areas to improve
the passenger flow.

The Class 458s, which predominantly operate on the Reading line, are having
their First Class area refurbished. We are also introducing improvements to
disabled toilets, installing CCTV for additional security and making other
modifications to the train to make journeys smoother.

South West Trains will be working with the DfT to look at options for the
Waterloo International Terminal and to assist in the delivery of Government

commitments to increase capacity through new train carriages on the rail
network.

3.7.3.2 East Midlands Trains
We are delighted to have now taken over the East Midlands rail franchise,
which started in November 2007.  East Midlands Trains operates main line
train services running to London St Pancras and the regional rail services in
the East Midlands area. Our plans include significant investment in station
and train improvements and closer partnership with Network Rail to improve
train performance. We look forward to working closely with local stakeholders
to maximise the opportunities for growth from these rail networks and to
improve the level of service to passengers.

For the period from 11 November 2007 to 30 April 2008, the revenue of East
Midlands Trains when compared to the equivalent businesses under their
former ownership was 9.5% higher than the corresponding prior year period
and we are pleased with the financial performance of the business.  Revenue
growth on London services has continued to be strong and has been aided by
the opening of St Pancras International Station, which is now the new
terminal for Eurostar train services from the UK to continental Europe. East
Midlands Trains has set up a joint online ticketing facility for Eurostar tickets
and Eurostar has reported that the number of travellers from the East
Midlands and Yorkshire has more than doubled in the first three months.

The programme of roadworks on the M1 motorway, which is set to continue
for a number of years, has also assisted growth on London services. 

Management is working to improve on-train revenue collection on the
regional and local services inherited from the former Central Trains franchise.

Improved operational performance is a key component of the Group’s
business plan for the East Midlands franchise. We launched our Right Time
Railway project in March 2008, with new whistles and atomic watches being
issued to all staff responsible for train despatch, and the benefits of this
initiative are starting to flow through to passengers. Significant investment is
planned at the Etches Park rail depot in Derby, which is central to our aim of
delivering even better performance from our train fleet.

From December 2008, passengers will benefit from a range of further
improvements, including faster journey times, more capacity on commuter
routes into London, increased frequencies and a new on-board service. We
have already started work on a number of customer improvements, including
increasing security at stations and a targeted refurbishment programme to
upgrade waiting rooms, shelters and cycle racks. 

East Midlands Trains will launch smartcard ticketing on the franchise in 2009,
with the objective of having 30% of passenger journeys using ITSO Smartcard
technology by 2014. 

3.7.3.3 Supertram
Passenger volumes at Sheffield Supertram have grown by around 6% for the
year to 30 April 2008 and the tram operation is now carrying nearly 15
million people a year.  Revenue has grown by around 10% in the past 12
months. 

A major three-year project to refresh the livery and interiors of the 25-strong
tram fleet is due for completion by early 2009. Passengers are benefiting
from improved comfort and accessibility, while the work is also helping to
maintain the fleet’s high standard of reliability.

3.7.3.4 Manchester Metrolink
In July 2007, Stagecoach commenced a 10-year contract to operate and
maintain the Manchester Metrolink tram network on behalf of Greater
Manchester Passenger Transport Executive (“GMPTE”). Nearly 20 million
passengers a year travel on the 37km Metrolink network. The contract
involves managing a number of special projects sponsored by GMPTE to
improve the trams and infrastructure to benefit passengers. Stagecoach will
also be responsible for operating tram services on the new Metrolink lines to
Oldham, Rochdale, Droylsden and Chorlton, when these extensions to the
network are completed during 2011/12.

page 10 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 11

3.8 Other financial matters
3.8.1 Depreciation and intangible asset expenses
Earnings from continuing businesses before interest, taxation, depreciation,
intangible asset expenses and exceptional items (pre-exceptional EBITDA)
amounted to £271.9m (2007: £229.6m) including the Group’s share of its
joint ventures’ profit after tax. Depreciation from continuing businesses for
the year was £66.6m (2007: £68.3m). The income statement charge for
intangible assets decreased from £14.7m to £13.0m, of which £5.1m (2007:
£5.1m) related to joint ventures.

3.8.2 Exceptional items
During the year ended 30 April 2008, the following exceptional items were
recognised:
• A pre-tax gain of £2.0m in respect of the disposal of the Group’s bus

operations in Darlington in the UK;

• A pre-tax gain of £1.3m in respect of the disposal of the Group’s bus

operations in Huddersfield in the UK;

• A pre-tax gain of £14.9m in respect of the resolution and/or updated

assessment of certain liabilities held in respect of past business disposals
and litigation risks;

• A gain on sale of properties of £0.3m;
• £7.3m of interest income on repayments of tax to the Group;
• Tax charges of £1.2m in respect of the gains referred to above;
• A tax credit of £1.5m in relation to the impact of the change in the UK
corporation tax rate from 30% to 28% on deferred tax balances; and
• A gain of £87.8m in respect of the resolution of a number of historic tax

matters with the tax authorities.

The impact of exceptional items on profit after tax is summarised below:

Past service adjustment – pension scheme
Gain on sales of VRG’s investment in Trainline
Gain on sale of the Group’s bus operations
in Darlington
Gain on sale of the Group’s bus operations
in Huddersfield
Gain on sale of properties
Loss in respect of other disposed and
closed operations
Profit for the period from discontinued
operations
Interest income on repayments of tax

Exceptional items before tax

Tax on above exceptional items
Tax rate change
Resolution of historic tax matters

2008

2007

£m

Nil
Nil

2.0

1.3
0.3

£m

28.9
5.4

Nil

Nil
3.6

(5.0)

(1.1)

19.9
7.3

25.8

(1.2)
1.5
87.8

132.8
Nil

169.6

(8.7)
Nil
Nil

Exceptional items after tax

113.9

160.9

3.7.3.5 Rail franchising opportunities
Stagecoach is continuing to target rail franchise opportunities where we
believe we can develop high quality, value-for-money and deliverable
proposals that can add value to passengers, Government and our shareholders.

The next major rail franchise opportunity in the UK is likely to be the South
Central franchise, which is currently operated by Go Via, and we shall evaluate
the opportunity to bid for the franchise.  The DfT has invited the submission of
accreditation questionnaires by 27 June 2008.  Short-listing of bidders for the
franchise is expected to take place later in 2008 with a view to the successful
bidder being confirmed in Spring 2009 for commencement of the new
franchise in September 2009.

3.7.4 Joint Ventures
3.7.4.1 Virgin Rail Group
Our share of VRG’s profit after tax for the year was £32.2m (2007: £18.9m).
Our share of operating profit was £41.9m (2007: £12.4m plus £5.4m
exceptional gains), our share of finance income was £4.0m (2007: £3.7m) and
our share of taxation charges was £13.7m (2007: £2.6m).

VRG has continued to see strong revenue growth and in addition has settled a
number of contractual matters with Network Rail, all of which contributed to
the strong growth in our share of profit for the year ended 30 April 2008.

VRG’s operation of the CrossCountry franchise ended in November 2007 and
VRG is now focused on its remaining franchise, West Coast Trains.

The West Coast Trains franchise has been expanded as a result of the
restructuring of the Cross Country franchise.  West Coast now has the use of a
number of Super Voyager trains for the expanded network, which has been
operating from December 2007.

West Coast Trains delivered like-for-like revenue growth of 11.2% for the year
ended 30 April 2008, excluding the revenue from the services that were
transferred from CrossCountry to West Coast Trains.

A major marketing campaign emphasising Virgin’s value-for-money fares and
the environmental benefits of travelling by rail compared to car and air is
attracting new passengers. This has resulted in significant growth, with
customers taking advantage of lower cost advance purchase tickets.

VRG is preparing for increased capacity on the West Coast Mainline and as
referred to in the Chief Executive’s statement, it is planning for a significant
increase in the level of train services from December 2008. VRG has been
short-listed to support the DfT through the design, manufacture, delivery,
testing and commissioning of new Pendolino rolling stock.

There is a significant risk that Network Rail will not deliver by December 2008
an upgraded railway that is acceptable to VRG and its passengers.  The physical
infrastructure needs to be delivered on time and be of the right quality and
standard to enable Network Rail to provide a consistently safe and reliable
railway.  Network Rail’s recent operational performance in relation to West
Coast Trains has been worse than target and improved reliability is required to
allow for the significant increase in train services from December 2008. We
continue to monitor developments carefully.

3.7.4.2 Scottish Citylink Coaches
Our share of Citylink’s profit after tax for the year was £0.8m (2007: £0.9m).
The year-on-year movement in profit partly reflects divested routes and the
cost of divestment as well as the loss of an airport contract. The improvements
made by our inter-city coach joint venture have marked the return of the
coach as a real alternative to the train and the car. 

Total like-for-like passenger volume growth in the year was 11.0% which we
estimate represents full fare passenger growth of 5.0% with the remainder
coming from growth in the concessionary travel scheme.

Following the Competition Commission’s confirmation in May 2007 of its
ruling that some services on the Saltire Cross network should be divested,
Citylink sold a number of its Saltire Cross services to Parks of Hamilton (Coach
Hirers) Limited on 4 February 2008.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 11

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 12

Operating and Financial Review

TABLE A
SUMMARY OF TAX ON PROFIT

Excluding intangible asset expenses and exceptional items
Intangible asset expenses
Exceptional items

Reclassify joint venture taxation for reporting purposes

Reported in income statement 

Pre-tax profit
£m

188.1
(13.0)
5.9
181.0
(13.7)

167.3

2008
Tax
£m

(42.0)
2.1
88.1
48.2
13.7

61.9

Rate
%

Pre-tax profit
£m

22.3%
16.2%
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a

165.0
(14.7)
36.8
187.1
(3.0)

184.1

2007
Tax
£m

(40.8)
2.9
(8.7)
(46.6)
3.0

(43.6)

Rate
%

24.7%
19.7%
23.6%
24.9%
n/a

23.7%

3.8.3 Return of value
A return of value of approximately £690m to shareholders was completed in
June 2007.  This equated to 63p per ordinary share.  The return of value was
approved  by  shareholders  at  an  Extraordinary  General  Meeting  on  27  April
2007.    Note  29  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  includes  further
information on the return of value.

3.8.4 Net finance income/costs 
Net  finance  costs  from  continuing  operations,  excluding  exceptional  items,
increased from net finance income of £0.7m to net finance charges of £30.9m
as a result of an increase in average net debt during the period primarily due to
the return of value to shareholders.  The ratio of pre-exceptional EBITDA to net
finance charges was 8.8 times (2007: net finance income).

3.8.5 Taxation
The tax charge, excluding discontinued operations, is analysed in Table A above.

The tax charge in Table A includes a tax credit of £1.5m attributable to the
restatement of the UK deferred tax liability arising on the reduction in the UK
corporation tax rate from 30% to 28%, which applies from April 2008.

3.8.6    Earnings per share
Overall earnings per share before intangible asset expenses and exceptional
items increased by 73.5% to 20.3p, compared to 11.7p in 2007, reflecting the
strong trading performance at each of our core divisions and the earnings
enhancement from the return of value referred to in section 3.8.3.  Basic
earnings per share increased from 25.4p to 34.6p, which includes the effect of
net exceptional gains described in section 3.8.2.

3.8.7 Fuel Costs
The Group’s operations as at 30 April 2008 consume approximately 328m
litres of diesel fuel per annum.  As a result, the Group’s profit is exposed to
movements in the underlying price of fuel.
The proportion of the Group’s projected fuel usage that is now hedged using
fuel swaps and/or fuel caps is as follows:

Year ending 30 April

UK Bus
North America
UK Rail

2009

94.4%
75.9%
76.0%

2010

50.1%
50.6%
76.0%

2011

Nil
Nil
76.0%

The Group has no fuel hedges in place for periods beyond 30 April 2011.
The Group’s fuel costs include the costs of delivery and duty as well as the
costs of the underlying product.  Accordingly, not all of the cost varies with
movements in oil prices.  Further information on the Group’s exposure to
movements in fuel prices is provided in note 28 to the consolidated financial
statements on pages 85 and 86.

3.8.8 Cash flows
The strong cash generative nature of the Group is once again highlighted by
net cash from operating activities after tax of £325.0m (2007: £162.3m). Net
cash outflows from investing activities were £41.9m (2007: inflows of
£232.9m), including £3.6m (2007: £267.0m) of cash inflows from the
disposal of subsidiaries and other businesses, which for the year ended 30
April 2007 primarily related to the disposal of our London bus operations.

3.8.9 Net funds/debt
Net debt (as analysed in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements)
increased from a net funds position of £186.4m at 30 April 2007 to a net
debt position of £319.7m at 30 April 2008.  This reflects the completion of
our return of value of £693.0m (including costs) to shareholders in June
2007 and special pension contributions of £30.0m.  Excluding these factors,
net debt improved by £216.9m in the year ended 30 April 2008.  

The Group’s net debt at 30 April 2008 is further analysed below:

Unrestricted cash
Cash held within train operating
companies
Restricted cash
Total cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Sterling bank borrowings under
bi-lateral facilities*
US dollar bond (matures
November 2009)
Sterling hire purchase and
finance leases
US dollar hire purchase and
finance leases
Canadian dollar hire purchase and 
finance leases
Loan notes
Preference shares
Net debt

Fixed
rate

Floating
rate

£m

Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

£m

86.9

142.3
33.0
262.2

(0.6)

Total

£m

86.9

142.3
33.0
262.2

(0.6)

(150.0)

(64.7)

(214.7)

(168.2)

Nil

(168.2)

(11.3)

(128.5)

(139.8)

(10.5)

Nil

(10.5)

(4.0)
Nil
Nil
(344.0)

Nil
(36.0)
(8.1)
24.3

(4.0)
(36.0)
(8.1)
(319.7)

* The split between fixed rate and floating rate sterling bank borrowings is after taking
account of the effect of interest rate derivatives that synthetically convert floating rate
debt to fixed rate debt.

Pre-exceptional EBITDA for the year ended 30 April 2008 was £271.9m
(2007: £229.6m) giving a net debt to pre-exceptional EBITDA ratio of 1.2
times.

Net cash from operating activities before tax for the year ended 30 April
2008 was £267.4m (2007: £185.2m) and can be further analysed as follows:

EBITDA of Group companies before 
exceptionals:

– continuing
– discontinued

Loss on disposal of plant & equipment
Impairment of available for sale investment
Equity–settled share based payment expense
Working capital movements
Net interest paid
Dividends from joint ventures

Net cash from operating activities before 
excess pension contributions
Pension contributions in excess  of
pension costs

Net cash inflow from operating activities
before taxation

2008

£m

2007

£m

239.3
Nil
0.4
0.2
1.7
87.4
(24.2)
31.6

215.4
7.7
0.2
1.3
2.0
26.3
(3.9)
31.1

336.4

280.1

(69.0)

(94.9)

267.4

185.2

page 12 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 13

Excluding the additional pension contributions shown in the table on
page 12, net cash from operating activities was £336.4m (2007: £280.1m).

The working capital movement of £87.4m includes the build  up of working
capital on the new East Midlands Trains and Manchester Metrolink
businesses, where liabilities exceed non-cash current assets.

The impact of purchases of property, plant and equipment for the year on net
debt was £108.7m (2007: £93.5m). This primarily related to expenditure on
passenger service vehicles, and comprised cash outflows of £45.3m (2007:
£44.5m) and new hire purchase and finance lease debt of £63.4m (2007:
£49.0m). £9.2m (2007: £11.0m) was received from the disposal of property,
plant and equipment.

3.8.10 Capital expenditure
Additions to property, plant and equipment for the year were:

UK Bus
- continuing
- discontinued
North America
UK Rail
Other

2008

£m

75.2
Nil
28.2
11.7
0.1

115.2

2007

£m

66.7
0.8
22.2
2.8
0.1

92.6

The differences between the amounts shown above and the impact of capital
expenditure on net funds/debt arose from movements in fixed asset deposits
and creditors, and the inception of new rail franchises.

3.8.11 Liquidity
Net debt at 30 April 2008 is well below the expectations we had at the start
of the year and combined with the cash generative nature of the Group, the
Group’s liquidity is strong against the background of tighter credit market
conditions.

The Group has complied with all of its banking covenants throughout the
financial year. The Group is subject to certain market standard banking
covenants which include a limit on the level of net debt compared to EBITDA.

As at 30 April 2008, the Group’s committed credit facilities were £1,136.1m
(2007: £1,085.5m), £546.0m (2007: £307.9m) of which were utilised,
including utilisation for the issuance of bank guarantees, bonds and letters of
credit.

Although there is an element of seasonality in the Group’s bus and rail
operations, the overall impact of seasonality on working capital and liquidity
is not considered significant.

The rail operations maintain cash balances to meet working capital
requirements and the franchise agreements restrict the transfer of this cash:
unless DfT consent is obtained, cash can only be transferred by loan or
dividend to the extent that the relevant train operating company has
distributable profits, and the franchise is compliant with the liquidity
covenants specified in its franchise agreement.

The Board expects the Group to be able to meet current and future funding
requirements through free cash flow and available committed facilities. In
addition, the Group has an investment grade rating which should allow it
access at short notice to additional bank and capital markets debt funding.

The return of value that was completed in June 2007 was funded from the
Group’s available cash balances and bank facilities.

The Group’s principal lines of credit have been arranged on a bi-lateral basis
with a group of relationship banks which provide bank facilities for general
corporate purposes. These arranged lines of credit allow cash drawdowns to
finance the Group and also include facilities which are dedicated to issuing
performance/season ticket bonds, guarantees and letters of credit. The
facilities amount in total to £847.4m and have been provided on a bi-lateral
basis with eleven banks. Of these facilities, £742.8m matures in
approximately four years in March 2012, £55.7m matures in February 2010
and £48.9m matures in March 2009.

The Group also maintains facilities in relation to asset finance (“Asset Finance
Facilities”). Asset Finance Facilities are typically agreed in principle one year in

advance and are arranged for the purpose of funding UK and US bus vehicle
expenditure and for specific UK Rail operating assets. Asset Finance Facilities
include finance leases, hire purchase agreements and operating leases. The
terms of Asset Finance Facilities are dependent on the underlying assets and
typically range between five and ten years. Asset Finance Facilities were
satisfactorily renewed in February and March 2008.

In addition to the bilateral and Asset Finance Facilities, £38.3m of bank
overdraft and other local facilities are in place.

3.8.12 Shares in issue
The weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year used to
calculate basic earnings per share was 720.6m (2007: 1,091.7m). The number
of shares ranking for dividend at 30 April 2008 was 713.1m (2007:
1,094.8m), with a further 5.0m (2007: 6.2m) of ordinary shares held by
employee trusts and not ranking for dividend. 

3.8.13 Net assets
Net assets at 30 April 2008 were £80.4m (2007: £512.3m) with the decrease
primarily reflecting the return of value to shareholders that was completed in
June 2007, partly offset by the strong results for the year.

3.8.14 Retirement benefits
The reported net assets of £80.4m (2007: £512.3m) that are shown on the
consolidated balance sheet are after taking account of net retirement benefit
assets of £33.2m (2007: net obligations of £36.2m) as analysed in note 27 to
the consolidated financial statements.  The movement in the year includes the
effect of a £30.0m special employer contribution to the main Group scheme,
Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme (“SGPS”), which was paid to that scheme
in June 2007.

3.8.15 Capital
The Group regards its capital as comprising its equity, cash, borrowings and
any similar items. As at 30 April 2008, the Group’s capital comprised:

2008

£m

2007

£m

Market value of ordinary shares in issue

1,843.8

2,056.1

Cash
Borrowings

262.2
(581.9)

513.3
(326.9)

Net (debt)/funds (see section 3.8.9)

(319.7)

186.4

The market value of ordinary shares in issue declined during the year (and net
debt increased) as a result of the return of value to shareholders described in
section 3.8.3.

The Group manages its capital centrally. Its objective in managing capital is to
optimise the returns to its shareholders whilst safeguarding the Group’s
ability to continue as a going concern and as such its ability to continue to
generate returns for its shareholders. The Group also takes account of the
interests of other stakeholders when making decisions on its capital structure.

The capital structure of the Group is kept under regular review and will be
adjusted from time to time to take account of changes in the size or structure
of the Group, economic developments and other changes in the Group’s risk
profile. The Group will adjust its capital structure from time to time by any of
the following: issue of new shares, dividends, return of value to shareholders
and borrowing/repayment of debt. There are a number of factors that the
Group considers in evaluating capital structure. The principal ratios that the
Directors consider are (1) Net Debt to EBITDA, (2) EBITDA to interest and (3)
Net Debt to market capitalisation. It is a matter of judgement as to what the
optimal levels are for these ratios.

3.8.16 Treasury policies and objectives
Risk management is carried out by a treasury committee and a central
treasury department (“Group Treasury”) under policies approved by the
Board. Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close
co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board provides written
principles for overall treasury risk management, as well as written policies
covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit
risk, use of derivative financial instruments and investing excess liquidity.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 13

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 14

Operating and Financial Review

The funding policy is to finance the Group through a mixture of bank, lease
and hire purchase debt, capital markets issues and cash generated by the
business.

See note 28 to the consolidated financial statements, for details of:
• the Group’s treasury risk management;
• the Group’s management of interest rate risk;
• the Group’s fuel hedging;
• the Group’s management of foreign currency risk; and
• the Group’s management of credit risk.

Major financing transactions
During the year the Group entered into various hire purchase and finance
lease arrangements as described in note 24 to the consolidated financial
statements.

3.8.17 Critical accounting policies and estimates
The  Group’s  material  accounting  policies  are  set  out  in  note  1  to  the
consolidated financial statements.

Preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with
International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  adopted  by  the
European Union  requires directors to  make  estimates  and  assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual outcomes could differ from those estimated.

The Directors believe that the accounting policies and estimation techniques
discussed  below  represent  those  that  require  the  greatest  exercise  of
judgement. The Directors have used their best judgement in determining the
estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  these  areas  but  a  different  set  of
judgements  could  result  in  material  changes  to  our  reported  financial
performance and/or financial position. The discussion below should be read in
conjunction with the full statement of accounting policies.

Taxation 
The Group’s tax charge is based on the pre-tax profit for the year and tax rates
in force. Estimation of the tax charge requires an assessment to be made of the
potential tax  consequences of  certain  items that  will only  be  resolved  when
agreed  by  the  relevant  tax  authorities.  Assessment  of  the  likely  outcome  is
based on historical experience, professional advice from external advisors, and
the current status of any judgemental issues. However, the final tax cost to the
Group may differ from the estimates.

Goodwill and impairment
In certain circumstances, IFRS requires property, plant, equipment and
intangible assets to be reviewed for impairment. When a review for
impairment is conducted, the recoverable amount is assessed by reference to
the net present value of the expected future cash flows of the relevant cash
generating unit (“CGU”) or net realisable value, if higher. The discount rate
applied in determining the present value of future cash flows is based on the
Group’s estimated weighted average cost of capital with appropriate
adjustments made to reflect the specific risks associated with the CGU.
Estimates of cash flows are consistent with management’s plans and forecasts.
The estimation of future cash flows and the discount rate involves a significant
degree of judgement. Actual results can differ from those assumed and there
can be no absolute assurance that the assumptions used will hold true.

Insurance
The Group receives claims in respect of traffic incidents and employee
incidents. The Group protects against the cost of such claims through third
party insurance policies. An element of the claims is not insured as a result of
the “excess” or “deductible” on insurance policies. Provision is made for the
estimated cost to the Group (net of insurance recoveries) to settle claims for
incidents occurring prior to the balance sheet date. The estimation of the
balance sheet insurance provisions is based on an assessment of the expected
settlement on known claims together with an estimate of settlements that
will be made in respect of incidents occurring prior to the balance sheet date
but for which claims have not been reported to the Group. The eventual
settlements on such claims may differ from the amounts provided for at the
balance sheet date. This is of greater risk in “younger” operations with a
shorter claims history from which to make informed estimates of provisions.

Pensions
The determination of the Group’s pension benefit obligation and expense for
defined benefit pension plans is dependent on the selection by the Directors
of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. Those
assumptions are described in note 27 to the consolidated financial

statements and include among others, the discount rate, expected long-term
rate of return on plan assets, annual rate of increase in future salary levels and
mortality rates. A portion of the plan assets is invested in equity securities.
Equity markets have experienced volatility, which has affected the value of the
pension plan assets. This volatility may make it difficult to estimate the long-
term rate of return on plan assets. The Directors’ assumptions are based on
actual historical experience and external data. While we believe that the
assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or
significant changes in assumptions may materially affect the pension
obligation and future expense.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment, other than land, are depreciated on a straight-
line basis to write off the cost or valuation less estimated residual value of
each asset over their estimated useful lives. Useful lives are estimated based
on a number of factors, including the expected usage of the asset, expected
deterioration and technological obsolescence. If another depreciation
method (for example, reducing balance) was used or different useful lives or
residual values were applied, this could have a material effect on the Group’s
depreciation charge and net profit.

3.9 Current trading and outlook
While it is still early, the current financial year to 30 April 2009 has started well
and trading across the Group is in line with our expectations. The Board is
confident in the future prospects for the Group and we believe the combination
of increased road congestion, rising public concern about environmental
matters and higher fuel prices will further boost demand for public transport.
We continue to focus closely on controlling our cost base and, while we remain
mindful of the cost impact of higher fuel prices and the general weaker
macroeconomic outlook, we are encouraged by the significant potential for
further modal shift from the car to bus and train travel.

Revenue in the UK Bus Division and the North America Division continues to
grow and we expect this to offset fuel and other cost increases in the new
financial year. In the UK Rail division, revenue continues to grow and we are
focused on delivering the opportunities and commitments from each of our
franchises. The financial prospects for Virgin Rail Group are good and the
successful implementation of the increased services from December 2008
will be a key milestone for the UK rail industry this year.

The Group continues to generate strong cashflows and has achieved a
number of years of consistent revenue and passenger volume growth. We
believe our good operational performance, emphasis on safety, and strong
record of innovation means we are well positioned to attract more
passengers to our greener, smarter travel services.

3.10 Principal risks and uncertainties
Like most businesses, there are a range of risks and uncertainties facing the
Group and the matters described below are not intended to be an exhaustive
list of all possible risks and uncertainties.

Generally, the Group is subject to risk factors both internal and external to its
businesses. External risks include global political and economic conditions,
competitive developments, supply interruption, regulatory changes, foreign
exchange, materials and consumables (including fuel) prices, pensions
funding, environmental risks, industrial action, litigation and the risk of
terrorism. Internal risks include risks related to capital expenditure,
acquisitions, regulatory compliance and failure of internal controls. Details of
risk management procedures are given on pages 28 and 29.

The focus below is on those specific risks and uncertainties that the Directors
believe could have the most significant impact on the Group’s long-term
performance.

3.10.1 Sustainability of rail profits
A significant element of the Group’s revenue and profit is generated by UK rail
franchises. There is a risk that the Group’s revenue and profit could be
significantly affected (either positively or negatively) as a result of the Group
winning new franchises or failing to retain its existing franchises. In June 2007,
the Group was awarded the new East Midlands franchise, which the Group
began operating in November 2007.  The Group owns 49% of VRG which
stopped operating the CrossCountry Trains rail franchise in November 2007.

In order to manage the risks, the Group has devoted significant management
resource and financial investment to bidding for new rail franchises.
Appropriately experienced personnel are retained to work on rail bids and third
party consultants are engaged to provide additional expertise. The Board
approves the overall rail bidding strategy and the key parameters for each bid.

page 14 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 15

3.10.2 Breach of franchise
The Group is required to comply with certain conditions as part of its rail
franchise agreements. If it fails to comply with these conditions, it may be
liable to penalties including the potential termination of one or more of the
rail franchise agreements. This would result in the Group losing the right to
continue operating the affected operations and consequently, the related
revenues and cash flows. The Group may also lose some or all of the amounts
set aside as security for the shareholder loan facilities, the performance bonds
and the season ticket bonds. The Group can do more to prevent breaches of
franchise where it has sole control than where it has joint control. As the
holder of a 49% joint venture interest in VRG, the Group has less control over
the joint venture’s operations and that means the Group’s management may
be less able to prevent a breach of the VRG franchise agreement.

Our UK Rail businesses are subject to complex contractual arrangements.
Contractual management is an important part of our rail activities because the
way in which contracts are managed can be a significant determinant of
financial performance.

Compliance with franchise conditions is closely managed and monitored and
procedures are in place to minimise the risk of non-compliance.

3.10.3 Pension scheme funding
The Group participates in a number of defined benefit pension schemes. There
is a risk that the cash contributions required to these schemes increases or
decreases due to changes in factors such as investment performance, the rates
used to discount liabilities and life expectancies. Any increase in contributions
will reduce the Group’s cash flows.

Decisions on pension scheme funding, asset allocation and benefit promises
are taken by management and/or pension scheme trustees in consultation
with trade unions and suitably qualified advisors. A Pensions Oversight
Committee has been established comprising the Finance Director, a Non-
Executive Director and other senior executives, to oversee the Group’s overall
pensions strategy. The Board participates in major decisions on the funding
and design of pension schemes.

3.10.4 Insurance and claims environment
The Group receives claims in respect of traffic incidents and employee claims.
The Group protects itself against the cost of such claims through third party
insurance policies. An element of the claims is not insured as a result of the
“excess” on insurance policies.

There is a risk that the number or magnitude of claims are not as expected and
that the cost to the Group of settling these claims is significantly higher or
lower than expected. In the US, in particular, there is a risk that given the size of
the “excess”, that a small number of large-value claims could have a material
impact on the Group’s financial performance and/or financial position.

The Group has a proactive culture that puts health and safety at the top of its
agenda and this helps mitigate the potential for claims arising. Further details
on the Group’s management of health and safety are provided on page 17.

Where claims do arise, they are managed by dedicated insurance and claims
specialists in order to minimise the cost to the Group. Where appropriate, legal
advice is obtained from appropriately qualified advisors. The balance between
insured and retained risks is re-evaluated at least once a year and insurance
and claims activity is monitored closely.

3.10.5 Regulatory changes and availability of 

public funding

Public transport is subject to varying degrees of regulation across the locations
in which the Group operates. There is a risk that changes to the regulatory
environment could impact the Group’s prospects.

Similarly, many of the Group’s businesses benefit from some form of financial
support from government including direct financial support, the provision of
equipment, government contracts and concessionary fare schemes. There is a
risk that the availability of sufficient government financial support differs due
to regulatory or other changes.

In May 2007, the UK Government published a draft Local Transport Bill setting
out its legislative proposals to help tackle road congestion and improve public
transport. The Group welcomes proposals to promote intelligent car use and
improve the operating environment for buses. There is, however, a risk that
legislative change could impact the Group’s financial performance, either
positively or negatively.

Management closely monitors relevant proposals for changes in the
regulatory environment and communicates the Group’s views to key decision
makers and bodies. The Group actively participates in various industry and
national trade bodies along with domestic and international government
forums. The Group seeks to maintain good, co-operative relationships with all
levels of government, by developing and promoting ideas that offer cost
effective ways of improving public transport.

3.10.6 Management and Board succession
The Group values the continued services of its senior employees, including its
Directors and management who have operational, marketing, engineering,
technical, project management, financial and administrative skills that are
important to the operation of the Group’s business.

Succession planning for the Directors and senior management is an important
issue and as such is considered by the Nomination Committee and the Board.
The appropriate level of management deals with recruitment and retention of
other staff.

3.10.7 Catastrophic events
There is a risk that the Group is involved (directly or indirectly) in a major
operational incident resulting in significant human injuries or damage to
property. This could have a significant impact on claims against the Group, the
reputation of the Group and its chances of winning and retaining contracts or
franchises.

The Group has a proactive culture that puts health and safety at the top of its
agenda in order to mitigate the potential for major incidents. In the unlikely
event that a major incident did occur, the Group has procedures in place for
responding to such incidents.

3.10.8  Terrorism
There have been multiple acts of terrorism on public transport systems and
other terrorist attacks that whilst not directly targeting public transport have
discouraged travel. There is a risk that the demand for the Group’s services could
be adversely affected by a significant terrorist incident. Such a fall in demand
would have a negative effect on the Group’s revenue and financial
performance. The Group has plans in place designed to reduce the financial
impact of a terrorist incident and these plans take account of the Group’s
experience of managing the North American business during the period of
depressed demand following the major terrorist attack on 11 September 2001.

3.10.9 Economy
The economic environment in the geographic areas in which the Group
operates affects the demand for the Group’s bus and rail services.  In particular,
the revenue of the Group’s UK rail operations is historically correlated with
factors such as UK Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) and Central London
Employment.  In North America, a greater proportion of the revenue is derived
from tour, charter and sightseeing services than in the UK and these services
tend to be more susceptible to economic changes.  The revenue and profit of
the Group could therefore be positively or negatively affected by changes in
the economy.

Management monitors actual and projected economic trends in order to
match capacity to demand and where possible, minimise the impact of
adverse economic trends on the Group.

3.10.10 Rail cost base
A substantial element of the cost base in the Group’s Rail division is essentially
fixed because under its UK rail franchise agreements, the Group is obliged to
provide a minimum level of train services and is therefore unable to flex supply
in response to short-term changes in demand.  In addition, a significant part of
the cost base is comprised of payments to the infrastructure provider, Network
Rail, and payments under train operating leases which are committed and do
not vary with revenue.  Accordingly, a significant proportion of any change in
revenue (for example, arising as a result of the risks described in sections
3.10.8 and 3.10.9) will impact profit in the Rail division.

3.10.11 Treasury risks
Details of the Group’s treasury risks are discussed in note 28 to the
consolidated financial statements, and include the risks arising from
movements in fuel prices.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 15

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 16

Operating and Financial Review

3.11 Corporate social responsibility
We pride ourselves on delivering high-quality services and we recognise our
wider social responsibilities.  Our research amongst customers indicates that
they are more likely to travel with a company whose ethics support the
environment, exemplifying that growing our business and acting in a socially
responsible way are entirely consistent.  As well as providing a range of
economic and environmental benefits, our services support social inclusion
and bring people together. We are committed to attracting more people to
public transport. It is central to our growth strategy, to the future success of
our Group, and also important to the future of the communities in which we
operate. We are committed to working in partnership with the many
stakeholders our services touch to achieve our mutual long-term goal of
sustainable development.

Stagecoach has a strong culture of meeting its wider corporate
responsibilities, from the way we do business and our approach to safety and
the environment, to how we treat our customers, our local communities and
our own people. We have a code of business conduct in place that sets out
how we seek to do business and a copy of the code is on our website at
www.stagecoachgroup.com/scg/media/publications/policydocs/
codeofconduct.pdf.  Like the best businesses, we measure our performance
and always strive to improve the delivery of our service to customers.  By
building trust with our stakeholders, we believe we can make an increasingly
positive impact on society and the environment. Here we have provided an
overview of some of our people, accessibility, safety, community and
environmental initiatives.

3.11.1 Stakeholders
Stagecoach Group works in partnership with a range of bodies in each of the
markets where we provide public transport services. Further information on
our stakeholders and how we build relationships with them can be found in
section 3.4.2.

3.11.2 Our People
The strength of our business is built on the high quality of our employees.
These are the people that ensure we can deliver a high quality of service day in,
day out, and encourage more people to use public transport. By investing
significant time and resources, we are able to have the right people to deliver
for our customers.

We respect and value our staff, and we have a strong commitment to equal
opportunities and partnership working with trade unions. Stagecoach offers its
employees the opportunity to join an excellent pension scheme as well as
providing attractive pay and conditions packages.

As a major employer, we recognise the need for ongoing training and
development, not just so our people can do their job, but so they can develop
individually. In our UK Bus division, we have one of the best vocational training
programmes of any bus operator, designed to raise standards among and
recognise the key contribution of our employees. We continue to focus closely
on recruitment and retention of drivers through improved pay, better training
and mentoring schemes. We have also established links overseas, as part of the
expansion of the European Union, to recruit drivers to complement our
employment campaigns in the UK. 

At South West Trains, our centralised Recruitment Centre and the state-of-the-
art Operations Training Centre are continuing to deliver benefits to our
employees and better service to our customers. We also have in place
vocational training, support for managers and employee recognition
programmes. Round-the-clock open learning access is available for our staff
through dedicated centres at Waterloo, Basingstoke and Southampton, as well
as via an access point at Salisbury. South West Trains spends on average more
than 1,600 employee days a month training its people in addition to its three
24-hour open learning centres. 

East Midlands Trains has a dedicated Customer Service Academy, which offers
training on disability awareness and conflict resolution, as well as courses for
new train drivers. Run in partnership with Rail Union Learning, it also offers
Skills for Life training targeted at literacy and numeracy skills. 

In North America, our centralised driver training school has improved the
quality and consistency of training. We have also created a management-in-
training programme for middle managers. Our Canadian business has focused
closely on harnessing the power of the web to attract new employees and has
been working in partnership with Workopolis, Canada’s leading internet
recruitment service.

We are also looking to develop the managers of the future through our
graduate recruitment initiative. The two-year programme centres around real

hands-on involvement in the business, complemented by a wide range of off-
the-job development and classroom-style tuition. It covers training on
engineering, finance, marketing and operations, and many graduates have
gone on to become senior managers within the Group.

Stagecoach is working with the Department for Education and Skills and the
Learning and Skills Council to deliver a new two-year Young Apprenticeship
programme. The programme enables Stagecoach to help shape the workforce
of the future by offering able and motivated 14 to 16-year-old pupils the
chance to get a taste of work alongside their school studies. The high quality of
our employees has also been recognised at the Apprentice of the Year awards.

Stagecoach wants to be there to help our people when they need it most. Our
South West Trains and North American businesses have care schemes, which
offer an employee assistance programme that includes a 24-hour confidential
counselling service. South West Trains runs regular health fairs across its
network, offering employees the opportunity to have a cholesterol check, free
flu vaccination or general check-up. We have also opened a new occupational
health centre in Leicester for employees at East Midlands Trains.

We have been involved in a cutting edge pilot scheme that aims to research
and test various ways to improve financial capability in the workplace. The
multi-agency project - co-ordinated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”)
- involves offering our staff one to one surgeries and hard copy material.

The commitment of our people has been independently recognised with a host
of awards across all of our businesses for both management and frontline staff.

3.11.3 Improving accessibility
Accessibility is crucial in providing attractive public transport services and we
recognise that every customer we serve is unique, each with their own specific
individual needs. As far as possible within the resources we have available, we
are making it easier to use our bus, train and tram services.

Over the last year, we have invested in approximately 500 new low floor buses
in the UK and are on target to beat government deadlines for compliance with
disability legislation. We have announced a further investment in new
accessible vehicles in the UK for 2008/9.  Many of the coaches now in
operation on megabus.com and Scottish Citylink services are fully accessible
and have a special lift for wheelchair passengers. We are also helping provide
new demand responsive transport services, which are meeting the needs of
those with mobility problems who require a service from their front door. 

In the United States, we have launched a programme to retro-fit a number of
our existing coaches with accessible lifts, while in Canada we provide accessible
coaches on any scheduled service via a 24-hour advance booking system.

On the South West Trains network, we are involved in a total of 21 major
schemes as part of the Access for All programme, which provides an accessible
walking route from the main station to all platforms. Works have been
completed at Weybridge and are also underway at Haslemere, Kingston and
West Byfleet. We are also involved in a number of smaller schemes in
partnership with the DfT and other third parties, including the provision of new
handrails on the subway at Guildford and a ramped access to the platform at
Norbiton. Completion of the Class 455 refurbishment programme means
South West Trains now has a dedicated wheelchair space on every service, while
the Class 159 upgrade will provide improved audio and visual information to
passengers with hearing and sight impairment.

East Midlands Trains is committed to improving accessibility at stations across
its network and will invest a minimum of £250,000 each year on specific
improvements during the life of the franchise. We are working closely with local
authorities and Network Rail to introduce ramp access and lifts at a number of
existing stations, while the new East Midlands Parkway and Corby stations will
be fully accessible. Key stakeholders have also been invited to submit ideas for
small-scale schemes to improve accessibility. 

Access for all is also about staff training and we continue to maintain links with
disability groups to ensure both the needs of our passengers and employees are
considered. At Sheffield Supertram, we are currently refreshing the interiors of
our vehicles. Specially-designed wheelchair holding areas have been introduced
on all upgraded trams, as well as textured grab rails and improved seating
layouts to help passengers with visual impairment. There are also audio
announcements for all stops and tactile directional stickers for external door
buttons. Track upgrades at Manchester Metrolink have involved platform
surface renewals to provide improved access to the trams.

The Group’s website, www.stagecoachgroup.com, has been developed in line
with accessibility guidelines drawn up by the Royal National Institute for the
Blind. Our consumer-facing websites are also designed to maximise ease of use
by customers with visual impairment.

page 16 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 17

We have taken further steps to improve the online purchase of tickets for our
transport services. Stagecoach has launched the UK’s first integrated budget
coach and rail online booking service. Customers using the market-leading
megabus.com and megatrain.com budget travel sites can get both coach and
rail options in one easy search, giving them access to more than 500 daily
departures to around 50 UK locations from just £1, plus a 50p booking fee. We
have also introduced a new online megarider ticket at each of our regional bus
networks, offering discounted 28-day travel.

3.11.4 Health and Safety
Stagecoach has a proactive culture across the Group that puts health and safety
at the core of our operations. Bus, coach and rail travel is significantly safer than
similar journeys by car, and the safety and security of both our customers and
our people are fundamental to our business.  For example, the Rail Safety and
Standards Board 2006 Annual Safety Performance Report shows that the
relative fatality risk of travelling by car is more than 7 times higher than
travelling by bus/coach or rail.

Health and safety is monitored and reported on across the Group and
appropriate action is taken to address any major issues that are identified in our
business processes. Safety is part of a well-defined risk management process
across our business. A main Board executive director, Brian Souter, has specific
responsibility for safety issues across the Group and the Board is updated on
safety matters at each of its meetings. Safety matters are also considered at the
Board and management meetings of each of our businesses.

Our Group Health, Safety and Environmental Committee, chaired by our non-
executive director Janet Morgan, reports regularly to the Board on these
matters. They have access to internal safety executives and external consultants.

In our UK Bus division, we are working in partnership with the Government and
other agencies to improve bus safety and security. While crime and vandalism
are relatively low, we are aware they can discourage people from travelling on
buses. We continue to invest in CCTV technology and all of our new buses are
fitted with security cameras. We have a number of joint programmes in place
with schools and the police to deter anti-social behaviour and educate the next
generation of public transport users.

At an operational level, we have in place a process of route risk assessments to
identify potential safety issues. As well as our own investment in ongoing driver
training, we are supporting the work of the Road Operators’ Safety Council to
drive up standards in the industry. Stagecoach has also helped fund safety
campaigns focused on other road users, including cyclists and drivers of
agricultural vehicles.

Investment in new trains is further enhancing the safety of railways.  Whilst not
distracting from the seriousness of the accident at Grayrigg in February 2007,
the robustness of the Pendolino train involved limited the extent of injury.

Rail travellers on the South West Trains network are benefiting from a safe
environment on our state-of-the-art Desiro trains and on our refurbished Class
455 trains, which are fitted with CCTV technology. All South West Trains rolling
stock is fitted with the Train Protection Warning System. The company’s
commitment has seen it twice win the Robert Horton Safety award at the
National Rail Awards.

Our award-winning TravelSafe Officers partnership with British Transport Police
covers a significant number of routes and stations on the South West Trains
network. Under our 10-year franchise, we are committed to retaining the
presence of a guard on every service. Work is also continuing with Network Rail
and British Transport Police to identify hot-spots and ensure effective measures
are taken on both trains and at stations to reduce incidents of assault, trespass
and vandalism. 

South West Trains has undertaken a number of further safety initiatives in the
past year, and was one of the first train operating companies to carry out a
safety culture survey using the toolkit developed by the Rail Safety and
Standards Board. We have issued a new, revised personal safety handbook to all
employees, undertaken conflict management refresher training for platform
staff, and now involve frontline employees in risk assessments. A specific safety
management system has been put in place to control major project work at
stations, and we are also reviewing the way we control the risk of fatigue to
safety-critical staff.

Since being awarded our new East Midlands franchise, we have conducted a full
peer group review of safety processes, and introduced revised accident
reporting and investigation procedures. 

Manchester Metrolink is investing in improved, more robust CCTV systems and
also has a programme to introduce more effective tramstop passenger alarm

call points. Metrolink staff and premises are also covered by Greater Manchester
Police’s SHIELD initiative targeted at tackling illegal weapons and drugs.
Sheffield Supertram is conducting a review of procedures to manage
contractors and is also addressing sight-lines on the network by curbing
vegetation.

In North America, we continue to meet or exceed all Federal and State safety
regulations. We carry out regular safety audits of our facilities to ensure high
standards of health and safety are maintained. A dedicated safety team led by
key senior management ensures that policies and procedures are followed, and
management performance incentives are linked to a consistent reduction in
preventable accidents. Along with other major operators, we have assisted
national bodies to put in place processes to address the impact of potential
terrorist attacks on public transportation. In the United States, we have been
working with the Federal Government to take part in anti-terrorism workshops
for our employees. We have also installed GPS tracking and monitoring systems
in more than 1,000 coaches to improve security. In Canada, we have a
dedicated Occupational Health and Safety Policy Committee. Members are
drawn equally from management and workforce representatives and the
committee, which investigates any issue identified by an employee, is
responsible for taking appropriate remedial action.

Public transport by bus, coach and train is the safest way to travel. Stagecoach
itself has a good safety record, but there is no room for complacency. We
constantly keep our safety arrangements under review and are committed to
putting in place any improvements required to our safety governance
arrangements.

3.11.5 Community involvement
For nearly 30 years, Stagecoach has been a key part of communities around the
world. As well as providing lifeline transport services and significant job
opportunities, our Group is an integral part of local communities in the UK and
North America.

We help local people share in our success by funding the vital work of local,
national and international charities. During the year ended 30 April 2008,
£0.7m (2007: £0.7m) was donated by the Group to help many worthwhile
causes, including many health charities and local community projects in areas
where Stagecoach provides lifeline bus and rail services.

Stagecoach is providing £500,000 through a major four-year sponsorship to
fund a gym at the new Oasis Academy in Grimsby. The Academy, which will
have around 1,100 students, is a partnership between the Oasis Trust, North
East Lincolnshire Council and the Department for Education and Skills to
improve choice for parents and raise the overall standard of education in the
local area. The Grimsby curriculum will be enhanced by a specialism in sports
and health.

Stagecoach’s support for the community is not just about money. Hundreds of
our employees devote their own time every day to local projects that make a
real difference in their area. Many make financial donations personally through
“give as you earn” schemes. Our businesses provide much needed in-kind
support, while our people also give charities the benefit of their expertise during
secondments. At East Midlands Trains, for example, we have backed 12
members of staff with their charity work through our employee support
programme.

Much of the backing we provide is focused on education and young people. We
work closely with schools and police on local crime prevention initiatives and
education of youngsters about the dangers and consequences of anti-social
behaviour. Our support also assists many local initiatives that help provide
opportunities for young people.

At South West Trains, which operates in 13 English counties, much of our focus
is on projects designed to give young people alternatives to anti-social
behaviour. We have achieved this through schemes such as our long-term
support for the Carroll Youth Centre, and sponsorship of youth football, cricket
and basketball teams in a range of locations. We are also heavily involved in
highlighting the dangers of trespassing on railway lines, getting the message
across to around 50,000 children a year. In addition, we have also been involved
in a scheme to assist with the rehabilitation of ex-offenders.

Stagecoach is also helping promote social inclusion with our communities and
help those who are the most vulnerable. We have a national agreement with
Guide Dogs for the Blind that allows the dog trainers free travel on our buses
and trains. Stagecoach has supported a new Samaritans campaign to reduce
workplace stress in Scotland by sponsoring pocket-sized "emotional health
cards" encouraging people to speak up on the issue. We have also contributed
to several homeless shelters, providing funds for equipment and new
dormitories. South West Trains is a regular supporter of the Railway Children, a

Stagecoach Group plc | page 17

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 18

Operating and Financial Review

charity which helps runaway youngsters, and also helps Dorset Voluntary
Search and Rescue.

in the year to 30 April 2008 in the continuing modernisation of our fleet,
which meet and often exceed the latest environmental standards.

We have continued to support the UK educational charity businessdynamics,
which provides courses designed to build the skills and confidence of young
people as they prepare to enter the worlds of work and further education.
Stagecoach has also supported a number of arts initiatives.

In North America, our businesses support the work of chambers of
commerce, arts foundations, tourism associations, educational groups and
other key services. We have regularly provided transport facilities to assist the
annual Tartan Day celebrations in New York, while similar support has been
provided to a group of British police officers that make an annual visit to the
city to honour the Britons killed in the September 11 terrorist attacks. In the
United States, we are part of the federal Emergency Relief Programme, with
vehicles on standby to assist the response to any natural disaster in the Gulf
Coast. In Canada, we were involved in assisting with community fund-raising
efforts to build and equip a new hospital in Peterborough, Ontario.

Supporting the community. Working with the community. Part of the
community. That is embedded in our business philosophy.

3.11.6 Greener travel and sustainable business
Climate change is one of the most serious challenges facing our world and
the choices we all make every day, including how we get to work and the way
we travel on holiday, affect the planet we will entrust to future generations.

Government studies in the UK such as the Stern Review and the Eddington
Report have made clear that emissions from transport are growing. They also
show that we can achieve significant economic and social benefits from more
environmentally sustainable ways of living.

Public transport – from buses and coaches to train and tram services - is an
important part of the solution. We can help protect the environment by
encouraging people to make less use of the car and domestic airlines, and get
on board public transport as much as possible.  Carbon dioxide (“CO2”) is one
of the major contributors to climate change.  Public transport can lessen the
impact of CO2 emissions by supporting modal shift away from travel by car.
For example, in “The Case for Rail 2007”, the Sustainable Development
Steering Group points out that the average CO2 emissions for the same
passenger rail journey is about half that of an equivalent car journey.

Stagecoach is working with government bodies, local authorities and
suppliers to develop a range of transport solutions. We also support UK
Government measures designed to reward intelligent car use and encourage
modal shift from car to public transport. 

As a leading international business, Stagecoach Group recognises that any
form of transport has an impact on the environment.  The Group uses
significant levels of energy resources and we recognise that operation of
public transport services can affect air quality and noise levels.  For many
years, we have had a published environmental policy that sets out our
commitment to good environmental stewardship. 

Stagecoach Group’s wide-ranging strategy includes investment in renewable
fuels and cleaner engines, state-of-the-art energy efficient facilities, water
and waste recycling initiatives and offering businesses green travel incentives
for their employees.

Now, more than ever, we are taking seriously our responsibility to reduce our
own carbon footprint. We are currently in the process of updating our climate
change strategy and we have formed an internal cross-functional working
group to enhance and refresh key performance indicators and targets, as well
as to share best practice across our divisions.  

Recent research by Stagecoach has confirmed that environmental concerns
are increasingly driving customer behaviour. We believe this represents a
significant opportunity for our business and for shareholders, and we are
actively marketing our greener smarter travel services to our customers.

Our environmental initiatives
Stagecoach continues to pursue a number of initiatives to improve its
own environmental performance and encourage people to take the
green public transport option. Details of the Group’s environmental
KPI’s are contained on the Group’s website at:
www/stagecoach.com/scg/csr/environment/performance/

UK Bus
Stagecoach continues to make significant investment in modern vehicles
with improved environmental performance. We have invested around £61m

The Group has committed to invest a further £71m in more than 580 new
vehicles for the UK during the financial year ending 30 April 2009.  It includes
investment in greener bus technology to meet new European emissions
standards more than a year ahead of schedule. More than 220 new buses and
coaches will meet new Euro 5 emissions standards, which are not due to
come into force until 1 September 2009. These vehicles will use selective
catalytic reduction (“SCR”) technology to reduce nitrogen oxides in the
exhaust gas. 

We are testing the UK’s first Bio-buses, which run on 100% biodiesel
manufactured by Motherwell-based Argent Energy Ltd. The bio-fuel is
manufactured from used cooking oil and other food industry by-products,
which are from sustainable sources that do not involve the destruction of
natural habitats or compete with the human food chain. The environmental
project also allows customers to exchange used cooking oil for discounted
bus travel.  The initiative, which was launched in October 2007, cut CO2
emissions from the buses by around 80% in the first six months of the
project, saved approximately 550 tonnes of carbon, and more than 21 tonnes
of used cooking oil has been recycled.

Stagecoach’s UK bus fleet of around 7,000 vehicles currently runs on a blend
of 95% diesel and 5% bio-matter, which can be derived from sources such as
soy, palm, rape, sunflower and used cooking oil. For the past three years, we
have been using a fuel additive Envirox™ across the UK fleet, achieving a
reduction in fuel consumption of 4% to 5% and a similar decrease in
associated emissions. Stagecoach vehicles have now clocked up more than
700 million miles using the additive, developed by the leading international
nanomaterials group Oxonica plc, delivering a significant saving in carbon
emissions. We also have a dedicated training programme for our bus drivers
that emphasises fuel-efficient driving techniques.

Stagecoach is to source most of its electricity requirement for its UK bus
operations from renewables as part of its strategy to make its operations
more environmentally sustainable.  The two-year contract with Opus Energy,
a leading independent supplier of electricity to UK businesses, covers
electricity supply to around 240 UK sites operated by Stagecoach.  Electricity
generated from mostly small-scale hydro, as well as on-shore wind and
biomass, will provide more than 70% of the required supply, with the
remainder coming from cleaner, low-carbon sources. The use of renewable
sources to generate electricity will decrease emissions of CO2.  Stagecoach is
also installing smart meters to help cut energy use as part of the contract. 

In addition, we have cut emissions from around 90 of our largest UK bus
locations by more than a third after the introduction of a hi-tech energy
management system. Gas consumption has been slashed by an average of
36%, while CO2 emissions have been cut by more than 6,200 tonnes a year.
Developed by Manchester-based Vickers Electronics Ltd, the technology uses
self-learning predictive programming, coupled with high accuracy
temperature sensing. It takes over the control of the existing heating and
delivers improved control, staff comfort and dramatic reductions in energy
consumption, saving hundreds of thousands of pounds a year.

In April 2008, Stagecoach launched Scotland’s first carbon neutral bus
network. The ground-breaking environmental initiative, in partnership with
Scottish charity, Global Trees, will see all of Stagecoach's Fife to Edinburgh bus
network become carbon neutral for the next five years. Around 140,000 trees
will be planted in the south of Scotland this year, saving 21,500 tonnes in
CO2 emissions.

UK Rail
South West Trains has updated its environmental policy, developed a plan
containing objectives and KPIs for all functions within the company, and put
in place monthly environmental briefings covering all staff.

South West Trains held its first Environmental Awareness Week in February
2008, which included an environmental roadshow to raise the profile of
these issues among our people. Last year, it organised its environmental
awareness workshop for customer services employees that identified a
number of actions to improve its environmental performance at stations,
including the involvement of tenants.

Our UK Rail division is an active member of the Association of Train Operating
Companies (“ATOC”) Sustainability Forum set up in 2007 and it is currently
working with ATOC to identify an industry ‘carbon trajectory’ to 2020 in light
of likely future legislation.

page 18 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 19

Environmental management is central to our approach in our rail operations.
Our strategy is focused on reducing energy consumption within stations and
depots, as well as cutting traction energy. We have now worked with the Carbon
Trust to survey 60 sites across the network in order to identify energy saving
opportunities.  South West Trains is a significant consumer of electricity to
power trains.  This electricity is purchased via industry arrangements from
mainly nuclear sources.

South West Trains has also achieved ISO 14001 environmental quality
accreditation for its train depots. Plans have been developed for an ‘energy
awareness’ training session for station managers and key staff. We will work
with Network Rail to review the use of coasting boards which advise train
drivers that they may “coast” the train (i.e. keep it moving without applying
power) in order to reduce traction energy.

South West Trains is currently trialling bio-diesel on one of its diesel units. The
trial will last approximately six months with cost, impact on the engine and
viability assessed as part of the project. We have also taken part in a successful
trial of low sulphur diesel on one of our Class 159 trains in conjunction with
ATOC and the Rail Safety and Standards Board, with no adverse impact
reported on the engine.

An environmental improvement has resulted from the introduction of
controlled emission toilets to trains in the fleet. Effluent is collected in tanks,
emptied at special depot facilities, and transferred hygienically into the national
sewage network.

Carriage washing machines have been replaced with new modern washers,
which use alkaline instead of acid wash and often recycle water. Northam, the
base for the state-of-the-art Desiro fleet, has a carriage wash with a
sophisticated filtration system, ensuring 75% of the water can be recycled.
While limited space has prevented water recycling at every facility, all machines
are fitted with tanks that hold one month’s detergent supply, reducing the
frequency of deliveries.

Garbology, our industry-leading waste segregation and recycling operation,
continues to expand.  Centred on our Wimbledon Traincare Depot, the
programme involves waste being sorted into different types, with items such as
cardboard and paper taken away for recycling. A culture of “re-use” and “recycle”
is gathering pace to reduce waste being turned into landfill. Recycling schemes
have been set up at nine locations and we are planning to roll-out a paper and
card recycling programme to 12 key locations during 2008.

East Midlands Trains has ISO 14001 certification at its train depots and, as part
of our plans for the franchise, we are progressing towards the implementation
of an environmental management system to the same standard. 

We are undertaking site energy surveys at East Midlands Trains’ major depots
and stations as well as developing an action plan to reduce energy and water
use. Plans include the development of a ‘Green Station’ featuring on-site
renewable energy generation.

East Midlands Trains is working with Bombardier to modify the Class 222 Train
Management System to allow easier shutdown of engines at turn-arounds and
possible en-route coasting of engines. We have also started the installation of
new, more efficient VP185 engines to our High Speed Train power cars where
these were not already fitted. We are targeting further environmental
improvements from better fuel monitoring and management as well as the
introduction of eco-driving to our driver training programme. Our waste
management plans involve improving recycling rates at three depots and two
major stations  as well as introducing separation of on-train waste on mainline
services.

Sheffield Supertram has a programme that ensures waste metals, oils, solvents,
aerosol cans, used batteries, newspapers and tyres are recycled. The company
has used a new tram tyre supplier since 2006, which has extended tyre life by
between 17% and 20%.

Manchester Metrolink has become the first tram system in the UK to be
powered using water. Greater Manchester Passenger Transport Executive

(GMPTE) has signed a deal with Scottish and Southern Energy to use
hydroelectricity to run the service, which will substantially cut CO2 emissions.
Metrolink is already one of the most environmentally-friendly forms of
transport in Greater Manchester as it does not produce air pollution at street
level.

North America
In the United States, we have continued to replace older vehicles in our fleet
with coaches that feature reduced emissions engines with the latest
technology. During the year ended 30 April 2008, we replaced 40 motor
coaches, 13 open-top sightseeing double deckers, and 35 school buses with
new models, as well as introducing 17 double-decker coaches for our
megabus.com operations in North America.

We are the first company in New York to ensure our vehicles can use low
sulphur fuel, which significantly reduces emissions. We have also started a
programme to install emissions particulate filters on our vehicles.

Our business also has an action plan in place to comply with Federal US
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) policies and procedures by creating
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans and Spill Containment and
Countermeasure Plans in all our operations in the United States.

We are taking part in a Smart Start energy conservation programme as well as
rolling out the use of recycled water at bus washes in our depots.

In Canada, we have taken further steps to reduce direct emissions from our
operations. As part of our compliance with engine emissions requirements
under Ontario’s “Drive Clean” programme, we have increased the pass rate on
first test from 93.5% to 99%. A total of 21 coaches were replaced with new
vehicles, equipped with the latest engine technology, and all of our locations
have converted to ultra-low sulphur diesel.

All of our Canadian facilities are equipped with a separator unit to filter the
water from petroleum products before the water is sent into the water system.
Sludge is removed by a contracted company certified by the Ministry of
Environment. Each facility is also equipped with a spill kit to reduce any diesel
fuel from entering the water system through a ditch or drain in the event of a
spill. A programme is in place to recycle paper, cardboard, metal, waste oil,
batteries and tyres. The company has also recently adopted a wireless GPS
system that provides valuable information to address unnecessary idling of
buses.  We are in the process of implementing a system to accurately track and
record electricity and water use at our facilities as part of our drive to reduce our
consumption levels.

Virgin Rail Group
VRG, our joint venture with Virgin Group, has attracted new passengers to rail
travel as a result of its ‘Go Greener, Go Cheaper’ marketing campaign, which is
part of a consistent push to take on domestic airlines on speed, price, frequency
and environmental credentials. 

VRG is committed to reducing its carbon footprint and is working in
partnership with the Carbon Trust on its five-step carbon management
programme. The programme aims to reduce the CO2 emissions produced as
a consequence of all aspects of VRG’s operations from traction power to
domestic energy use.

VRG continues to look at all of its day-to-day operations and is committed to
find ways to reduce the amount of energy and water used on board its trains,
at stations and in offices. There is also a commitment to reduce waste and
increase recycling across all its activities. The company has installed
multifunctional print devices in its offices to save paper and energy, and is
now considering going further with research into PDA’s for drivers and other
on board staff. Around 20% of the electricity used at Virgin Rail Group’s
stations is purchased from renewable sources and VRG has joined the
Envirowise “Big Splash” campaign to reduce water consumptions at its
stations. Envirowise is also working with VRG’s property and procurement
specialists to advise as to how utilities consumption can be further reduced.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 19

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 22

5.  Directors’ report

Principal activity 

5.1
The Group’s principal activity is the provision of public transport services in
the UK and North America. A fuller description of the Group’s business is
provided in section 3.3 of this Annual Report.

Business review

5.2
The Group is required to produce a business review complying with the
requirements of the Companies Act 1985. The Group has complied with
these minimum requirements as part of the Operating and Financial Review,
which also provides significant information over and above the statutory
minimum.

The Operating and Financial Review, which forms part of the Directors’
report, is contained in section 3 of this Annual Report.

5.3 Group results and dividends 
The results for the year are set out in the consolidated income statement on
page 41.

An interim dividend of 1.35p per ordinary share was paid on 5 March 2008.
The Directors recommend a final dividend of 4.05p per ordinary share
making a total dividend of 5.4p per ordinary share for the year. Subject to
approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 1 October 2008 to
those shareholders on the register at 29 August 2008.

5.4 Directors and their interests 
The names, responsibilities and biographical details of the Directors appear
on pages 20 and 21. Their participation in full Board meetings and meetings
of committees is given in the Corporate governance report on page 28.

Brian Souter and Iain Duffin retire by rotation at the 2008 Annual General
Meeting in accordance with the Articles of Association and being eligible offer
themselves for re-election. As explained in the Corporate governance report
on page 26, Ewan Brown is considered to be an independent non-executive

director by the Board. However, in recognition of the factors suggested by the
Combined Code for determining independence, Ewan Brown offers himself
for annual re-election. Other non-executive directors, including the Chairman,
who are not treated as independent are also subject to annual re-election.
Accordingly, Robert Speirs, Chairman, and Ann Gloag, who is a non-executive
director but is not independent, also offer themselves for annual re-election. 

The Board reviews the development plans for the Board at least annually as
part of its performance evaluation. The assessment involves a consideration
of the balance of skills, knowledge and experience of the Directors. The Board
also considers whether the Directors have sufficient time to properly
discharge their duties, which includes a consideration of any other
appointments that each director has. The re-elections of Robert Speirs, Ewan
Brown, Ann Gloag, Brian Souter and Iain Duffin will be proposed at the 2008
Annual General Meeting and are consistent with the results of the Board’s
assessment. The Board believes that the performance of each of these
directors continues to be effective and that they continue to demonstrate
commitment to their respective roles. The Board therefore considers it is
appropriate that each of these directors be re-elected at the 2008 Annual
General Meeting.

The Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority (LR 9.8.6 R(1)) require
listed companies such as Stagecoach to disclose in their Annual Reports the
interests of each director. The Directors’ interests set out in Tables A and B
have been determined on the same basis as in previous years and are
intended to comply with the requirements of LR 9.8.6 R(1), which is not the
basis used to determine voting rights for the purposes of notifying major
interests in shares in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules
of the Financial Services Authority. Accordingly, the interests of Brian Souter
and Ann Gloag shown below do not represent their voting rights determined
in accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules which as at 30 April
2008, including vested but unexercised options, were 76,741,109 (2007:
122,919,617) and 53,029,604 (2007: 83,346,482) respectively.

Note that the number of ordinary shares shown in Table A below reflects the
impact of the share capital consolidation which was completed in June 2007.

TABLE A 

Number of ordinary shares

Brian Souter 
Martin Griffiths 
Ewan Brown 
Iain Duffin 
Ann Gloag 
Sir George Mathewson
Janet Morgan 
Robert Speirs 
Garry Watts

30 April and
25 June 2008

27 June 2007 (or date of
appointment if later)

30 April 2007 (or date of
appointment if later)

104,721,606
19,350
See below
20,359
75,875,900
Nil
1,323
9,414
20,000

100,353,020
10,176
See below
20,359
75,875,893
Nil
1,323
9,414
Nil

156,104,709
15,830
See below
31,670
118,029,172
Nil
2,058
14,645
Nil

Ewan Brown has an indirect interest in the share capital of the Company.  He and his connected parties own approximately 22% of the ordinary shares of Noble
Grossart Holdings Limited, which in turn through its subsidiary, Noble Grossart Investments Limited, held 4,084,999 shares in the Company at each of 27 June
2007, 30 April 2008 and 25 June 2008 (30 April 2007: 6,354,443).

At 27 June 2007, Brian Souter and Ann Gloag each held 150,000 ‘B’ shares of 63p each in addition to their interests in ordinary shares shown above. They
redeemed their remaining ‘B’ shares on 30 November 2007.

TABLE B

Brian Souter 
Martin Griffiths 
Ewan Brown 
Iain Duffin 
Ann Gloag 
Sir George Mathewson
Janet Morgan 
Robert Speirs 
Garry Watts

page 22 | Stagecoach Group plc

Number of ordinary shares under option and/or
Executive Participation Plan units

30 April and 
25 June 2008

30 April and
27 June 2007 (or date of
appointment if later)

548,351
645,997
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

4,769,488
838,521
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 23

In addition to their individual interests in shares, Brian Souter and Martin
Griffiths are potential beneficiaries of the Stagecoach Group Employee Benefit
Trust 2003, which held 4,600,165 (30 April 2007: 5,825,879) ordinary shares
of 56/57th (2007:12/19th) pence each as at 30 April 2008. Martin Griffiths is
also a potential beneficiary of the Stagecoach Group Qualifying Employee
Share Trust (“QUEST”), which held 384,279 (30 April 2007: 369,399)
ordinary shares of 56/57th (2007: 12/19th) pence each as at 30 April 2008.
Full details of options and other share based awards held by the Directors at
30 April 2008 are contained in the Directors’ remuneration report on
pages 35 to 37.

No director had a material interest in the loan stock or share capital of any
subsidiary company.

Indemnification of directors and officers

5.5
The Company maintains Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance in respect
of legal action that might be brought against its directors.  In accordance with
the Company Articles of Association, and as permitted by law, the Company
has indemnified each of its directors and other officers of the Group against
certain liabilities that may be incurred as a result of their offices.

5.6 Substantial shareholdings 
By 24 June 2008 (being the latest practical date prior to the date of this
report), the Company had been notified of the following major interests in
voting rights in the Company (other than certain Directors’ shareholdings
details of which are set out in section 5.4 of this report):

Blackrock Inc.
J P Morgan Chase & Co
Legal and General Investment Management Ltd 

5.0%
4.8%
4.3%

Employment policies

5.7
The Group strives to meet its business objectives by motivating and
encouraging its employees to be responsive to the needs of its customers and
to maintain and, where possible, improve operational performance. The
Group is also committed to providing equality of opportunity to employees.
This applies to appropriate training, career development and promotion
opportunities for all employees regardless of physical disability, gender,
religion, belief, race or ethnic origin. The Group gives full consideration to
applications for employment from disabled persons where a disabled person
can adequately fulfil the requirements of the job. Where existing employees
become disabled, it is the Group’s policy wherever practicable to provide
continuing employment under normal terms and conditions and to provide
training, career development and promotion to disabled employees wherever
appropriate.

The Group is committed to employee participation and uses a variety of
methods to inform, consult and involve its employees. Employees participate
directly in the success of the business through the Group’s bonus and other
remuneration schemes and are encouraged to invest through participation in
share option schemes. There have been several invitations to UK employees
to subscribe to the Group’s Sharesave (‘‘SAYE’’) scheme, all of which have met
with encouraging levels of response.

The Group periodically arranges meetings that bring together representatives
from management and trade unions. Discussions take place regularly with the
trade unions representing the vast majority of the Group’s employees on a
wide range of issues. The Group also produces a range of internal newsletters
and information circulars that keep employees abreast of developments.
Employees are encouraged to discuss matters of interest to them and
subjects affecting day-to-day operations of the Group with management.

The Group is committed to developing a culture of openness across all its
businesses and ensuring the highest standards of probity and accountability.
The Board actively encourages employees with serious concerns about the
interests of others or the Group to come forward. The Group has a policy in
place called ‘‘speaking up” which is designed to ensure processes exist
whereby employees can raise serious concerns constructively without fear of
victimisation, subsequent discrimination or disadvantage.

5.8 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in
respect of the Annual Report, the Directors’
remuneration report and the financial
statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’
remuneration report and the Group and the parent company financial
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each
financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the Group financial
statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union, and the parent company
financial statements and the Directors’ remuneration report in accordance
with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). In preparing the Group
financial statements, the Directors have also elected to comply with IFRSs,
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The Group
and parent company financial statements are required by law to give a true
and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and the Group and of the
profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing those financial statements, the Directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
• state that the Group financial statements comply with IFRSs as adopted by
the European Union and IFRSs issued by the IASB, and with regard to the
parent company financial statements that applicable UK Accounting
Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed
and explained in the financial statements; and

• prepare the Group and parent company financial statements on the going
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will
continue in business, in which case there should be supporting
assumptions or qualifications as necessary.

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above requirements
in preparing the financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
Company and the Group and to enable them to ensure that the Group
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of
the IAS Regulation and the parent company financial statements and the
Directors’ remuneration report comply with the Companies Act 1985. They
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the
Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.

5.9 Suppliers payment policy and practice 
It is the Group’s policy to agree appropriate terms of payment with suppliers
for each transaction or series of transactions, and to abide by those terms
based on the timely submission of satisfactory invoices. The policies followed
by each of the major UK operating subsidiaries are disclosed in the financial
statements of those companies. The Company normally settles trade
creditors on 30 to 45 day terms. For the Group as a whole, the trade creditors
outstanding at the year end represented 33 days’ purchases (2007: 28 days).

5.10 Land and buildings 
In the opinion of the Directors, there is no material difference between the
open market value of the Group’s interest in land and buildings and its net
book value.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 23

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 24

Directors’ report

5.11 Financial risk management
Information regarding the Group’s financial risk management objectives and
policies and exposure to price, credit, liquidity and cash flow risks can be
found in note 28 to the consolidated financial statements.

5.12 Charitable and political contributions 
Group companies made charitable donations of £0.7m (2007: £0.7m) during
the year.

It is the Group’s policy not to make political contributions and, accordingly,
there were no contributions for political purposes during the year (2007:
£Nil).

5.13 Authority for company to purchase its 

own shares 

At the 2007 Annual General Meeting, the Company was granted authority by
its shareholders under section 166 of the Companies Act 1985 to repurchase
up to 10% of its ordinary shares. During the year, no ordinary shares were
repurchased. Under the existing authority, the Company may repurchase up
to 71,189,235 ordinary shares. This authority will expire on 31 December
2008 unless revoked, varied or renewed prior to this date.

A resolution will be placed at the next Annual General Meeting that the
Company be authorised to repurchase its ordinary shares at the Directors’
discretion up to a maximum number equal to 10% of the ordinary shares that
are outstanding at the time of the Annual General Meeting. If passed, the
resolution will lapse at the conclusion of the 2009 Annual General Meeting. If
the resolution is approved, the existing authority that was granted at the
2007 Annual General Meeting will lapse.

5.14 Shareholder and control structure

At 30 April 2008, the Company’s issued share capital comprised two classes
of shares, referred to as “ordinary shares” and “B shares”. 

As at 30 April 2008, there were 718,145,299 (2007: 1,100,998,707) ordinary
shares in issue with a nominal value of 56/57th pence (2007: 12/19th pence)
each. The ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the London Stock
Exchange.

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company, every holder of
ordinary shares present in person and entitled to vote shall have one vote
and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to
vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share held. The notice of a general
meeting will specify any deadlines for exercising voting rights in respect of
the meeting concerned.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to be paid the profits of the
Company available for distribution and determined to be distributed pro-rata
to the number of ordinary shares held.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares other than:
• certain restrictions may from time to time be imposed by laws and

regulations (for example, insider trading laws); and

• pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority whereby
certain employees of the Group require the approval of the Company to
deal in the Company’s securities.

None of the ordinary shares in issue provide the holders with special control
rights.

As at 30 April 2008, there were 12,783,677 (2007: Nil) B shares in issue with
a nominal value of 63 pence each. 

The holders of the B shares are entitled to payment of a non-cumulative
preferential dividend paid twice yearly in arrears on 31 May and 30 November
calculated at a pre-specified annual rate expressed as 70% of LIBOR for six

month deposits in pounds sterling on the nominal amount per B Share. The
holders of B Shares are entitled to payment of their dividend in priority to any
payment of dividend or other distribution to ordinary shareholders and before
any profits are carried to reserves. Furthermore, on a return of capital on a
winding up, the holders of any unredeemed B Shares are entitled to the
amount paid up or treated as paid up on the nominal value of each B Share
plus the relevant proportion of any dividend payable on those B Shares before
any payment to ordinary shareholders. The holders of the unredeemed B
Shares shall not be entitled to any further right of participation in the assets
of the Company. The holders of the unredeemed B Shares are not entitled to
receive notice of any general meeting of the Company or to attend, speak or
vote at any such general meeting. The holders of any unredeemed B Shares
will have the opportunity to redeem their B Shares twice yearly on 31 May
and 30 November. The Company may now at any time mandatorily redeem
the B Shares at their nominal value.

Section 5.6 of this Directors’ report gives details of any shareholders (other
than the Directors) that hold major interests in the voting rights in the
Company.

Details of each director’s interests in the share capital of the Company are
given in section 5.4 of this Directors’ report. Two directors of the Company,
Brian Souter and Ann Gloag, who are siblings were interested in 25.1% of the
ordinary shares in issue as at 30 April 2008 (2007: 24.9%). The other
directors of the Company held less than 0.1% of the ordinary shares in issue
as at 30 April 2008 (2007: less than 0.1%).

In addition to the Directors’ individual interests in shares, two employee
benefit trusts held a further 0.7% of the ordinary shares in issue as at 30 April
2008 (2007: 0.6%). The shares held by the trusts are for the benefit of
employees of the Group, and the voting rights are exercised by the trustees.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that
may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and/or voting rights.

Directors are appointed by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of
holders of ordinary shares. The Directors have the power to appoint a director
but any person so appointed by the Directors shall hold office only until the
next annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for appointment by
ordinary resolution at that meeting.

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by special
resolution at a general meeting of holders of ordinary shares.

The powers of the Directors to issue or repurchase ordinary shares are set by
an ordinary resolution at a general meeting of holders of ordinary shares.
Section 5.13 of this Directors’ report sets out the current authority for the
Company to purchase its own shares.

There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate on a
change of control of the Company such as commercial contracts, bank loan
agreements and employee share plans.  The most significant of these are:
• The Group operates the South Western Trains and East Midlands Trains rail
franchises.  The Group’s joint venture, Virgin Rail Group, operates the West
Coast Trains franchise.  The franchise agreements in respect of these three
franchises each contain provisions that would enable the Department for
Transport to terminate the franchises on a change of control of the
franchise.  

• Each of the three rail franchises referred to above lease trains.  The leases
generally contain termination rights for the benefit of the lessor on a
change of control of the Group.

• The Group’s bank facilities contain provisions that would require

repayment of outstanding borrowings and other drawings under the
facilities following a change of control of the Group. 

The impact of a change of control of the Group on remuneration
arrangements is explained in section 10.19.

page 24 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 25

5.15  Disapplication of pre-emption rights
The Company seeks approval at least annually from its shareholders for the disapplication of pre-emption rights. The approval sought is generally to disapply
pre-emption rights in respect of equity securities up to approximately 5% of those in issue. The following ordinary shares have been issued on a non pre-emptive
basis over the last five years:

Year ended 30 April

2008
2007
2006 

Total last 3 years

2005
2004

Total last 5 years

The non pre-emptive issues by reason are summarised below:

Year ended 30 April

2008
2007
2006 

Total last 3 years

2005
2004

Total last 5 years

Shares issued  on a
non pre-emptive basis

Shares in issue at 
start of year

Shares issued on a non
pre-emptive basis as a percentage
of shares in issue

10,360,416
7,398,394
24,055,086

44,941,813,896

13,505,982
14,412,588

69,732,466

1,100,998,707
1,093,600,313
1,069,545,227

1,335,358,600
1,320,946,012

Issued in connection 
with employee share 
schemes

Issued as non-cash
consideration  
to acquire businesses

10,360,416
7,398,394
20,033,016

37,791,826

13,505,982
14,412,588

65,710,396

Nil
Nil
4,022,070

4,022,070

Nil
Nil

4,022,070

0.9%
0.7%
2.2%

3.8%

1.0%
1.1%

5.9%

Total

10,360,416
7,398,394
24,055,086

41,813,896

13,505,982
14,412,588

69,732,466

At 30 April 2008, the Company had 718,145,299 ordinary shares in issue. The cumulative shares issued on a non pre-emptive basis as a percentage of the
ordinary shares in issue at 30 April 2008 were:

Year ended 30 April 2008

Three years ended 30 April 2008

Five years ended 30 April 2008

1.4%

5.8%

9.7%

During the year ended 30 April 2008, the ordinary shares of the Company were consolidated with 9 shares issued for every 14 shares previously held and during
the year ended 30 April 2005, the ordinary shares of the Company were consolidated with 19 shares issued for every 24 previously held. No adjustments have
been made to the shares issued as shown in the table above to take account of the consolidations.

5.16  Post balance sheet events
On 16 May 2008, the Group completed the acquisition of Highland Country Buses Ltd and Orkney Coaches Ltd from Rapsons Coaches Ltd. The businesses
acquired, which operate bus and coach services in the Highlands, Skye and Orkney, have an annual turnover of approximately £12.5m, employ around 400
people and run a fleet of around 200 vehicles.

On 31 May 2008, holders of 2,904,318 redeemable ‘B’ preference shares elected to have these shares redeemed leaving 9,879,359 redeemable ‘B’ preference
shares in issue.

5.17  Going concern
On the basis of current financial projections and the facilities available, the Directors are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue for the
foreseeable future and, accordingly, consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

5.18  Auditors 
In the case of each of the persons who were directors of the Company at the date when this report was approved:
• so far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined in section 234ZA of the Companies Act 1985) of which the

Company’s auditors are unaware; and

• each of the Directors has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a director to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information (as

defined) and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

A resolution to re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to the Company will be proposed at the next Annual General Meeting. A resolution will also
be proposed that the Directors be authorised to fix the remuneration of the auditors.

By order of the Board 

Ross Paterson
Company Secretary 

25 June 2008

Stagecoach Group plc | page 25

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 26

6. Corporate governance report

Introduction

6.1
The Stagecoach Board is accountable to shareholders for the Group’s
activities and is responsible for the effectiveness of corporate governance
practices within the Group in conformity with the Combined Code on
Corporate Governance (“the Combined Code”).

This section of the report discusses Stagecoach Group’s corporate governance
arrangements and management structures. It also includes the disclosures
recommended by the Combined Code, and describes how the principles of
good corporate governance that are set out in the Combined Code have been
applied. In line with best practice, separate reports are provided from each of
the Audit Committee, Nomination Committee, Health, Safety and
Environmental Committee and Remuneration Committee.

Compliance with the Combined Code

6.2
The Directors believe that the Group currently complies with all of the
recommendations contained in the Combined Code.

For the first two months of the year ended 30 April 2008, the Company did
not fully comply with the recommendations of the Combined Code. Russell
Walls stepped down as a non-executive director during the year ended 30
April 2007 and the Group appointed Garry Watts as a non-executive director
on 1 July 2007. For the period from 25 August 2006 to 1 July 2007:
• The Audit Committee did not have a Chairman and comprised only two
directors, neither of whom had recent and relevant financial experience.
However, Iain Duffin acted as Chairman at meetings and at least one of the
Company’s other independent non-executive directors who had recent
and relevant financial experience was also in attendance at all meetings of
the Committee. This ensured that at least two independent non-executive
directors attended each meeting.

• The Remuneration Committee comprised only two directors. However, at
least one of the Company’s other independent non-executive directors
attended meetings of the Committee thus ensuring at least three
independent non-executive directors attended each meeting.

• If the criteria for determining independence suggested by the Combined
Code were applied, fewer than half of each of the Board and Nomination
Committee (in each case excluding the Chairman) were independent.
However, the Board’s own view was that at least half of the Board and
Nomination Committee (excluding the Chairman) was independent,
because it regards Ewan Brown as independent.

Notwithstanding the above, the Board believes that it and its Committees
remained effective during this period. The appointment of Garry Watts on
1 July 2007 remedied the above areas of non-compliance with the Combined
Code.

Composition of the Board

6.3
The Combined Code suggests that independent non-executive directors
should make up at least half of the Board (excluding the Chairman). The
Company’s Board comprises nine directors. Excluding the Chairman, the
Board considers that there are five independent non-executive directors.

Robert Speirs
Ewan Brown
Iain Duffin
Sir George 
Mathewson
Janet Morgan
Garry Watts
Ann Gloag
Brian Souter
Martin Griffiths

Chairman
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Chief Executive
Finance Director

Independent
Independent Non-Executive

Chairman

Director

Other
Director

(cid:2)

(cid:2)
(cid:2)

(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)

(cid:2)
(cid:2)
(cid:2)

Ewan Brown, one of the five independent non-executive directors, has served
on the Board since 1988 and is a non-executive director of Noble Grossart,
which is an advisor to the Company. The Company recognises and
understands investor concerns over longer-serving non-executive directors
but nevertheless continues to regard Ewan Brown as independent. Ewan

Brown’s long association with the Group enables him to provide a robust and
effective challenge to management because of the sound and detailed
knowledge of the Group’s business that he has developed. The Board believes
that Ewan Brown’s length of service enhances his effectiveness as a non-
executive director and that he remains independent in character and
judgement. In recognition of the factors suggested by the Combined Code
for determining independence, Ewan Brown stands for annual re-election as
a director. In addition, Ewan Brown does not serve on the Remuneration
Committee or the Audit Committee. In assessing independence, the Board
takes into account the wider composition and balance of the Board as a
whole.

In determining the independence of non-executive directors, the Board
considers a number of factors. In particular the Board satisfies itself on the
following questions:
• Does the director provide a robust and effective challenge to executive

management? 

• Is the director prepared to challenge others’ beliefs, assumptions and
viewpoints for the overall good of the Group and its shareholders? 
• Does the director effectively contribute to constructive debate by the

Board and its Committees? 

• Is the director willing to defend his or her own beliefs and viewpoints for

the overall good of the Group and its shareholders? 

• Does the director have a sufficiently sound and detailed knowledge of the
Group’s business that enables him or her to effectively question strategy
and executive management’s running of the business?

6.4    Operation of the Board
The Board is generally scheduled to meet six times each year. Additional
meetings of the Board are held to consider matters arising between
scheduled Board meetings, where a decision of the Board is required prior to
the next scheduled meeting.

The Chairman ensures that meetings of the Board and shareholders are
properly conducted and is responsible for setting and moving forward the
Board’s agenda. Leadership of the Board (by the Chairman) is not the same as
the leadership required (from the Group Chief Executive) to turn the Board’s
strategic and policy decisions into actions. The Group Chief Executive has day-
to-day responsibility for all business of the Group and carries out the agreed
strategy and policies of the Board. The split of the Chairman’s and Chief
Executive’s responsibilities is in writing and has been approved by the Board.

The Directors’ biographies appear on pages 20  and 21 of this Annual Report
and illustrate the Directors’ range of experience, which ensures an effective
Board to lead and control the Group. The Non-Executive Directors bring an
independent viewpoint and create an overall balance.

The Executive and Non-Executive Directors have a complementary range of
financial, operational and entrepreneurial experience that ensures no one
director or viewpoint is dominant in the decision-making process. The
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors periodically meet without the
Executive Directors being present. In addition, the Non-Executive Directors,
led by the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, meet without the
Chairman at least annually.

All the Directors meet regularly with other senior management and staff of
the Group, have access to confidential advice from the Company Secretary
and may take independent legal or other professional advice at the Group’s
expense where it is considered necessary for the proper discharge of their
duties as directors. The Company Secretary, whose appointment and removal
is a matter for the Board as a whole, is responsible to the Board for ensuring
the Board procedures are complied with.

All the Directors submit themselves for election by shareholders at the Annual
General Meeting following their appointment and all the Directors are required
to stand for re-election by shareholders at least every three years. Non-
Executive Directors, including the Chairman, who are not considered by the
Board to be independent, or are considered independent but have served on
the Board for more than nine years, submit themselves for annual re-election.

page 26 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 27

Each director receives induction training on appointment and subsequently
such training or briefings as are considered necessary to keep abreast of
matters affecting their roles as directors. The Chairman endeavours to ensure
that all the Directors (including any newly appointed directors) attend the
Annual General Meeting, providing an opportunity for shareholders to meet
the Directors.

The number of full Board meetings during the year was five. The full Board
typically meets once a year at an operational location and regular verbal
communication is maintained by the Chairman between meetings to ensure
all directors are well informed on strategic and operational issues.

The Board has a number of matters reserved for its consideration, with
principal responsibilities being to agree the overall strategy and investment
policy, to approve major capital expenditure, to monitor performance and risk
management procedures of senior management, to ensure that there are
proper internal controls in place and to consider major acquisitions or
disposals. The Directors have full and timely access to information with Board
papers distributed in advance of meetings.

The Board keeps the roles and contribution made by each director under
review and changes in responsibilities are made where necessary to improve
the Board’s effectiveness. To provide a more manageable process and better
control, certain of the Board’s powers have been delegated to committees.

Minutes are taken of each meeting of the Board and its Committees. Where
any director has significant concerns that cannot be resolved about the
running of the Group or a proposed action, these concerns are recorded in
the minutes. It is also the Group’s policy that where a director resigns, the
director is asked to provide a written statement to the Chairman of any
concerns leading to his or her resignation.

6.5 Operational management of the Group
The Board delegates the operational management of the Group to the Group
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director (“Executive Directors”). The
Executive Directors maintain day-to-day contact and meet regularly face-to-
face or in videoconferences with non-board senior management. There are
three principal operating divisions (UK Bus: headed by a Managing Director,
North America: headed by two Chief Operating Officers and UK Rail: headed
by a Chief Executive) which each comprise a varying number of autonomous
business units, each headed by a chairman or managing director who is
responsible for the day-to-day performance of the business unit. Each
chairman or managing director is supported by his/her own management
teams.

A Rail Business Development Committee, comprising the two Group
Executive Directors and other senior management, oversees the performance
and development of the Group’s rail business, including bidding on new rail
franchises.

A Chief Executive heads the Group’s joint venture, Virgin Rail Group. The
Chief Executive of the Rail division and the Company Secretary attended
Virgin Rail Group board meetings during the year.

6.6 Performance evaluation
The Board assesses its own performance and the performance of each
individual Board member; this assessment is co-ordinated and directed by the
Chairman with the support of the Company Secretary. The Senior
Independent Non-Executive Director co-ordinates the Board’s assessment of
the performance of the Chairman. As part of the assessment process, the
Non-Executive Directors meet without the Executive Directors being present.
The Non-Executive Directors also meet without the Chairman being present.
The Chairman obtains feedback from each individual director on the
performance of the Board and other Board members – this involves the
completion of a questionnaire and a follow-up discussion. In the same way,
the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director obtains feedback from each
individual director on the performance of the Chairman. A similar process is
undertaken to assess the performance of each of the Board’s committees.

The Directors have reviewed the effectiveness of the Board as a whole and its
committees. Each director has assessed the effectiveness of the Board and
each committee of which he or she is a member.

The assessment of effectiveness included consideration of:
• The effectiveness of the formal Board and committee meetings; 
• The nature and extent of the Board’s interaction with the management of

the Group;

• The timeliness, relevance and accuracy of the information provided to the

Board and its committees;

• The allocation of the Board’s time between differing priorities including
the time spent on strategic considerations relative to other matters; and

• The composition of the Board and its committees.

The Board has considered the results of these assessments and has concluded
that overall the Board and its committees continue to operate in an effective
and constructive manner.

6.7 Audit Committee
The Audit Committee currently comprises three independent non-executive
directors. It receives reports from major business functions including the Risk
Assurance Function. It also receives reports from the external auditors. It
considers the scope and results of the audit, the interim and annual financial
statements and the accounting and internal control systems in place
throughout the Group. The Audit Committee reviews the cost effectiveness,
independence and objectivity of the internal and external auditors. 

The Audit Committee report is set out on page 30.

6.8   Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee currently comprises three independent non-
executive directors.  It makes recommendations to the Board for ensuring
that the Executive Directors’ and senior management remuneration is
appropriate to attract, motivate and retain executive directors and senior
managers of the quality needed to run the Group’s business successfully. The
constitution and operation of the Remuneration Committee is detailed in the
Directors’ remuneration report on pages 32 to 38.

6.9  Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee currently comprises four non-executive
directors (one of whom is the Chairman of the Company) that the Board
considers to be independent. The Committee is responsible for evaluating the
balance of skills, knowledge and experience of the Board, and where
appropriate suggesting new appointments. 

The Nomination Committee report is set out on page 31.

6.10 Health, Safety and Environmental

Committee

The Health, Safety and Environmental Committee is chaired by an independent
Non-Executive Director, Janet Morgan, and comprises one other independent
Non-Executive Director, Iain Duffin, and one other Non-Executive Director, Ann
Gloag. The Committee considers health, safety and environmental issues across
the Group and reports regularly to the Board on these matters. 

The Health, Safety and Environmental Committee report is set out on
page 31.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 27

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 28

Corporate governance report

6.11 Individual director participation at meetings
The following is a table of participation in full Board meetings, meetings of committees and the Annual General Meeting by director during the year ended
30 April 2008:

PARTICIPATION
IN MEETINGS 

Full Board 
meetings

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Health, Safety
and Environmental 
Committee 

Nomination
Committee

Annual General
Meeting

Robert Speirs

Brian Souter

Martin Griffiths

Ewan Brown

Iain Duffin

Ann Gloag

Sir George Mathewson

Janet Morgan

Garry Watts
– appointed 1 July 2007

Actual

Possible

Actual

Possible

Actual

Possible

Actual

Possible

Actual

Possible

Actual

Possible

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

4

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

4

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

n/a

n/a

3

2

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

n/a

n/a

3

2

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

n/a

2

2

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

n/a

3

2

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

3

n/a

3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

3

n/a

3

1

n/a

n/a

1

n/a

n/a

1

1

1

n/a

n/a

1

n/a

n/a

1

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

6.12 Relations with shareholders
The Board endeavours to present a balanced and understandable assessment
of the Group’s position and prospects in communications with shareholders.

The Board considers communications with shareholders to be extremely
important. The Group holds periodic meetings with representatives of major
institutional shareholders, other fund managers and representatives of the
financial press.

The programme of investor relations includes presentations in London of the
full-year and interim results and meetings with institutional investors in the
UK and overseas. Investor and analyst feedback is sought after presentations
to ensure key strategies, market trends and actions being taken are being
effectively communicated and shareholder objectives are known. During the
year, written responses are given to letters or e-mails received from
shareholders and all shareholders can receive annual reports.

The Board receives regular updates on the views of shareholders through
briefings from the Chairman and the Executive Directors, reports from the
Company’s brokers and reports from the Company’s Financial PR consultants.
The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director is available to shareholders
where contact through the normal channels is inappropriate, or has failed to
resolve concerns.

Private and institutional shareholders are welcome to attend and participate at
the Annual General Meeting and any other general meetings. The Group aims
to ensure that all the Directors, including the chairmen of the Audit,
Remuneration, Nomination and Health, Safety and Environmental
Committees are available at the Annual General Meeting to answer questions.
The Annual General Meeting provides an opportunity for shareholders to
question the Chairman and other directors on a variety of topics and further
information is provided at the Annual General Meeting on the Group’s
principal business activities. It is the Company’s policy to propose a separate
resolution at the Annual General Meeting for each substantially separate issue.
Resolutions are proposed annually in respect of the financial statements and
the Directors’ remuneration report. At each Annual General Meeting, the
Chairman reports, after each show of hands, details of all proxy votes lodged
for and against each resolution, and the number of votes withheld. Details of
the proxy votes are also published on the Group’s website at
http://www.stagecoachgroup.com/scg/ir/shareholder/agm/. The Company and
its registrars have established procedures to ensure that votes cast are properly
received and recorded.

6.13 Risk management
The Group has an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing
the significant risks that it faces. The Board regularly reviews the process, and
the Board considers that the process accords with the Turnbull Guidance on
internal control.

The principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group are discussed on pages
14 and 15.

The Board considers acceptance of appropriate risks to be an integral part of
business and unacceptable levels of risk are avoided or reduced and, in some
cases, transferred to third parties. Internal controls are used to identify and
manage risk. The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for establishing
and maintaining the Group’s system of internal control, and for reviewing its
effectiveness. Although the system can provide only reasonable and not
absolute assurance of material misstatement or loss, the Group’s system is
designed to provide the Directors with reasonable assurance that any risks or
problems are identified on a timely basis and dealt with appropriately. The
Group has established an ongoing process of risk review and certification by
the business heads of each operating unit.

Certain of the Group’s businesses are subject to significant risk. Each identified
business risk is assessed for its probability of occurrence and its potential
severity of occurrence. Where necessary, the Board considers whether it is
appropriate to accept certain risks that cannot be fully controlled or mitigated
by the Group.

The Group’s risk management process was embedded throughout the
businesses during the financial year ended 30 April 2008 and up to the date of
the approval of this report. The Board has carried out a review of the
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control environment and such reviews are
supported on an ongoing basis by the work of the Audit Committee. The
Board is satisfied that processes are in place to ensure that risks are
appropriately managed.

The Board has designated specific individuals to oversee the internal control
and risk management processes, while recognising that it retains ultimate
responsibility for these. The Board believes that it is important that these
processes remain rooted throughout the business and the managing director
of each operating unit is responsible for the internal control framework within
that unit. 

Self-assessment of risk conducted by the Directors and senior management is
ongoing and has been considered at several levels, with each division
maintaining a separate risk profile.

page 28 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 29

The Group Risk Assurance (or internal audit) function, which is outsourced to
and managed by Deloitte, reports to the Audit Committee and is utilised in
monitoring risk management processes to determine whether internal
controls are effectively designed and properly implemented. A risk-based
approach is applied to the implementation and monitoring of controls. The
monitoring process also forms the basis for maintaining the integrity and
improving where possible the Group’s risk management process in the context
of the Group’s overall goals.

The Audit Committee reviews Group Risk Assurance plans, as well as external
audit plans and any business improvement opportunities that are
recommended by the external auditors.

Virgin Rail Group has its own audit committee and internal audit function. The
Group’s risk management process does not specifically cover Virgin Rail Group,
but the Group maintains an overview of Virgin Rail Group’s business risk
management process through representation on the board and audit
committee. Stagecoach management representatives also meet regularly with
representatives of Virgin Rail Group to ensure that the joint venture follows
appropriate risk management procedures.

6.14 Internal control
The wider process described above and the key procedures noted below,
enable the Directors to confirm that they have reviewed the effectiveness of
the system of internal control of the Group during the year. The key
procedures, which the Directors have established, are as follows:
• an annual budgeting process with periodic re-forecasting of out-turn,
identifying key risks and opportunities. All budgets are presented to a
panel consisting of executive directors and/or senior managers by each
business unit’s management team, before being approved by the Board. 

• reporting of financial information to the Board encompassing income

statement, cash flow, balance sheet and key performance indicators. Group
management monitors the results throughout each financial year.
• a Risk Assurance function which reviews key business processes and

business controls, reporting directly to the Audit Committee.

• third party reviews commissioned periodically by the Group of areas where

significant inherent risks have been identified, such as treasury
management, insurance provisioning, pensions strategy and competition
policy.

• a decentralised organisational structure with clearly defined limits of

responsibility and authority to promote effective and efficient operations.

• control over the activities of joint ventures and associated undertakings

through Stagecoach representation on the boards of the entities together
with regular contact between Stagecoach management and the
management of the relevant entities.

• a performance management appraisal system covers the Group’s senior
management and is based on agreed financial and other performance
objectives, many of which incorporate managing risk.

• significant emphasis is placed on cash flow management. Bank balances
are reviewed on a daily basis and cash flows are compared to budget on a
four-weekly basis.

• regular reporting to the Board and/or its Committees on specific matters
including updated key risks, taxation, pensions, insurance, treasury
management, foreign exchange, interest and commodity exposures. The
Board regulates treasury management policies and procedures.

• defined capital expenditure and other investment approval procedures,

including due diligence requirements where material businesses are being
acquired or divested.

• each operating unit maintains internal controls and procedures

appropriate to the business. A written certificate is provided at least
annually by the management of each business confirming that they have
reviewed the effectiveness of the system of internal control during the
year.

• a competition compliance programme, which the Board has approved and

which is subject to regular monitoring.

As might be expected, a number of minor internal control weaknesses were
identified by these procedures and will be monitored and addressed. None of
the weaknesses have resulted in any material losses, contingencies or
uncertainties that would require disclosure in the Group’s Annual Report. This
process is considered to be an integral part of the maintenance and
improvement of our risk management procedures.

6.15   Pension schemes 
The assets of the Group’s pension schemes are held under trust, separate
from the assets of the Group and are invested with a number of independent
fund managers. There are ten trustees for the principal UK scheme of whom
four are employee representatives nominated by the members on a regional
basis and one is a pensioner trustee. The chairman of the trustees of the
principal UK scheme is a professional trustee who served for eight years as a
fund member elected representative on the National Association of Pension
Funds’ investment council. He also sits independently on two industry-wide
schemes, as a Department of Trade and Industry appointed trustee of the
Mineworkers’ Pension Scheme and as an elected representative of all railway
employers on the board of the Railways Pension Scheme. He is the current
Chairman of the Railways Pension Scheme trustees. The other trustees of the
principal UK scheme include senior Group and UK Bus executives.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) acted as the actuary for The Yorkshire
Traction Company Limited Pension Plan up until the scheme was merged
into the principal UK Scheme on 1 April 2008. PwC do not act as actuaries or
advisors to any of the other principal UK pension schemes.

A Pensions Oversight Committee was in operation throughout the year. This
Committee is chaired by a non-executive director and also comprises one
executive director and other members of senior management. The
Committee operates at a strategic level and its remit covers all matters
affecting the Group’s pension schemes from the perspective of the Group’s
shareholders and other stakeholders, and it will consider, develop and
propose recommendations to the Board in respect of such issues as may
arise. The Committee reviews pension scheme funding, investment strategy,
risk management, internal controls surrounding pension matters and the
related administration for all of the employee pension schemes of the Group.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 29

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 30

7. Audit Committee report

7.1
Composition of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee currently comprises three independent non-executive
directors. At the present time, its members are Garry Watts, Janet Morgan and
Iain Duffin. Garry Watts joined the Board as a non-executive director on 1 July
2007 and became Chairman of the Audit Committee from that date. Garry
Watts is a former Finance Director and a serving Chief Executive of a FTSE
350 company. The designated Committee member with recent and relevant
financial experience is therefore Garry Watts.

In the period from 25 August 2006 to 1 July 2007, the Committee did not
have a Chairman and comprised only two directors. However, Iain Duffin
acted as Chairman at meetings held during that period and at least one other
independent non-executive director of the Company attended the meetings
thus ensuring that at least two independent non-executive directors were
present at all meetings.

7.2 Operation of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee met three times during the year and has met a further
time in June 2008. It receives reports from major business functions
including the Risk Assurance Function (internal audit), which is outsourced
and managed by Deloitte. It also receives reports from the external auditors.
It considers the scope and results of the audit, the half-year and annual
financial statements and the accounting and internal control systems in place
throughout the Group. The Audit Committee reviews the cost effectiveness,
independence and objectivity of the internal and external auditors. 

The terms of reference of the Audit Committee are available on the
Group’s website at: http://www.stagecoachgroup.com/scg/csr/
corpgov/committees/audit.pdf

Review of External Auditors
7.3
The Audit Committee has the delegated responsibility for making
recommendations on the appointment, reappointment, removal and
remuneration of the external auditors. There have been no instances of
disagreements between the Board and the Audit Committee relating to the
external auditors.

Subject to the annual appointment of auditors by the shareholders, the Audit
Committee conducts a continuous review of the relationship between the
Group and the auditors. This review includes:
• the consideration of audit fees that should be paid and advance approval
of any other fees in excess of £50,000 per annum which are payable to
auditors or affiliated firms in respect of non-audit activities;
• the consideration of the auditors’ independence and objectivity;
• the nature and scope of the external audit and the arrangements which

have been made to ensure co-ordination where more than one audit firm
or offices of the same firm are involved; and

• discussions on such issues as compliance with accounting standards.

The Committee formally assesses the effectiveness of the external audit
process on an annual basis.

The Audit Committee, having considered the external auditors’ performance
during their period in office, recommends re-appointment. The audit fees of
£0.7m for PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and non-audit related fees of £0.1m
were discussed by the Audit Committee and considered appropriate given the
current size of the Group and the level of corporate activity undertaken during
the year. The Committee believes the level and scope of non-audit services
does not impair the objectivity of the auditors and that there is a clear benefit
obtained from using professional advisors who have a good understanding of
the Group’s operations. Other accounting or consulting firms have been used
where the Group recognises them as having particular areas of expertise or
where potential conflicts of interest for the auditors are identified.

7.4      Policy on the Auditors Providing 

Non-Audit Services

Procedures in respect of other services provided by the auditors are: 
• Audit related services - These are services that the auditors must undertake
or are best placed to undertake by virtue of their role as auditors. Such
services include formalities relating to bank financing, regulatory reports,
and certain shareholder circulars. The auditors would generally provide all
such services, subject to approval by the Audit Committee.

• Tax consulting - It is the Group’s policy to select the advisor for each

specific piece of tax consulting work who has the most appropriate skills
and experience for the work required. The Group uses a range of advisors
for tax consulting, including the auditors where they are best suited to the
work being undertaken, subject to approval by the Audit Committee.
• General consulting - For other consulting work, the Group will select an
advisor after taking account of the skills and experience required and the
expected cost of the work. The Group uses a range of advisors for general
consulting, including the auditors where they are best suited to the work
being undertaken. The auditors are only permitted to provide general
consulting when the Group, the Audit Committee and the auditors are
satisfied that there are no circumstances that would lead to a threat to the
audit team’s independence or a conflict of interest.

Review of Risk Assurance Function

7.5
The Audit Committee has the delegated responsibility for making
recommendations on the appointment, reappointment, removal and
remuneration of the Group Risk Assurance Function (internal auditors). There
have been no instances of disagreements between the Board and the Audit
Committee relating to the Risk Assurance Function.

The Audit Committee conducts a continuous review of the relationship
between the Group and the Risk Assurance Function. This review includes a
consideration of independence and objectivity, the overall level of fees, the
quality of the risk assurance process, and the role of the function in the
context of the broader sources of risk assurance.

The Committee formally assesses the effectiveness of the risk assurance
function on an annual basis.

“Speaking Up” Policy

7.6
The Audit Committee reviews the Group’s “Speaking Up” policy, which
provides a mechanism for employees with serious concerns about the
interests of others or the Group to come forward. The Committee ensures
that appropriate arrangements are in place to receive and act proportionately
upon a complaint about malpractice. The Committee takes a particular
interest in any reports of possible improprieties in financial reporting. Any
known instances of fraud affecting the Group are reported to the Audit
Committee.

Garry Watts
Chairman of the Audit Committee

25 June 2008

page 30 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 31

8. Nomination Committee report

8.1

Composition of the Nomination
Committee

The Nomination Committee currently comprises four non-executive
directors that the Board considers to be independent, Robert Speirs (who acts
as Chairman), Ewan Brown, Janet Morgan and Sir George Mathewson. The
Committee also includes, by invitation, the other Non-Executive Directors, as
necessary. 

8.2 Operation of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for evaluating the balance of skills,
knowledge and experience of the Board, and where appropriate suggesting
new appointments. Based on its assessment, the Committee will prepare a
description of the role and the required attributes for each particular
appointment. The description will include a job specification, the estimate of
the time commitment expected, and the Group’s policy on directors having
other significant commitments. Potential candidates will be asked to disclose
their other commitments and confirm that they will have sufficient time to
meet what is expected of them. The Directors are also required to report any
significant changes in their other commitments as they arise. The Committee
will identify suitable candidates and make proposals for each appointment,
although final appointments are the responsibility of the Board as a whole.

Potential new non-executive directors are chosen based on a shortlist
compiled by the Nomination Committee taking account of known candidates
and candidates suggested by the Group’s advisors. For example, the selection
of Garry Watts was made following a recruitment process that involved the use
of external recruitment consultants and the consideration of a number of
candidates. Every director met with Garry Watts prior to his formal selection by
the Board.

Non-executive directors receive a letter of appointment. For any new
appointments, the letter of appointment sets out the expected time
commitment.

No Director of the Company is currently a chairman of a FTSE 100 company.

The terms of reference of the Nomination Committee are available on the
Group’s website at http://www.stagecoachgroup.com/scg/csr/corpgov/
committees/nom.pdf

8.3

Succession Planning Arrangements

The Board and the Nomination Committee recognise the importance of
succession planning to ensure that the Group continues to prosper in the
longer term. The Group operates a decentralised organisational structure with
clearly defined limits of responsibility and authority, and oversight from head
office. This structure provides the opportunity for managers to develop in
some of the Group’s smaller business units before progressing to wider and
more responsible roles. The Group has a history of developing good managers
who have progressed to take on senior positions within the Group. The Group
operates a graduate recruitment programme, and some of the graduates
recruited have gone on to become managing directors of individual business
units, both in the UK and North America.

The Nomination Committee is mindful of the need to ensure appropriate
succession arrangements are in place for the Directors. The Nomination
Committee and the Board seeks to identify new directors and senior managers
to ensure succession of directors is conducted in a managed way, without
significant disruption to the ongoing business of the Group.

Whilst the Chairman himself is not involved in the selection of his successor,
the Committee is mindful of the importance of a smooth transition to a new
Chairman in due course.  The Committee is confident that a strong successor
to the Chairman can be appointed at an appropriate time either from the
existing Board or from outside the Group.

Robert Speirs
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

25 June 2008

9. Health, Safety and Environmental Committee report

9.1

Composition of the Health, Safety and 
Environmental Committee

The Health, Safety and Environmental Committee is chaired by an
independent Non-Executive Director, Janet Morgan, and comprises one other
independent Non-Executive Director, Iain Duffin, and one other Non-
Executive Director, Ann Gloag.

The terms of reference of the Health, Safety and Environmental Committee
are available on the Group’s website at http://www.stagecoachgroup.com/
scg/csr/corpgov/committees/health.pdf

9.2 Operation of the Health, Safety and

Environmental Committee

The Committee was established to consider health, safety and environmental
issues across the Group and to report regularly to the Board on these matters.
The Committee also approves the Group’s overall strategic safety framework.
It has access to internal safety executives and also external consultants.

A new strategic safety framework was approved by the Committee during the
year ended 30 April 2007. Executive management is responsible for ensuring
that local health and safety policies and procedures are consistent with the
overall framework.

Managers from each of the Group’s key divisions attend meetings of the
Committee from time to time providing the Committee with an opportunity
to question and challenge management on health, safety and environmental
matters.

The Committee visits operational locations to observe health, safety and
environmental management in practice. Committee members attend
meetings of the Safety Committees of individual business units from time to
time, such as the South West Trains’ Strategic Safety Group.

The Committee receives reports on trends in health and safety indicators
across the Group as well as information on significant accidents involving the
Group. Key performance indicators are provided and reviewed in respect of
each major operating division. Training is provided to the Committee on
health, safety and environmental matters. 

The Committee liaises with the Remuneration Committee in determining any
health and safety objectives to form part of the Executive Directors’ personal
non-financial objectives.

Details of the Group’s health, safety and environmental policies and activities
are contained in sections 3.11.4 and 3.11.6 of this Annual Report.

Janet Morgan
Chairman of the Health, Safety and Environmental Committee

25 June 2008

Stagecoach Group plc | page 31

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 32

10. Directors’ remuneration report

The Board supports the principles of good corporate governance relating to
directors’ remuneration and has applied them as described below. Those
paragraphs that have been audited have been highlighted as such.

10.1 Composition of the Remuneration 

Committee

During the year ended 30 April 2008, Iain Duffin chaired the Remuneration
Committee and the other members were Sir George Mathewson and Garry
Watts, who joined the Remuneration Committee on his appointment to the
Board on 1 July 2007. All three members are independent non-executive
directors. Committee meetings which took place during the period from 1 May
2007 until Garry Watts was formally appointed on 1 July 2007, were attended
by at least one other independent non-executive director. 

The Committee has responsibility for approving the remuneration and terms
of employment for the Executive Directors and the Chairman, including
pensions rights and any compensation payments. The Remuneration
Committee also monitors and makes appropriate recommendations with
respect to the remuneration of other senior management.

The Committee has access to independent research and advice from its
remuneration consultants, KPMG, appointed by the Remuneration
Committee. KPMG provides certain other services to the Group, from time to
time, including due diligence, tax advice, actuarial services and pension scheme
audits.

Both the constitution and operation of the Remuneration Committee comply
with the principles and provisions incorporated in the Combined Code with
the exception of departures noted in section 6.2 of the Corporate Governance
Report. In preparing the Directors’ remuneration report, the Remuneration
Committee has followed the provisions of the Combined Code.

The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee are available on the
Group’s website at http://www.stagecoachgroup.com/scg/csr/corpgov/
committees/remun.pdf

10.2  Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors
Other than the Chairman, each non-executive director generally receives the
same level of fixed annual fee. The fee for each non-executive director is set
out in Table 2 on page 34.  The Board balances the responsibilities of each
non-executive director (for example, Chairmanship and/or membership of
Committees) such that, over the medium-term, each non-executive director
has a similar level of workload and commitment. 

The Board of Directors as a whole, having given due regard to the required
time commitment and responsibilities, sets the fees and expenses payable to
the Non-Executive Directors. Non-executive directors do not hold any share
options, nor do they participate in any incentive plans or pension schemes
with the exception of Ann Gloag who receives a pension accrued when she
was an executive director. The members of the Remuneration Committee
have no personal interest in the matters to be decided by the Committee
other than as shareholders, no conflicts of interest arising from cross-
directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the businesses of the
Stagecoach Group.

10.3 Performance graph
The graph below charts the performance of the Stagecoach Group Total
Shareholder Return (‘‘TSR’’) (share value movement plus reinvested dividends)
over the 5 years to 30 April 2008 compared with that of the FTSE Transport
and Leisure All-Share Index, the FTSE 250 Index and the FTSE All-Share Index.
We have included a further graph to highlight the Company’s more recent
performance, charting TSR for the 12 months up to 30 April 2008.

In assessing the performance of the Company’s TSR the Board believes the
comparator groups it has chosen represent a fair benchmark both in terms of
the nature of the business activity and size of company.

Stagecoach TSR Comparative Performance since 30 April 2003

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Apr-03

Stagecoach TSR

FTSE Transport & Leisure TSR

FTSE All-Share TSR

FTSE 250 TSR

Jul-03

Oct-03

Dec-03

Mar-04

May-04

Aug-04

Nov-04

Jan-05

Apr-05

Jun-05

Sep-05

Dec-05

Feb-06

May-06

Jul-06

Oct-06

Jan-07

Mar-07

Jun-07

Aug-07

Nov-07

Feb-08

Apr-08

Stagecoach 1 Year TSR Comparative Performance to 30 April 2008

Stagecoach TSR

FTSE Transport & Leisure TSR

FTSE All-Share TSR

FTSE 250 TSR

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

Apr-07

May-07

Jun-07

Jul-07

Aug-07

Sept-07

Oct-07

Nov-07

Dec-07

Jan-08

Feb-08

Mar-08

Apr-08

page 32 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 33

10.4 Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy was approved by our shareholders at the 2007
Annual General Meeting. The Remuneration Committee follows the
Combined Code in designing performance-related remuneration schemes.

In determining appropriate levels of remuneration for the Executive Directors,
the Remuneration Committee aims to provide overall packages of terms and
conditions that are competitive in the UK and will attract, retain and motivate
high quality executives capable of achieving Stagecoach Group’s objectives
and to ensure that they are fairly rewarded for their individual responsibilities
and contributions to the Group’s overall performance. The Remuneration
Committee believes that such packages should contain significant
performance-related elements and that these performance-related elements
should be designed to align the interests of the executive directors and other
senior managers with the interests of shareholders. The Remuneration
Committee is able to consider all relevant factors when setting executive
directors’ remuneration, including environmental, social and governance
matters.  Performance targets are established to achieve consistency with the
interests of shareholders, with an appropriate balance between short-term
and long-term targets. Performance targets can include traditional financial
indicators and personal targets, successful investment, innovation, staff
development, customer satisfaction, regulatory requirements and
achievement of health, safety and environmental targets.  The Remuneration
Committee ensures that the incentive structure for senior management does
not raise environmental, social and governance risks by inadvertently
motivating irresponsible behaviour.  A separate Health, Safety and
Environmental Committee report in is included in section 9 of this annual
report.

The Remuneration Committee regularly reviews the existing remuneration of
the Executive Directors, in consultation with the Chief Executive, making
comparisons with peer companies of similar size and complexity and with
other companies in the public transport industry. Proposals for the
forthcoming year are then discussed in the light of the prospects for the
Group. The Remuneration Committee is also kept informed of the salary
levels of other senior executives employed by the Stagecoach Group. With
regard to pensions, the Remuneration Committee has access to reports from
pension scheme trustees and scheme actuaries regarding the cost of pension
obligations.

10.5 Intended balance of remuneration package

The overall remuneration package of executive directors will vary depending
on performance because they will receive greater performance-related
remuneration for higher levels of performance.

Notwithstanding this, it is intended that the overall remuneration package of
the executive directors is broadly structured as shown in Figure 1.

The overall balance of remuneration illustrated in Figure 1 is based on the
expected value of awards. For example, while the Remuneration Committee
has typically made awards of Incentive Units under the Long Term Incentive
Plan to executive directors equivalent to one times basic  salary, the expected
value of the Incentive Units at an award to a director is much less than one
times basic salary because of the challenging performance conditions that
apply. Likewise, while executive directors can earn a cash settled annual bonus
of up to 50% of basic salary, the maximum award is only earned when
challenging performance objectives are met.

Figure 1: Balance of Executive Directors’ expected remuneration
package

Basic salary and other
benefits/allowances
Cash–settled performance
related bonus
Deferred shares settled
performance related bonus
Long term incentive plan
Pension benefits accrued in
year (excluding inflation)

Figure 2 provides a further analysis of the intended balance of executive
directors’ pay between fixed elements (for example, basic salary and pension
benefits), variable short-term elements (for example, annual cash bonuses)
and variable long-term elements (for example, awards under share based
incentive schemes).

Shareholders are invited to specifically approve all new long-term
remuneration plans (whether equity-settled or cash-settled plans) and any
significant changes to existing plans, except where changes are otherwise
permitted by the Listing Rules. New arrangements were approved by
shareholders at the 2005 Annual General Meeting and the Committee
considers that the arrangements that were approved by shareholders remain
appropriate.

Figure 2: Balance of Executive Directors’ 
remuneration package

100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%

Elements of pay
Elements of pay

Variable - long-term   Variable - short-term  

Fixed

The Remuneration Committee believes that remuneration packages should
reward the efforts of all staff since a motivated workforce is a key element of
Group performance. The Committee recognises that executive directors bear
the greatest responsibility for delivering corporate strategy that underpins
long-term sustainable performance. While the Remuneration Committee’s
report focuses on the incentive schemes for executive directors and senior
executives, there are also a number of other performance-related bonus
schemes of more general application within Group companies not discussed
in this report, in addition to the approved SAYE scheme accessible to all UK
employees.

10.6 Remuneration of Executive Directors and 

Other Executives (audited)

The remuneration of the Executive Directors and other executives may
comprise a number of elements from the following:
• Basic salary; 
• Performance-related annual cash bonuses; 
• Executive Participation Plan (“EPP”); 
• Benefits in kind and other allowances; 
• Pension arrangements; 
• Share options; and 
• Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). 

The participation of the two Executive Directors in the above arrangements
during the year ended 30 April 2008 is summarised in Table 1 on page 34.
The Executive Directors have not received executive share options in the
year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: None).

Each executive director’s remuneration package is tailored to the individual
to ensure an appropriate balance of reward for responsibilities, motivation,
retention and share participation, whilst ensuring the overall packages are
appropriate to recruit and retain high quality executives capable of
achieving the Group’s objectives.

Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 April 2008 is shown in Table
2 and Table 3 on page 34.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 33

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 34

Directors’ remuneration report

TABLE 1 – DIRECTORS’ PARTICIPATION

Basic
Salary/Annual
bonus

EPP

Benefits in
kind

Pension

Share
Options

LTIP

Brian Souter
Martin Griffiths 
*The Executive Directors have not received further awards of executive share options, following the approval of the EPP and LTIP at the 2005 AGM.

NO*
NO*

YES
YES

YES
YES

YES
YES

YES
YES

YES
YES

TABLE 2 – DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
(amounts in £000) 

Salary/fees 

Performance
related bonus (cash)

Performance related
bonus (EPP)

Benefits in
kind

Non-pensionable
allowances†

Total

2008

2007

2008

2007

2008

2007

2008

2007

2008

2007

2008

2007

Executive directors
Brian Souter
Martin Griffiths
Non-executive directors
Ewan Brown
Ann Gloag
Robert Speirs
Russell Walls (resigned 25 August 2006)
Janet Morgan
Iain Duffin
Sir George Mathewson – 
(appointed 8 June 2006)
Garry Watts  – 
(appointed 1 July 2007)

532
360

42
42
130
Nil
42
42

42

35

514
257

40
40
110
13
40
42

33

Nil

253
180

257
128

253
180

257
128

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

Total

1,267 1,089

433

385

433

385

Consultancy fee paid to former directors:

17
19

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

36

17
20

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

37

Nil
82

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

82

Nil
42

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil

42

1,055 1,045
575

821

42
42
130
Nil
42
42

42

35

40
40
110
13
40
42

33

Nil

2,251 1,938

Graham Eccles

80

80

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

80

80

† Non-pensionable allowances represent additional taxable remuneration paid to provide pension benefits.
* Following his retirement as a director on 30 April 2006, Graham Eccles receives an annual fee of £80,000 for consultancy for the two-year period to 30 April 2008.  In addition,
Graham Eccles was paid £300,000 during the year ended 30 April 2007 in respect of amounts due under the Stagecoach Executive Directors’ Long Term Bonus Scheme.  For
details of the scheme, which is no longer applied, please see the 2006 Annual Report.
**Salary for Brian Souter above of £532,000 is stated gross of notional pension contributions that are deducted as part of participating in the pension salary sacrifice
arrangement. These contributions are shown within the increase in transfer value less pension contributions in Table 3. Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme introduced a salary
sacrifice arrangement during the year.
***The non-pensionable allowance for Martin Griffiths above of £82,000 is stated gross of a notional pensionable contribution, which is in practice deducted from the allowance
that is made to him (so he actually received £72,000).

TABLE 3 – DIRECTORS ’ PENSION 
BENEFITS (amounts in £000)

Additional
accrued benefits 
in the year

Accrued
pension 

Accrued lump
sum

Transfer value
of increase
(excluding inflation)

Increase in 
transfer value less
Directors’ contributions

Transfer
value of
pension

Excluding Including
inflation
inflation

2008

2007

2008

2007

2008

2007

2007

2006

2008

2007+

Executive directors
4,908
Brian Souter*
347
Martin Griffiths*
* Brian Souter and Martin Griffiths participated in salary sacrifice arrangements during the year. The contributions in the table above include salary sacrificed by the directors and
paid directly to the pension scheme by the employer.
+ The transfer value of pension for 2007 has been updated to reflect market conditions at 30 April 2008.

5,081
371

601
112

173
24

308
37

543
100

157
21

130
24

285
33

49
10

81
16

Martin Griffiths was subject to the statutory pensionable earnings cap that
existed until 5 April 2006 and since then, the Company has continued to impose
a notional pensionable earnings cap. The Company makes cash contributions to
Martin Griffiths for the part of his salary that exceeds the notional earnings cap.
Only basic salary is pensionable. The additional cash contribution equates to
one-third of the excess above the notional earnings cap. Brian Souter joined the
pension scheme prior to the application of the statutory pensionable earnings
cap and was therefore not subject to such cap. To maintain consistency, Brian
Souter is therefore not subject to the notional earnings cap.

Directors who are members of the Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme have the
option to pay additional voluntary contributions (‘‘AVCs’’). Neither the
contributions nor the resulting benefits of any AVCs are included in the table
above.

Each of the elements of remuneration is discussed further below.

10.7 Basic salary
The salary of individual executive directors is reviewed at 1 May each year.
Account is taken of individual achievements, together with any changes in

responsibilities that may have occurred and, as stated above, the salaries for
similar roles in comparable companies.

10.8 Performance-related annual cash bonuses
At the start of each financial year, the Committee agrees specific objectives
for each executive director. Following the end of each financial year, the
Remuneration Committee determines the performance-related annual cash
bonus for each executive director for the year just ended. This is based on the
Director’s performance in achieving the objectives agreed. These comprise
both financial and non-financial objectives. For executive directors, the
financial objectives for the year ended 30 April 2008 were to better the
Group’s financial targets with respect to measures of earnings before interest
and taxation, earnings per share, and net debt. The non-financial objectives
are specific to each executive director and cover matters such as safety
targets, environmental targets, successful investment, innovation, staff
development, customer satisfaction, successful business
acquisitions/disposals and regulatory requirements.

page 34 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 35

For the year ended 30 April 2008, Brian Souter and Martin Griffiths each had
a maximum potential bonus of up to 100% of basic salary, 70% for meeting
demanding financial objectives and 30% for meeting personal non-financial
objectives. 50% of any actual bonus will be deferred as shares under the EPP.
The same parameters will apply for the year ending 30 April 2009.

In making its judgement of performance for the last financial year, the
Remuneration Committee had particular regard to the results as recorded
elsewhere in the Annual Report, and relative total return to shareholders over
the year, as well as other strategic developments and operating
improvements. Bonuses awarded to executive directors in respect of the year
ended 30 April 2008 are shown in Table 4 below.

TABLE 4 – DIRECTORS’ BONUSES

Director

Brian Souter
Martin Griffiths

Actual bonus as a 
percentage of 
basic salary

Cash

Shares

47.5%
50%

47.5%
50%

Maximum potential
bonus as a
percentage of
basic salary

Cash

50%
50%

Shares

50%
50%

50% of the actual annual bonus payable to Brian Souter and Martin Griffiths
is settled in cash, with the balance deferred as shares under the EPP (see
section 10.9).

10.9  Executive Participation Plan
The 2005 Executive Participation Plan (‘‘EPP’’) was approved at the 2005
Annual General Meeting.  The first awards under the EPP were made in June
2006 in respect of the financial year ended 30 April 2006.

The intention of the EPP is to further align the interests of managers with
shareholders by giving managers a greater direct interest in the performance
of the Company’s shares. The EPP is such that the executives can benefit from
both capital growth (i.e. increases in share price) and dividend yield. The EPP
is also designed to provide an incentive for managers to remain with the
Group and forms a core part of the Group’s succession and management
development plans.

Awards under the EPP can be to executive directors and other managers.
Participants are required to sacrifice part of their actual annual bonus award
and are awarded deferred shares with an initial market value approximately
equal to the amount of the actual cash bonus foregone.

Absolute and full entitlement to the shares is deferred for three years.

There are no specific performance conditions attaching to the release of
deferred shares because the annual bonus is already subject to performance
conditions and there are no awards of matching shares in respect of annual
bonuses - the EPP is to encourage executives to invest an element of their
annual bonus in the Company’s shares. The EPP is an effective retention
programme in that participants would lose their entitlement to the deferred
shares if they left of their own volition during the three-year deferral period.

Where an individual receives an award under the EPP, he or she does generally
not also receive an award of executive share options in the same financial
year. Awards made to executive directors under the EPP, are shown in Table 5.

10.10  Benefits in kind and other allowances
The benefits in kind shown in Table 2 on page 34 for the year ended 30 April
2008 comprise :
• Brian Souter received £17,200 of cash allowance in lieu of company car

and £236 in re-imbursement of home telephone expenses.

• Martin Griffiths received £18,000 of cash allowance in lieu of company car,

£656 of healthcare benefits and £706 in re-imbursement of home
telephone expenses.

10.11  Pension arrangements
Under the terms of their service agreements, executive directors are entitled
to become members of one of the Stagecoach Group’s defined benefit
pension schemes or, if preferred, to receive payment of a proportion of salary
for personal pension schemes. For pensions purposes, the Executive
Directors have a normal retirement age of 60. The Stagecoach Group
pension schemes are designed to provide a pension for executive directors
equivalent to up to two-thirds of final pensionable salary completed up to
normal retirement age.

Following the new pensions regime introduced in the UK by the Pensions Act
2004, the Group introduced a notional pensionable earnings cap to replace
the previous statutory pensionable earnings cap in the Group’s main pension
scheme. Further to this, during the year ended 30 April 2007, the Group also
introduced an annual cap of 3.5% on pensionable salary growth under the
scheme and this cap also applies to the notional pensionable earnings cap. 

Pension benefits accruing to Martin Griffiths under the Stagecoach Group
defined benefit scheme are limited both by the notional pensionable
earnings cap and by the 3.5% cap on pensionable salary growth as explained
above. The Company makes cash contributions to Martin Griffiths for the part
of his basic salary that exceeds the notional cap. Life assurance of four times
basic annual salary is provided under the scheme.

10.12  Share options (audited)
The Executive Directors are generally not expected to receive further awards
of executive share options, following the approval of the EPP and LTIP by
shareholders at the 2005 AGM. However, the Executive Directors continue to
hold executive share options that were previously awarded.

The interests of directors in options to subscribe for ordinary shares of the
Company, together with movements during the year, are shown in Table 6 on
page 36. All of the share options were granted for nil consideration. The
exercise price of the share options in Table 6 reflects the mid-market price
immediately preceding the time of the award: the Group’s policy is not to
offer executive share options at a discount to the mid-market price. The mid-
market price of the underlying ordinary shares at 30 April 2008 was £2.57 per
share (30 April 2007: £1.87 per share). The Company’s ordinary shares traded
in the range £1.65 to £2.95 (year ended 30 April 2007: £0.93 to £1.89)
during the year to that date.

All of the executive share options shown in Table 6 have vested and may be
exercised at any time.

In addition to the share options shown in Table 6, one director held options
issued under the Group’s Save As You Earn scheme. Details are shown in Table
7 on page 36. Further information on these options is detailed in note 30 to
the consolidated financial statements on pages 94 and 95. The expiry date of
any individual SAYE option can be extended to be six months following the

TABLE 5 ––
EPP AWARDS
Grant Date

Brian Souter
30 June 2006
28 June 2007

Martin Griffiths
30 June 2006
28 June 2007

As at 1 May 2007
(notional units)

Awards granted
in year
(notional units) 

Dividends
in year
(notional units)

As at 30 April 2008
(notional units)

Vesting
Date

Expected total 
value of award at
time of grant

Closing share 
price on date 
of grant

183,817
Nil

183,817

92,461
Nil

92,461

Nil
141,526

141,526

Nil
70,677

70,677

3,346
2,577

5,923

1,683
1,286

2,969

187,163
144,103

331,266

94,144
71,963

166,107

30 June 2009
28 June 2010

£204,466
£256,829

£1.1525
£1.8075

30 June 2009
28 June 2010

£102,849
£128,258

£1.1525
£1.8075

Stagecoach Group plc | page 35

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 36

Directors’ remuneration report

date of payment of the final amount due under the related savings account
but may be no later than six months after the exercise date shown.

Gains made by directors on the exercise of share options during the year
ended 30 April 2008 are shown in Table 8 on page 37.

All of the outstanding executive share options shown in Table 6 were issued
under The Stagecoach Unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme (‘‘the
Scheme’’). The Scheme was established in September 1997, when it was
approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. The scheme was
amended by shareholder approval at an Extraordinary General Meeting in
January 2002. This scheme is also used to reward senior executives
throughout the Group, at the Committee’s discretion.

In December 2004, the Board and the Remuneration Committee agreed to
remove from the Scheme, the ability to award ‘‘Super Options’’. Therefore, all
executive share options awarded on or after 4 December 2004, are ‘‘Ordinary
Options’’ which are exercisable between three and seven years after the date
of award. The maximum level of executive share options that can now be
issued to a given individual in any financial year is two times that individual’s
basic salary, calculated by comparing the basic salary to the total number of
shares covered by the options multiplied by the exercise price. The Board and
the Remuneration Committee also agreed to remove from the Scheme, the
facility for the performance condition to be re-tested. Re-testing is prohibited
for all executive share options awarded on or after 4 December 2004.
Accordingly, the exercise of executive share options awarded on or after 4
December 2004 is subject to earnings per share outperforming inflation over
three consecutive financial years by 3% per annum cumulatively - the base
year is the latest financial year ended prior to the award of the option and the
performance condition may not be re-tested.  For ordinary options awarded
after June 2001 but prior to 4 December 2004, exercise of the options was
subject to earnings per share outperforming inflation over three consecutive
financial years by 3% per annum, or earnings per share outperforming
inflation over four consecutive financial years by 4% per annum, or earnings
per share outperforming inflation over five consecutive financial years by 5%
per annum. Inflation for this purpose is measured as the change in the UK
Retail Prices Index (“RPI”).

10.13 Satisfaction of share awards

Under the rules of the Company’s share schemes, and consistent with
guidance issued by the Association of British Insurers (‘‘ABI’’), there are limits
on the number of share options and other awards that can be granted that
are to be satisfied with the issue of new shares. Following the consolidation
of ordinary shares related to the return of capital in September 2004, the
number of executive share options that had been granted in the previous 10
years exceeded 5% of the issued number of ordinary shares -therefore, it is

not possible to satisfy any new grants of executive share options or EPP
awards with newly issued shares since to do so would exceed the limits under
the share schemes. Accordingly, the Board and the Remuneration Committee
has determined that all future grants of executive share options and EPP
awards will be satisfied with existing shares until such time as there is
sufficient headroom available under the new issue share limits. 

Similarly, the consolidation of ordinary shares related to the return of capital
in September 2004 coupled with another consolidation of the ordinary
shares from a subsequent return of value in May and June 2007 has impacted
the percentage of the running total of share capital allocated to all share
options in the previous 10 years.  The practical effect has been that the
percentage of share capital allocated to the overall total of options issued
(including Executive Options along with those previously allocated to all
employee SAYE share options) has doubled through the consolidation
process to 10.2% and so exceeded 10% of the current issued ordinary shares.
Therefore, it would not be possible to satisfy any new SAYE awards with
newly issued shares since to do so would exceed the 10% overall limit set for
all options under the SAYE schemes rules.  

The Board and the Committee believes that awards made to the many of our
employees under the SAYE scheme are a valued component of total
remuneration and have encouraged our employees to contribute to and
participate in the success of the Group’s financial performance over recent
years.  It has been the Group’s practice to make new SAYE offerings every
three years and it would be its intention to do so again. The Group would
propose therefore to amend the SAYE rules to make a new SAYE offering to
its employees that can be satisfied by issuing new shares.  This would be done
by temporarily increasing the overall limit for options that may be issued
from 10% up to 12.8%, from which 5% would be allocated for issuing new
shares to satisfy all-employee share schemes, such as the SAYE.  No further
options would be granted over shares to be issued under Executive Schemes
that currently account for 7.8% of the overall total of 10.2%. 

The Board proposes to seek shareholder approval for these changes to
temporarily increase the limits that can be applied for the SAYE scheme at the
Annual General meeting scheduled for 29 August 2008.

The Group’s Employee Share Ownership Trusts are used to acquire and
finance shares to meet contingent obligations under share based incentive
schemes that are not expected to be satisfied through the issue of new
shares. At 30 April 2008, these trusts held 4,984,444 56/57th ordinary
shares (2007: 6,195,278 12/19th ordinary shares) in the Company,
representing 0.7% (2007: 0.6%) of the total issued ordinary shares. The
Company follows the ABI guideline that the shares held by Employee Share
Ownership Trusts should not exceed 5% of the total shares in issue. The
Employee Share Ownership Trusts have waived the right to receive dividends
on the shares held by them.

TABLE 6 – EXECUTIVE
SHARE OPTIONS
Grant Date

Brian Souter
23 July 2002
5 December 2002
26 June 2003
12 December 2003
25 June 2004
10 December 2004

Martin Griffiths
26 June 2003
12 December 2003
25 June 2004
10 December 2004

As at
1 May 2007

Exercised in year
(see Table 8)

As at 30 April 2008

Exercise price
£

Date from which
exercisable

Expiry  
date

1,226,667
1,703,704
582,645
291,022
564,548
217,085

(1,226,667)
(1,703,704)
(582,645)
(291,022)
(564,548)
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
217,085

0.3750
0.2700
0.6050
0.8075
0.8575
1.1150

23 Jul 2005
5 Dec 2005
26 Jun 2006
12 Dec 2006
25 Jun 2007
10 Dec 2007

23 Jul 2009
5 Dec 2009
26 Jun 2010
12 Dec 2010
25 Jun 2011
10 Dec 2011

4,585,671

(4,368,586)

217,085

254,132
126,935
256,997
98,822

Nil
Nil
(256,997)
Nil

254,132
126,935
Nil
98,822

0.6050
0.8075
0.8575
1.1150

26 Jun 2006
12 Dec 2006
25 Jun 2007
10 Dec 2007

26 Jun 2010
12 Dec 2010
25 Jun 2011
10 Dec 2011

736,886

(256,997)

479,889

TABLE 7 – 
SAYE OPTIONS

At 1 May  2007

Exercised in year
(see Table 8)

At 30 April 2008

Exercise
price £

Date from which
excercisable

Expiry
date

Martin Griffiths

9,174

(9,174)

Nil

1.03275

1 April 2008

30 Sep 2008

page 36 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 37

10.14  Long Term Incentive Plan
To be applicable for only a small number of senior executives, including
executive directors, the 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (‘‘LTIP’’) was approved
at the 2005 AGM. The LTIP introduces stringent performance criteria related
to total shareholder return (‘‘TSR’’). TSR is calculated as the movement in
share value after taking account of re-invested dividends. TSR is measured
against a comparator group, which is the list of FTSE 250 companies. The first
awards under the LTIP were made in August 2005, and these awards and any
subsequent awards made to the Directors since then are shown in Table 9
below.

Under the LTIP, executives are awarded notional Incentive Units at the
discretion of the Remuneration Committee with each Incentive Unit having a
value equal to one of the Company’s ordinary shares.   The maximum award
in relation to any financial year for an individual is limited to 150% of the
individual’s basic salary.

Vesting of the LTIP units is subject to two quantitative TSR-based
performance criteria and also, a qualitative underpin. The underpin is that
LTIP units will only vest if the Remuneration Committee is satisfied with the
underlying financial performance of the Group.

The Company intends to settle all such awards in cash but would support the
settlement in shares via an employee share ownership trust where executives
wish to increase their holdings in the Company’s shares.

The two TSR conditions are:
• Firstly, no awards vest unless the total shareholder return of the Group

over the three-year testing period (re-testing is not permitted) is positive.
We believe this results in the Stagecoach LTIP being significantly more
challenging than long-term incentive plans operated by comparable
companies. Other companies frequently only consider relative shareholder
return. The Stagecoach LTIP focuses on both absolute returns and relative
returns. We believe this helps align management and shareholder

interests. We are aware, for example, that many pension schemes value
absolute returns as much if not more than relative returns.

• Secondly, the element of the awards that vest is based on how the Group’s

total shareholder return compares to a comparator group. This is a
secondary performance condition (secondary in that it is only relevant
where the Group’s total shareholder return is positive) judged relative to a
comparator group, which is the list of FTSE 250 companies.

The individual would need to remain with the Company for three years from
the date of an award in order to receive full entitlement to the LTIP units. The
number of LTIP units that would be released after the three years is calculated
as follows:
• If TSR is negative, irrespective of the TSR of the comparator group, no LTIP

units are released;

• If TSR is positive but is less than the median TSR of the comparator group,

no LTIP units are released;

• If TSR exceeds the median of the comparator group, 33% of the LTIP units

are released;

• If TSR is in the top quartile of the comparator group, 100% of the LTIP

units are released;

• If TSR is higher than the median but less than the top quartile, the

proportion of LTIP units to be released would be between 33% and 100%
depending on the exact ranking against the comparator group.

Accordingly, the awards are closely tied to the rewards to shareholders as a
whole. An independent third party will calculate the TSR measures for the
purposes of determining the extent to which the performance condition is
satisfied.

There is no re-testing of LTIP performance conditions.

TABLE 8 – OPTIONS EXERCISED IN YEAR
Original date of grant

Martin Griffiths
Shares sold immediately on exercise of options
25  June 2004
Shares retained on exercise of options
11 February 2005 (SAYE options)

Brian Souter
Shares retained on exercise of options
23 July 2002
5 December 2002
26 June 2003
12 December 2003
25 June 2004

Date of
exercise/sale

Number of 
ordinary shares
under option

Exercise price 
per share
£

Average selling price  
per share/market 
price at exercise
£

Gain before 
transaction 
costs and taxes
£

4 Sep 2007

256,997

0.85750

2.3100

7 April 2008

9,174
266,171

1.03275
11,852

2.4379
675,156

4 July 2007
4 July 2007
4 July 2007
4 July 2007
4 July 2007

1,226,667
1,703,704
582,645
291,022
564,548
4,368,586

0.37500
0.27000
0.60500
0.80750
0.85750

1.9200
1.9200
1.9200
1.9200
1.9200

373,288

12,891
386,179

1,895,201
2,811,112
766,178
323,762
599,832
6,396,085

TABLE 9 –
LTIP AWARDS
Grant Date

Brian Souter
26 Aug 2005
29 June 2006
28 June 2007

Martin Griffiths
26 Aug 2005
29 June 2006
28 June 2007

As at
1 May 2007
(notional units)

Awards granted
in year
(notional units)

Dividends
in year
(notional units)

As at
30 April 2008
(notional units)

Vesting
date

Expected total 
value of award at
time of grant

Closing share 
price on date 
of grant

476,895
465,998
Nil

942,893

231,417
232,717
Nil

464,134

Nil
Nil
294,129

294,129

Nil
Nil
199,170

199,170

8,521
8,327
5,255

22,103

4,135
4,158
3,559

11,852

485,416
474,325
299,384

1,259,125

235,552
236,875
202,729

675,156

26 Aug 2008
29 Jun 2008
28 Jun 2010

£198,850
£198,706
£290,246

£1.1075
£1.1325
£1.8075

26 Aug 2008
29 Jun 2008
28 Jun 2010

£96,494
£99,233
£196,541

£1.1075
£1.1325
£1.8075

Stagecoach Group plc | page 37

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 38

Directors’ remuneration report

10.15  Review of share based incentive schemes
The principal share based incentive schemes for the Executive Directors and
other executives are the EPP and the LTIP, which are described earlier in this
Directors’ remuneration report. The EPP and the LTIP schemes were adopted
by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company held in
August 2005 following a review by the Remuneration Committee of the
Group’s share based payments and other incentive arrangements.

The Remuneration Committee believes that the operation of the Group’s
share based incentive schemes, the levels of award under the schemes, the
performance conditions and timing of vesting remain appropriate in light of
the Group’s circumstances and future prospects.

10.16  Shareholding targets
The Executive Directors and certain other senior executives are expected to
accumulate significant shareholdings in the Company. In the case of
executive directors, they are each expected to accumulate shares in the
Company with a value of at least 100% of basic salary. These targets were first
introduced in 2005 and executive directors were allowed five years to
accumulate the appropriate level of shares.

The Executive Directors have significant effective interests in the Company’s
ordinary shares ensuring alignment of executive directors’ and Shareholders’
objectives. The effective interests of executive directors as at 30 April 2008
were:

TABLE 10 – EXECUTIVE
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

Ordinary shares 
Shares held under Executive
Share Options
– Vested
Deferred Shares under
Executive Participation Plan
Notional units under Long
Term Incentive Plan

Brian Souter

Martin Griffiths

104,721,606

19,350

217,085

479,889

331,266

166,107

1,259,125

106,529,082

675,156

1,340,502

10.17  Directors’ service agreements
The details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are summarised in the
table below:

TABLE 11 – EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

Name of director

Date of contract

Brian Souter

Martin Griffiths

2 April 1993 (amended 
26 January 1996)
8 August 2000

Notice period

12 months 

12 months

It is the Company’s policy that executive directors should have 12-month
rolling service contracts providing for a maximum of one year’s notice. Due to
the nature of the Group’s businesses, the service contracts contain restrictive
covenants that will be rigorously applied.

Non-executive directors are appointed by a letter, which makes no specific
provision for notice periods. Non-executive directors are subject to election
and re-election by shareholders as described on pages 26  and 27.

10.18  Early termination
If the Company terminates an executive director’s contract, the costs for
which the Company is liable will vary depending on length of service. The
costs will include a termination payment of up to one times annual salary and
the value of one year’s additional retirement benefits. There are no
arrangements to otherwise enhance or accelerate pension benefits on
termination or early retirement.

10.19  Change of control
The following apply where there is a change in control of the Company:
• Executive directors are entitled to normal termination benefits as outlined
above, except where the director is offered and has refused employment
on terms and conditions that were no less favourable to those in place
prior to the change of control;

page 38 | Stagecoach Group plc

• With respect to Executive Share Options, options can be exercised within

six months of the change of control. For options currently outstanding, the
extent to which the performance condition is applied shall be determined
by the Remuneration Committee;

• Under the EPP, shares deferred would automatically vest on a change of

control;

• Under the LTIP, Incentive Units would vest on a pro-rata basis taking

account of the proportion of the vesting period that had expired and the
TSR performance condition.

10.20  Outside appointments
Executive directors are able to accept substantive external appointments,
provided that approval is given by the Board. The fees from such
appointments are retained by the director, recognising the level of personal
commitment and expertise required for non-executive roles. Details of
remuneration earned where an executive director serves as a non-executive
director elsewhere are disclosed in note 35 to the consolidated financial
statements.

10.21  Transactions in which Directors have had a

material interest (audited)

10.21.1 Noble Grossart Limited 
Ewan Brown (a non-executive director of Stagecoach) is a former executive
director and current non-executive director of Noble Grossart Limited that
provided advisory services to the Group during the year. Total fees payable to
Noble Grossart Limited in respect of the year amounted to £20,000 (2007:
£20,000). Noble Grossart Investments Limited, a subsidiary of Noble Grossart
Limited, held at 30 April 2008 4,084,999 (2007: 6,354,443) ordinary shares in
the Company, representing 0.6% (2007: 0.6%) of the ordinary shares in issue.

10.21.2 Alexander Dennis Limited 
Brian Souter (Chief Executive of Stagecoach) and Ann Gloag (a non-executive
director of Stagecoach) collectively hold 37.9% (30 April 2007: 37.2%) of the
shares and voting rights in Alexander Dennis Limited. Noble Grossart
Investments Limited (see 10.22.1 above) controls a further 28.4% (30 April
2007: 27.9%) of the shares and voting rights of Alexander Dennis Limited.
None of Brian Souter, Ann Gloag or Ewan Brown is a director of Alexander
Dennis Limited nor do they have any involvement in the management of
Alexander Dennis Limited. Furthermore, they do not participate in deciding
on and negotiating the terms and conditions of transactions between the
Group and Alexander Dennis Limited.

For the year ended 30 April 2008, the Group purchased £34.8m (2007:
£42.8m) of vehicles from Alexander Dennis Limited and £3.2m (2007:
£3.9m) of spare parts and other services.

For new orders placed with Alexander Dennis Limited for vehicles, the Group
has consulted with the UK Listing Authority and taken the appropriate
measures to ensure that the transactions with Alexander Dennis Limited
comply with the Listing Rules. For the year ended 30 April 2008, the Group
has placed orders totalling £42.8m (2007: £45.6m) with Alexander Dennis
Limited for the purchase of new vehicles. Of this £42.8m (2007: £45.6m),
vehicles accounting for £34.8m (2007: £5.0m) were delivered prior to 30
April 2008 and are included in the total purchases of £34.8m (2007:
£42.8m) referred to above.

10.22  Remuneration policy approval 
An ordinary resolution to receive and approve this Directors’ remuneration
report will be proposed at the 2008 Annual General Meeting. 

On behalf of the Board 

Iain Duffin
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

25 June 2008

62880_StCchV13_p1to39:62880_StCchV13_p1to39  1/7/08  17:48  Page 39

11. Responsibility statement

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

• The Group financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable United Kingdom law and in conformity with IFRS, as adopted by the European
Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole; and

• The Chairman’s statement, Chief Executive’s review, Directors’ report and Operating and Financial Review include a fair review of the development and

performance of the business and the position of the Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

Signed on 25 June 2008 on behalf of the Board by:

Brian Souter
Chief Executive

Martin A Griffiths
Finance Director

Stagecoach Group plc | page 39

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 40

Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Stagecoach Group plc

We have audited the Group financial statements of Stagecoach Group plc for
the year ended 30 April 2008 which comprise the Consolidated Income
Statement, the Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of
Recognised Income and Expense,  the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, the
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and the related notes. These
Group financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies
set out therein.

We have reported separately (on page 101) on the parent company financial
statements of Stagecoach Group plc for the year ended 30 April 2008 and on
the information in the Directors’ remuneration report that is described as
having been audited.

Respective responsibilities of directors and
auditors
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the Group
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union are
set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 23.

Our responsibility is to audit the Group financial statements in accordance
with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, has been
prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance
with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose.  We
do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose
hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in
writing.

We report to you our opinion as to whether the Group financial statements
give a true and fair view and whether the Group financial statements have
been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to you whether in our opinion
the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the Group
financial statements. The information given in the Directors’ report includes
that specific information presented in the Operating and Financial Review
that is cross referred from the Business Review section of the Directors’
report.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the
information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information
specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is
not disclosed.

We review whether the Corporate Governance report reflects the Company’s
compliance with the nine provisions of the Combined Code (2006) specified
for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we
report if it does not. We are not required to consider whether the Board’s
statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures or its
risk and control procedures.

Committee report and the Health, Safety and Environmental Committee
report. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any
apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the Group financial
statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit
includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts
and disclosures in the Group financial statements. It also includes an
assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by  the
Directors in the preparation of the Group financial statements, and of
whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s circumstances,
consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the Group financial
statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or
other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated  the
overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the Group financial
statements.

Opinion
In our opinion:
• the Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance

with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, of the state of the Group’s
affairs as at 30 April 2008 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then
ended; 

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance
with the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and 
• the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the Group

financial statements.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs
As explained in Note 1 to the Group financial statements, the Group in
addition to complying with its legal obligation to comply with IFRSs as
adopted by the European Union, has also complied with the IFRSs as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board.

In our opinion the Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in
accordance with IFRSs, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 30 April 2008
and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended.

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider
whether it is consistent with the audited Group financial statements. The
other information comprises only the Chairman’s Statement, the Directors’
report, the Chief Executive’s review, the Operating and Financial Review, the
Corporate Governance report, the Audit Committee report, the Nomination

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
Glasgow

25 June 2008

page 40 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 41

Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 30 April 2008

2008

2007

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items (note 4)
£m

Notes

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items (note 4)
£m

Results for
the year
£m

CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Revenue
Operating costs
Other operating income 

Operating profit of Group companies
Share of profit of joint ventures
after finance income and taxation

Total operating profit: Group operating profit and
share of joint ventures’ profit after taxation
Gain on sale of properties
Loss on disposed and closed operations

Profit before interest and taxation
Finance costs
Finance income

Profit before taxation
Taxation

2
3
5

2

2
4
4

6
6

8

1,763.6
(1,734.5)
143.6

172.7

32.6

205.3
Nil
Nil

205.3
(45.2)
14.3

174.4
(28.3)

Nil
(7.9)
Nil

(7.9)

(5.1)

(13.0)
0.3
(1.7)

(14.4)
Nil
7.3

(7.1)
90.2

1,763.6
(1,742.4)
143.6

1,504.6
(1,571.0)
213.5

164.8

147.1

27.5

14.2

192.3
0.3
(1.7)

190.9
(45.2)
21.6

167.3
61.9

161.3
Nil
Nil

161.3
(20.7)
21.4

162.0
(37.8)

Nil
19.3
Nil

19.3

0.3

19.6
3.6
(1.1)

22.1
Nil
Nil

22.1
(5.8)

Results for
the year
£m

1,504.6
(1,551.7)
213.5

166.4

14.5

180.9
3.6
(1.1)

183.4
(20.7)
21.4

184.1
(43.6)

Profit for the year from continuing operations

146.1

83.1

229.2

124.2

16.3

140.5

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

18

Nil

19.9

19.9

4.0

132.8

136.8

TOTAL OPERATIONS

Profit after taxation for  the year 
attributable to equity 
shareholders of the parent

Earnings per share from continuing 
and discontinued operations 
– Adjusted/Basic
– Diluted

Earnings per share from continuing operations
– Adjusted/Basic
– Diluted

Dividends per ordinary share
– Interim paid
– Final proposed

146.1

103.0

249.1

128.2

149.1

277.3

20.3p
19.8p

20.3p
19.8p

10
10

10
10

9
9

11.7p
11.6p

11.4p
11.2p

34.6p
33.8p

31.8p
31.1p

1.35p
4.05p

25.4p
25.1p

12.9p
12.7p

1.2p
2.9p

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this consolidated income statement.

An interim dividend of £9.5m was paid during the year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: £13.1m).

A final dividend of £28.9m has been proposed for approval in respect of the year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: £20.4m).

Stagecoach Group plc | page 41

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 42

Consolidated balance sheet
As at 30 April 2008

2008

Notes

£m

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Interests in joint ventures
Available for sale and other investments
Derivative instruments at fair value
Retirement benefit assets
Deferred tax asset
Other receivables

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative instruments at fair value
Foreign tax recoverable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative instruments at fair value
Provisions

Non-current liabilities
Other payables
Borrowings
Derivative instruments at fair value
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions 
Retirement benefit obligations

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Ordinary share capital
Share premium account
Retained earnings
Capital redemption reserve
Own shares
Translation reserve
Available for sale reserve
Cash flow hedging reserve

Total equity

11
12
13
14
16
28(j)
27
25
21

20
21
28(j)

22

23

24
28(j)
26

23
24
28(j)
25
26
27

29
31
31
31
31
31
31
31

2007

£m

92.8
20.9
599.2
39.1
1.1
Nil
16.6
6.8
2.9

779.4

11.7
142.1
1.7
0.3
513.3

669.1

95.5
24.7
652.4
33.9
1.8
11.0
51.6
6.9
2.9

880.7

21.3
185.0
33.4
0.1
262.2

502.0

1,382.7

1,448.5

467.2
10.1
79.4
1.4
47.2

605.3

25.0
514.7
2.3
64.6
72.0
18.4

697.0

1,302.3

80.4

7.0
8.0
(363.6)
410.8
(12.6)
5.7
0.6
24.5

80.4

345.9
24.6
70.9
3.7
50.7

495.8

10.8
272.4
2.6
44.1
57.7
52.8

440.4

936.2

512.3

7.0
179.4
91.8
243.0
(7.3)
3.0
Nil
(4.6)

512.3

These financial statements have been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 June 2008.

Brian Souter
Chief Executive
The accompanying notes form an integral part of this consolidated balance sheet.

page 42 | Stagecoach Group plc

Martin A Griffiths
Finance Director

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 43

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense
For the year ended 30 April 2008

Income and expense recognised directly in equity
Foreign exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (net of hedging)
Actuarial gains on Group defined benefit pension schemes
Share of actuarial (losses)/gains on joint ventures’ defined benefit pension schemes
Net fair value gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges
Net fair value gains/(losses)on available for sale investments

Transfers to the income statement
Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in profit for the year

Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
Tax on foreign exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (net of hedging)
Tax effect of actuarial gains on Group defined benefit pension schemes
Tax effect of share of actuarial losses/(gains) on joint ventures’ defined benefit pension schemes
Tax effect of share based payments
Tax effect of cash flow hedges
Tax adjustment of change in UK corporation tax rate

Net income not recognised in income statement

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the parent

Total recognised income and expense for the year 
attributable to equity shareholders of the parent

2008

Notes

£m

27

28(j)
16

2.7
4.6
(2.1)
54.6
0.6

60.4

28(j)

(13.8)

(1.6)
(0.1)
0.6
2.7
(11.7)
1.3

8

(8.8)

37.8

249.1

286.9

2007

£m

(1.0)
79.4
5.0
(9.2)
(1.9)

72.3

5.4

(0.3)
(20.3)
(1.5)
3.8
Nil
Nil

(18.3)

59.4

277.3

336.7

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 43

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 44

Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 30 April 2008

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated by operations
Interest paid
Interest received
Dividends received from joint ventures

Net cash flows from operating activities
Tax received/(paid)

Net cash from operating activities after tax

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
Disposals and closures of subsidiaries and other businesses, net of cash disposed of
Cash outflow in respect of inception of rail franchise
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of other investments
Disposal of other investments
Movement in loans to joint ventures

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of ordinary shares for cash
Return of value to shareholders
– Redemption and purchase of ‘B’ shares and ‘C’ shares
– Dividends paid on ‘C’ shares
– Costs associated with the return of value
Investment in own ordinary shares by employee share ownership trusts
Sale of own ordinary shares by employee share ownership trusts
Repayments of hire purchase and lease finance
Movement in other borrowings
Dividends paid on ordinary shares
Sale of tokens
Redemption of tokens

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
Exchange rate effects

2008

Notes

£m

32

17
18

32

260.0
(45.6)
21.4
31.6

267.4
57.6

325.0

(7.3)
3.6
(0.5)
(45.3)
9.2
(1.0)
(0.3)
Nil
(0.3)

(41.9)

7.7

(397.0)
(284.6)
(3.3)
(8.4)
3.1
(33.1)
212.8
(30.0)
4.4
(6.0)

(534.4)

(251.3)
512.5
0.4

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

22

261.6

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year comprises:
Cash and cash equivalents included within current assets
Bank overdrafts included within borrowings

262.2
(0.6)

261.6

2007

£m

158.0
(25.9)
22.0
31.1

185.2
(22.9)

162.3

(0.1)
267.0
Nil
(44.5)
11.0
(1.7)
(0.4)
0.2
1.4

232.9

4.7

Nil
Nil
Nil
(2.1)
0.9
(28.2)
(11.6)
(41.5)
6.8
(9.1)

(80.1)

315.1
198.3
(0.9)

512.5

513.3
(0.8)

512.5

Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement comprise cash at bank and in hand, overdrafts and other short
term highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this consolidated cash flow statement.

page 44 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 45

l

a
t
o
T

y
t
i
u
q
e

m
£

.

)
0
1
(

0
5

.

.

4
9
7

)
2
9
(

.

.

)
9
1
(

4
5

.

.

6
1
1
2

.

3
7
7
2

.

)
1
2
(

.

)
3
8
1
(

9
0

.

7
4

.

.

0
2

.

)
5
1
4
(

7
2

.

6
4

.

.

3
2
1
5

.

1
9
4
2

)
1
2
(

.

6
0

.

.

6
4
5

.

)
8
3
1
(

)
8
8
(

.

)
4
8
(

.

.

1
3

.

)
3
3
(

.

)
6
9
8
6
(

–

.

7
7

7
1

.

.

)
0
0
3
(

m
£

m
£

m
£

m
£

m
£

m
£

m
£

m
£

s
e
t
o
N

w
o
l
f
h
s
a
C

i

g
n
g
d
e
h

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

l

e
b
a

l
i

a
v
A

r
o
f

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
e
a
s

l

n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
T

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

s
e
r
a
h
s
n
w
O

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

n
o
i
t
p
m
e
d
e
r

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

i

d
e
n
a
t
e
R

i

s
g
n
n
r
a
e

e
r
a
h
S

i

m
u
m
e
r
p

t
n
u
o
c
c
a

e
r
a
h
s

y
r
a
n
d
r
O

i

l

a
t
i
p
a
c

y
t
i

u
q
e
n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C

.

4
0
8

.

5
4
2

6
0

.

7
5

.

.

)
6
2
1
(

.

8
0
1
4

.

)
6
3
6
3
(

0
8

.

0
7

.

.
y
t
i
u
q
e
n

i

s
e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

s
i
h
t

f
o
t
r
a
p

l

a
r
g
e
t
n

i

.

)
8
0
(

9
1

.

–

–

–

–

.

)
2
9
(

–

4
5

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

.

)
6
4
(

–

.

6
4
5

.

)
8
3
1
(

.

)
7
1
1
(

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

)
9
1
(

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6
0

.

–

0
4

.

.

)
0
1
(

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0
3

.

–

.

7
2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

)
1
2
(

.

9
0

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

)
1
6
(

.

.

0
3
4
2

)
3
7
(

.

.

0
3
4
2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

)
4
8
(

.

1
3

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

.

)
1
2
1
2
(

.

3
7
7
2

–

.

0
5

.

4
9
7

–

–

–

–

–

–

.

)
3
8
1
(

.

0
2

.

)
5
1
4
(

–

6
4

.

)
1
2
(

.

.

8
1
9

.

1
9
4
2

–

–

–

–

–

9
2

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6
4

.

.

4
9
7
1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

.

8
4
7
1

9
6

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1
0

.

0
7

.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9

9

–

–

–

–

2
7

.

.

6
0
6
1

–

)
2
7
(

.

–

7
1

.

.

)
0
0
3
(

.

)
4
4
7
6
(

–

7
7

.

–

–

)
3
3
(

.

.

)
8
5
7
1
(

i

)
g
n
g
d
e
h
f
o
t
e
n
(

s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
n
g
e
r
o
f

i

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
n
o
s
e
c
n
e
r
e
f
f
i
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
n
g
e
r
o
F

i

s
e
m
e
h
c
s
n
o
i
s
n
e
p
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
d
e
n
i
f
e
d
p
u
o
r
G
n
o
s
n
a
g

i

l

a
i
r
a
u
t
c
A

6
0
0
2
y
a
M
1
d
n
a
6
0
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
0
3
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
P

s
e
m
e
h
c
s
n
o
i
s
n
e
p
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
d
e
n
i
f
e
d

’
s
e
r
u
t
n
e
v

t
n
o

i

j

n
o
s
n
a
g

i

l

a
i
r
a
u
t
c
a

f
o
e
r
a
h
S

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
p
n

i

d
e
t
r
o
p
e
r
d
n
a
d
e
i
f
i
s
s
a
l
c
e
r

s
e
g
d
e
h
w
o
l
f
h
s
a
C

s
t
n
e
m

t
s
e
v
n

i

l

e
a
s

r
o
f
e
b
a

l

l
i

a
v
a
n
o
s
e
s
s
o

l

e
u
a
v

l

s
e
g
d
e
h
w
o
l
f
h
s
a
c
n
o
s
e
s
s
o

l

e
u
a
v

l

r
i
a
f

r
i
a
f

t
e
N

t
e
N

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C
e
e
s

t
i
l

p
s

r
o
f
(

y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t
y
l
t
c
e
r
i
d
n
e
k
a
t

s

m
e
t
i

n
o
x
a
T

)
3
4
e
g
a
p
n
o
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
d
n
a
e
m
o
c
n

i

d
e
s
i
n
g
o
c
e
r

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
s
e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
n
w
O

l

d
o
s

s
e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
n
w
O

s
e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
w
e
n
n
o
g
n
i
s
i
r

A

i

)
g
n
g
d
e
h
f
o
t
e
n
(

s
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
p
o
n
g
e
r
o
f

i

f
o
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
n
o
s
e
c
n
e
r
e
f
f
i
d
e
g
n
a
h
c
x
e
n
g
e
r
o
F

i

s
e
m
e
h
c
s
n
o
i
s
n
e
p
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
d
e
n
i
f
e
d
p
u
o
r
G
n
o
s
n
a
g

i

l

a
i
r
a
u
t
c
A

7
0
0
2
y
a
M
1
d
n
a
7
0
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
0
3
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
P

s
e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
n
o
d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

i

s
e
m
e
h
c
s
n
o
i
s
n
e
p
t
i
f
e
n
e
b
d
e
n
i
f
e
d

’
s
e
r
u
t
n
e
v

t
n
o

i

j

n
o
s
e
s
s
o

l

l

a
i
r
a
u
t
c
a

f
o
e
r
a
h
S

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
d
e
l
t
t
e
s
-
y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t
n
o
i
t
a
e
r
n

l

i

t
i
d
e
r
C

f
o
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
C
e
e
s

t
i
l

p
s

r
o
f
(

y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t
y
l
t
c
e
r
i
d
n
e
k
a
t

s

m
e
t
i

n
o
x
a
T

)
3
4
e
g
a
p
n
o
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
d
n
a
e
m
o
c
n

i

d
e
s
i
n
g
o
c
e
r

d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
s
e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
n
w
O

l

d
o
s

s
e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
n
w
O

e
u
a
v

l

f
o
n
r
u
t
e
r
h
t
i

w
d
e
t
a
i
c
o
s
s
a

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
E

d
e
m
e
e
d
e
r

s
e
r
a
h
s
e
c
n
e
r
e
f
e
r
P

s
e
u
s
s
i

e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
w
e
n
n
o
g
n
i
s
i
r

A

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
o
t
e
u
a
v

l

f
o
n
r
u
t
e
R

r
a
e
y
e
h
t

r
o
f

t
i
f
o
r
p
n

i

d
e
t
r
o
p
e
r
d
n
a
d
e
i
f
i
s
s
a
l
c
e
r

s
e
g
d
e
h
w
o
l
f
h
s
a
C

s
t
n
e
m
y
a
p
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
a
h
s
d
e
l
t
t
e
s
-
y
t
i
u
q
e
o
t
n
o
i
t
a
e
r
n

l

i

t
i
d
e
r
C

s
t
n
e
m

t
s
e
v
n

i

l

e
a
s

r
o
f
e
b
a

l

l
i

a
v
a
n
o
s
n
a
g
e
u
a
v

i

l

s
e
g
d
e
h
w
o
l
f
h
s
a
c
n
o
s
n
a
g
e
u
a
v

i

l

r
i
a
f

r
i
a
f

t
e
N

t
e
N

s
e
r
a
h
s

i

y
r
a
n
d
r
o
n
o
d
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D

i

n
a
m
r
o
f

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
h
T

8
0
0
2

l
i
r
p
A
0
3
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B

Stagecoach Group plc | page 45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 46

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1 IFRS accounting policies 
These consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as adopted by the
European Union.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

• Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee
(“IFRIC”) interpretations and with those parts of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have
also been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the functional and presentational currency of the Group, and all values are
rounded to the nearest one hundred thousand (£0.1m) except where otherwise indicated. 

• New standards adopted during the year
The Group has early adopted IFRIC 12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’ which is compulsory for accounting periods commencing after 1 January
2008. We have applied IFRIC 12 to our Manchester Metrolink business which we started operating during the year ended 30 April 2008. Accordingly
there has been no prior year restatement needed on adoption of this interpretation. The impact of adopting IFRIC 12 on the current year results was
not material in the context of the consolidated financial statements as a whole.

The Group has adopted for the first time IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments. This standard introduces new disclosures which are principally included in
note 28. IFRS 7 has not had any impact on the classification or valuation of any amounts in the financial statements.

• New standards and interpretations not applied
The IASB and IFRIC have issued the following standards and interpretations with an effective date for financial years beginning on or after the dates
disclosed below and therefore after the date of these financial statements:

International Accounting Standards and Interpretations
IFRS 2
IFRS 3
IFRS 8
IAS 23
IAS 27
IFRIC 13
IFRIC 14

Share-based Payments: Amendment re vesting conditions and cancellations
Business Combinations (revised January 2008)
Operating Segments
Borrowing costs (revised March 2007)
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements (revised January 2008)
Customer Loyalty Programmes
IAS 19: The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their interactions

Effective date
1 January 2009
1 July 2009
1 January 2009
1 January 2009
1 July 2009
1 July 2008
1 January 2008

The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of any of the above standards or interpretations will have a material impact on the Group’s financial
statements in the period of initial application. 

• Comparatives
Where appropriate, comparative figures for the previous year have been adjusted to conform with changes in presentation. These change have no
impact on the consolidated income statement nor on consolidated net assets.

• Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates made
up to 30 April in each year.

The consolidated income statement includes the results of businesses purchased from the effective date of acquisition and excludes the results of
disposed operations and businesses sold from the effective date of disposal.

• Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures
(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries, which are those entities in which the Group has an interest of more than one half of the voting rights or otherwise has power to
govern the financial and operating policies, are consolidated. 

The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are presently exercisable or presently convertible are considered when assessing whether
the Group controls another entity.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are no longer consolidated from the date that control
ceases. The purchase method (also known as the acquisition method) of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries. The cost
of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given up, shares issued or liabilities undertaken at the date of acquisition plus costs
directly attributable to the acquisition. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired is
recorded as goodwill. 

Intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

(ii) Associates and joint ventures

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Joint ventures are enterprises that the Group has the power to jointly govern the enterprises’ financial and operating policies with other investors
based on contractual agreement.

Associates are enterprises, other than joint ventures, that are not controlled by the Group over which the Group generally has between 20% and
50% of the voting rights, or over which the Group has significant influence.

Under the equity method of accounting, the Group’s consolidated income statement includes the Group’s share of profits less losses of joint
ventures and associates, while the share of net assets of joint ventures and associates is included in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. Where
the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture or associate exceeds its interest in that enterprise, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless
it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture or associate. Where the Group has incurred obligations or made
payments on behalf of joint ventures the Group’s share of net liabilities is included within trade and other payables.

page 46 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 47

Note 1 IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures (continued)

(ii) Associates and joint ventures (continued)

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures and associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in
each business: unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.

The Group’s investment in joint ventures and associates includes goodwill on acquisition.

The Group applies its own accounting policies and estimates when accounting for its share of joint ventures and associates, making appropriate
adjustments where necessary, having due regard to all relevant factors.

• Presentation of income statement and exceptional items
Where applicable, income statement information has been presented in a columnar format, which separately highlights intangible asset expenses and
exceptional items. This is intended to enable users of the financial statements to determine more readily the impact of intangible asset expenses and
exceptional items on the results of the Group.

For this purpose, exceptional items are items which individually, or if of a similar type, in aggregate, need to be disclosed, by virtue of their nature, size or
incidence in order to  allow proper understanding of the underlying performance of the Group.

• Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for
the period. Although these estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best knowledge, actual results may ultimately differ from those
estimates and assumptions used.

The key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
within the next financial year are the measurement of tax assets and liabilities, the measurement of retirement benefit obligations, the measurement
and impairment of goodwill and the measurement of insurance provisions. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities requires an assessment to be
made of the potential tax consequence of certain items that will only be resolved when agreed by the relevant tax authorities. The measurement of
retirement benefit obligations requires the estimation of future changes in salaries, inflation, the expected return on scheme assets and the selection of
a suitable discount rate (see note 27). The Group determines whether goodwill arising on business combinations is impaired on an annual basis and
this requires the estimation of value in use of the cash generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. This requires estimation of future cash flows
and the selection of a suitable discount rate (see note 11). The estimation of the insurance provisions is based on an assessment of the expected
settlement on known claims together with an estimate of settlements that will be made in respect of incidents occurring prior to the balance sheet
date but for which claims have not been reported to the Group. 

Those accounting policies that the Directors believe require the greatest exercise of judgement are described on page 14.

• Revenue
Revenue represents gross revenue earned from public transport services and excludes payments received on account. Amounts receivable for tendered
services and concessionary fare schemes are included as part of revenue. Where appropriate, amounts are shown net of rebates and VAT. Revenues
incidental to the Group’s principal activity (including advertising income and maintenance income) are reported as miscellaneous revenue (see note 5).

Rail revenue includes amounts attributable to the train operating companies, based principally on agreed models of route usage, by Railway
Settlement Plan Limited (which administers the income allocation system within the UK rail industry) in respect of passenger receipts. Franchise
agreement receipts from the Department for Transport (“DfT”) are treated as other operating income (see note 5). Franchise agreement payments
to the DfT are recognised in operating costs.

Revenue is recognised by reference to the stage of completion of the customer’s travel or services provided under contractual arrangements as a
proportion of total services to be provided. A proportion of the cash received for the sale of season tickets and travelcards is deferred within
liabilities and recognised in the income statement over the period covered by the relevant ticket.

Income from advertising and other activities is recognised as the income is earned.

Finance income is recognised using the effective interest method as interest accrues.

Under the contractual terms of its franchise agreements to operate rail services, the Group has revenue sharing arrangements with the DfT.  As a
result of these arrangements, the Group may be liable to make payments to the DfT or receive amounts from the DfT based on calculations that
involve comparison of actual revenue with the target revenue specified in the relevant franchise agreement.  The Group recognises revenue share
amounts payable or receivable in the income statement in the same period in which it recognises the related revenue.  Revenue share amounts
payable (if any) are classified within other operating costs and revenue share amounts receivable (if any) are classified within other operating
income.

• Performance incentive payments
Performance incentive payments made to Network Rail by the Group in respect of train service delivery are recognised in the same period that the
performance relates to and are shown as other operating costs.

• Government grants 
Grants from government are recognised where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached
conditions.

Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in the income statement over the period necessary to match them with the costs they
are intended to compensate.

Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant and equipment are recorded as liabilities and are credited to the income statement on a
straight-line basis over the expected lives of the related assets.

Revenue grants receivable in respect of the operation of rail franchises in the UK are credited to the income statement in the period in which the related
expenditure is recognised in the income statement or where they do not relate to any specific expenditure, in the period in respect of which the grant is
receivable. These rail franchise grants are classified within other operating income.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 47

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 48

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1 IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Share based payments
The Group issues equity-settled and cash-settled share based payments to certain employees. 

The Group has applied the optional exemption contained within IFRS 1, which allows it to apply IFRS 2 only to equity instruments granted after 7
November 2002 that have not vested before the date of transition to IFRS, being 1 May 2004. 

Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted and is
recognised as an expense over the vesting period. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any non-market based vesting 
conditions and no expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest as a result of a failure to satisfy a non-market based vesting condition.
None of the Group’s equity-settled transactions have any market based performance conditions.

Fair value for equity-settled share based payments is estimated by use of the Black-Scholes pricing model. 

At each balance sheet date, before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated based on management’s best estimate of the number of equity
instruments that will ultimately vest taking into consideration the likelihood of achieving non-market based vesting conditions. The movement in this
cumulative expense is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled by the Group, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation and any cost not yet recognised in
the income statement for the award is expensed immediately. Any compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or
settlement date is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being treated as an expense in the income statement.

Cash-settled transactions
The cost of cash-settled transactions is measured at fair value. Fair value is estimated initially at the grant date and at each balance sheet date
thereafter until the awards are settled. Market based performance conditions are taken into account when determining fair value. 

Fair value for cash-settled share based payments (being only those that relate to the Long Term Incentive Plan) is estimated by use of a 
simulation model.

During the vesting period, a liability is recognised representing the estimated fair value of the award and the portion of the vesting period expired as at
the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount of the liability are recognised in the income statement for the period.

Choice of settlement
The Company can choose to settle awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan in either cash or equity, although it currently expects to settle all such
awards in cash. Awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan are accounted for as cash-settled transactions (see above).

• Operating profit
Operating profit is stated after charging restructuring costs and after the share of after-tax results of associates and joint ventures but before finance
income, finance costs, non-operating exceptional items, taxation and profit from discontinued operations.

• Taxation
Tax, current and deferred, is calculated using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Corporation tax is provided on taxable profit at the current rate applicable. Tax charges and credits are accounted for through the same primary
statement as the related pre-tax item.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred income tax is measured at tax rates that are expected to apply in periods in which the
temporary differences reverse based on tax rates and law enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences
can be utilised.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where the timing
of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

• Dividends
Dividends on ordinary shares are recorded in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Group’s shareholders, or
in the case of interim dividends, in the period in which they are paid.

• Segment reporting
A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that is subject to risks and returns that are different
from those of other business segments. 

A geographical segment is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that is subject to risks and returns that
are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments.

Due to the nature of the Group’s operations, the business segments can be directly aligned with the geographical segments. The Group is managed,
and reports internally on a basis consistent with its three segments which consist of UK Bus, North America and UK Rail. Stagecoach’s London bus
operations (part of the UK Bus segment) were disposed of during the year ended 30 April 2007 and therefore the results for this operation are included
within the profit for the year from discontinued operations. 

• Foreign currency translation
The financial statements of overseas subsidiaries are maintained in the local currencies in which the entities transact business. The trading results of
overseas subsidiaries are translated into sterling using average rates of exchange. Exchange differences arising on the translation of the opening net assets
and results of overseas operations, together with exchange differences arising on net foreign currency borrowings and foreign currency derivatives, to the
extent they hedge the Group’s investment in overseas operations, are recognised as a separate component of equity being the translation reserve.

page 48 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 49

Note 1 IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Foreign currency translation (continued)
Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Foreign currency
transactions arising during the year are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange ruling on the date of the transaction. 

On disposal of a foreign subsidiary, the amount of any exchange differences relating to the subsidiary that has been deferred in the translation reserve is
recognised in the income statement within the reported gain or loss on disposal. The Group took the IFRS 1 exemption which allows accumulated
exchange differences at the date of transition to IFRS, being 1 May 2004, to be set to zero for all foreign subsidiaries.

PRINCIPAL RATES OF EXCHANGE

US Dollar:
Year end rate
Average rate
Canadian Dollar:
Year end rate
Average rate

2008

2007

1.9806
2.0072

1.9947
2.0525

1.9999
1.9103

2.2102
2.1738

• Business combinations and goodwill
On the acquisition of a business, fair values are attributed to the net assets acquired. Goodwill arises where the fair value of the consideration given for
a business exceeds the fair value of such net assets. 

Goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalised and is subject to impairment review, both annually and when there are indications that the carrying value
may not be recoverable. Prior to 1 May 2004, goodwill was amortised over its estimated useful life; such amortisation ceased on 30 April 2004 but
goodwill amortisation expensed prior to 1 May 2004 was not reversed. 

Goodwill arising on acquisitions in the year ended 30 April 1998 and earlier periods was written off directly to equity in accordance with the UK
accounting standards then in force. Under IFRS 1 and IFRS 3, such goodwill will remain eliminated against reserves.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the
combination. Cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an
indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, then the
impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata
on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

Any impairment of goodwill is recognised immediately in the income statement. 

Where goodwill (other than that already written off to equity) forms part of a cash generating unit and all or part of that unit is disposed of, the
associated goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the disposed operation when determining the overall gain or loss on disposal.

• Impairment of non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (excluding goodwill), financial assets and other non-current assets are reviewed for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair
value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are separately
identifiable cash flows.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Any impairment loss is recognised immediately in the income statement.

• Intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately from a business combination are capitalised at cost. The initial cost recognised is the aggregate amount paid plus
the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are capitalised,
separately from goodwill, at fair value at the date of acquisition if the asset is separable or arises from contractual or legal rights and its fair value can be
measured reliably. 

Amortisation is calculated on the straight-line method to write-off the cost or fair value at acquisition (as the case may be) of each asset over their
estimated useful lives shown below. Intangible assets relating to rail franchises of a finite duration are amortised over the life of the franchise.

Customer contracts
Right to operate rail franchises

Non-compete contracts
Software costs

over the life of the contract (1 to 6 years for current contracts)
over the life of the franchise (3 years from February 2004 to February 2007 for old South West
Trains franchise, 10 years from February 2007 to February 2017 for new South Western franchise
and 7 years and 4 months from November 2007 to March 2015 for new East Midlands Trains
franchise)
between 2 and 5 years for current contracts
2 to 5 years

Marketing costs incurred during the start-up phase of a new activity are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 49

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 50

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1 IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment acquired as part of a business combination is stated at fair value at the date of acquisition or deemed cost less
accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment. All other property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
and any provision for impairment.

Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method to write off the cost, fair value at acquisition or deemed cost of each asset to their residual values
over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Heritable and freehold buildings and long leasehold properties
Short leasehold properties
IT and other equipment, furniture and fittings
Public Service Vehicles (“PSVs”) and transportation equipment 
Motor cars and other vehicles 

50 years
period of lease
3 to 10 years
7 to 16 years
3 to 5 years

Heritable and freehold land is not depreciated.

The useful lives and residual values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed annually and, where applicable, adjustments are made on a
prospective basis.

An item of property, plant or equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued
use of the asset. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds received with the carrying amount of the asset and are
included in the income statement. Any gain or loss on derecognition of the asset is included in the income statement in the period of derecognition.

Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred. The cost of major renovations is
included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed standard of
performance of the existing asset will flow to the Group. Major renovations are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related asset.

Interest is not capitalised in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment.

• Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value after making due allowance for obsolete or slow moving items. Cost is determined
using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost method. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the
costs of completion and selling expenses. 

• Pre-contract costs
The costs associated with securing new rail franchises are expensed as incurred, except when at the time the costs are incurred it is probable that a
contract will be awarded in which case they are recognised as an asset and are charged to the income statement over the life of the franchise.

• Hire purchase and lease obligations
Assets acquired under hire purchase and finance lease arrangements, where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset have passed
to the Group, are capitalised at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum
lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges, and the reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income.

Assets capitalised under finance leases and other similar contracts are depreciated over the shorter of the lease terms and their useful economic lives.

Assets capitalised under hire purchase contracts are depreciated over their useful economic lives.

Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The principal restriction on assets held under finance lease or hire purchase agreements is a restriction on the right to dispose of the assets during the
period of the agreement. 

• Tokens
Tokens issued by National Transport Tokens Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, to facilitate public passenger travel in the United Kingdom are credited
to a token redemption provision to the extent they are expected to be redeemed by customers. Redemptions are offset against this provision and
associated handling commission paid to third parties is included in operating costs. Funds from the sale of tokens required for token redemption are
included as a financing activity in the consolidated cash flow statement.

The estimate of the balance sheet provision for token redemption is remeasured at each balance sheet date and is based on the value of tokens issued
by the Group but not yet redeemed or cancelled at the balance sheet date. Allowance is made for the estimated proportion of tokens in issue that will
never be redeemed. This allowance is estimated with reference to historic redemption rates. At 30 April 2008, it has been estimated that 97% (30 April
2007: 97%) of tokens in issue will be redeemed.

• Environmental provisions
Provisions for environmental costs are recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to undertake environmental clean-ups or
other work in respect of environmental matters and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated.

The amounts recognised are the best estimate of the expenditure that will be required to meet the Group’s obligations.

page 50 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 51

Note 1 IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Insurance
The Group receives claims in respect of traffic incidents and employee claims. The Group protects against the cost of such claims through third party
insurance policies. An element of the claims is not insured as a result of the “excess” or “deductible” on insurance policies.

Provision is made on a discounted basis for the estimated cost to the Group to settle claims for incidents occurring prior to the balance sheet date. The
estimate of the balance sheet insurance provisions is based on an assessment of the expected settlement of known claims together with an estimate of
settlements that will be made in respect of incidents occurring prior to the balance sheet date but for which claims have not yet been reported to the
Group. The provision is set after taking account of advice from third party actuaries.

• Retirement benefit obligations
The Group contributes to a number of pension schemes. The principal defined benefit occupational schemes are as follows:

• The Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme (“SGPS”)
• The South West Trains section of the Railways Pension Scheme (“RPS”)
• The Island Line section of the Railways Pension Scheme (“RPS”)
• The East Midlands section of the Railways Pension Scheme (“RPS”)
• A number of UK local Government Pension Schemes (“LGPS”)

During the year ended 30 April 2008, both the Yorkshire Traction Company Limited Pension Plan (“YTC”) and the Strathtay Scottish Omnibuses
Limited Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (“SSO”) were merged with SGPS. All assets and liabilities of YTC and SSO were transferred into SGPS.

The Group accounts for pensions and similar benefits in accordance with IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”, as amended to allow actuarial gains and losses to
be charged to the statement of recognised income and expense in the period they arise. In respect of these defined benefit plans, obligations are
measured at discounted present value whilst plan assets are recorded at market value. The operating and financing costs of such plans are included
within operating profit and are disclosed separately in the notes to the financial statements; service costs are spread systematically over the working
lives of employees and financing costs are recognised in the periods in which they arise. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the
statement of recognised income and expense. Mortality rates are considered when retirement benefit obligations are calculated.

Past service costs and adjustments are recognised immediately in income, unless the changes to the pension plan are conditional on the employees
remaining in service for a specified period (the vesting period), in which case the past service costs are amortised using a straight-line method over the
vesting period. Past service pension adjustments which impact on the income statement for the year are disclosed within exceptional items, where
material to the financial statements. 

The disposal of the Group’s London bus operations during the year ended 30 April 2007 resulted in a settlement and curtailment of pension
obligations. Curtailments arise where the Group makes a material reduction in the number of employees covered by a pension scheme or amends a
defined benefit pension scheme’s terms such that a material element of future service by current employees will qualify for no or significantly reduced
benefits. Settlements arise when the Group enters into a transaction that eliminates all or part of the Group’s obligations for benefits provided under a
defined benefit pension scheme. The gain or loss arising on a settlement or curtailment comprises the resulting change in the net pension asset or
liability, and such gain or loss is recognised in the income statement when the settlement or curtailment occurs. Where the gain or loss is related to  a
disposal of a business, it is included within the reported gain or loss on disposal within profit or loss from discontinued operations.

A full actuarial valuation is undertaken triennially for each scheme with the deficit being updated annually using independent actuaries following the
projected unit credit method. The present value of the scheme obligations is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using
interest rates of high quality corporate bonds which have terms to maturity equivalent to the terms of the related obligations. Experience adjustments
and changes in assumptions which affect actuarial gains and losses are reflected in the actuarial gain or loss for the year within the statement of
recognised income and expense in the year in which they arise.

The liability or asset recognised for the relevant sections of RPS represents only that part of the net deficit (or surplus) of each section that the employer
expects to fund (or recover) over the life of the franchise to which the section relates. 

For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions to separately administered pension plans. Once the contributions have been paid, the
Group has no further payment obligations. The Group’s contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged to the income statement in the
period to which the contributions relate.

• Financial instruments
The disclosure of the accounting policies that follow for financial instruments are those that apply under IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ and
IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments:  Recognition and Measurement’.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified, as appropriate, as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss; loans and receivables; held-to-maturity investments
or as available for sale. They include cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, other receivables, loans, other investments and derivative financial
instruments. The Group determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. When financial assets are recognised initially, they are
measured at fair value, normally being the transaction price plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss, directly
attributable transaction costs. The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification, as follows:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: Financial assets classified as held for trading and other assets designated as such on inception are
classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for sale in the short-term.
Derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as hedging instruments. Assets in this category are carried on the balance
sheet at fair value with gains or losses recognised in the income statement.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 51

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 52

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1

IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Financial instruments (continued)

Loans and receivables: Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active
market, do not qualify as trading assets and have not been designated as either fair value through profit or loss or available for sale. Such assets are
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the loans and receivables
are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process. Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Where the time value of money is material, receivables
are discounted to the present value at the point they are first recognised and are subsequently amortised to the invoice amount by the payment due
date. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all
amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter
bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered in evaluating whether a trade receivable is impaired. The
amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the
original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is
recognised in the income statement within ‘Other external charges’. When a trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance
account for trade receivables.

Held-to-maturity investments: Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity are classified as held-to-maturity
when the Group has the positive intention and ability to hold the investment to maturity. Held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortised cost
using the effective interest method. Held-to-maturity gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the assets are derecognised or
impaired, as well as through the amortisation process. Investments intended to be held for an undefined period cannot be included in this
classification.

Available for sale financial assets: Available for sale financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as such or are not
classified in any of the above categories. These are included in non-current assets unless the Group intends to dispose of them within 12 months of the
balance sheet date. After initial recognition, available for sale financial assets are measured at fair value, with gains or losses being recognised as a
separate component of equity until the asset is derecognised or until the asset is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss
reported in equity is included in the income statement.

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. In the
case of equity securities classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered an
indicator that the securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available for sale financial assets, the cumulative loss - measured as the
difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss
- is removed from equity and is recognised in the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are
not reversed through the income statement.

Financial liabilities
When a financial liability is recognised initially, the Group measures it at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial liability not at fair value through
profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability. Financial liabilities include trade payables, other
payables, borrowings and derivative financial instruments. Subsequent measurement depends on its classification as follows:

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: Financial liabilities classified as held for trading and derivative liabilities that are not designated as
effective hedging instruments are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Such liabilities are carried on the balance sheet at
fair value with gains or losses being recognised in the income statement.

Other: All other financial liabilities not classified as fair value through profit or loss are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Fair values
The fair value of quoted investments is determined by reference to appropriate market prices at the close of business on the balance sheet date. Where
there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These include using pricing models and discounted cash flow analysis.
Otherwise assets are carried at cost.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-
measured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception. This
documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how effectiveness will be
measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:

–
–

–

Fair value hedges when hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability;
Cash flow hedges when hedging exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised
asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction, including intra-group transactions; or
Hedges of net investment in a foreign entity.

Net gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of all other derivatives, which are classified as held for trading, are taken to the income
statement. These may arise from derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied because they are either not designated or not effective as
hedging instruments from an accounting perspective.

The treatment of gains and losses arising from revaluing derivatives designated as hedging instruments depends on the nature of the hedging
relationship, as follows:

Fair value hedges: For fair value hedges, the carrying amount of the hedged item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable to the risk being hedged;
the derivative is remeasured at fair value and gains and losses from both the derivative and the hedged item are taken to the income statement. 

The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, the hedge no longer meets
the criteria for hedge accounting or the Group revokes the designation.

For hedged items carried at amortised cost, the hedge adjustment is amortised through the income statement such that it is fully amortised by
maturity. 

page 52 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 53

Note 1

IFRS accounting policies (continued)

• Financial instruments (continued)

Cash flow hedges: For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the statement of recognised
income and expense, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in the statement of recognised income
and expense are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, such as when a forecast sale or purchase
occurs. For cash flow hedges of forecast fuel purchases, the transfer is to operating costs within the income statement.

If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked,
amounts previously recorded in the statement of recognised income and expense remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs and are then
transferred to the income statement. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in the statement of
recognised income and expense are transferred to the income statement.

Hedges of net investment in a foreign entity: For hedges of the net investment in a foreign entity, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument is recorded in the statement of recognised income and expense, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement.
Amounts recorded in the statement of recognised income and expense are transferred to the income statement when the foreign entity is sold.

Non-derivative financial liabilities can be designated as hedges of a net investment in a foreign entity and are subject to the same requirements as
derivative hedges of a net investment in a foreign entity.

Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term
highly liquid investments, less bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are included within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at the proceeds received, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost
using the effective yield method; any difference between proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income
statement over the period of the borrowings. Interest on borrowings to purchase property, plant and equipment is expensed in the income statement.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the balance
sheet date.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at amortised cost which approximates to nominal value due to creditors days being relatively low.

Preferred shares
Preferred shares, which are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholder, or which carry non-discretionary dividend obligations, are
classified as liabilities. The dividend on these preferred shares is recognised in the income statement as an interest expense.

• Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Incremental external costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares, are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where the Company, its subsidiaries or employee share ownership trusts sponsored by the Company purchase ordinary shares in the Company, the
consideration paid, including any attributable incremental external costs net of income taxes, is deducted from equity. Where such shares are
subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in equity.

The accounting policy in relation to preferred shares is included in the accounting policy for financial instruments above.

Note 2 Segmental information 

The Group is managed, and reports internally, on a basis consistent with its three continuing business segments which consist of UK Bus, North
America and UK Rail. The Group’s IFRS accounting policies are applied consistently, where appropriate to each segment.

The segmental information provided in this note is on the basis of three primary segments, and gives the details for both business segments and
geographical segments as follows:

Segment name
UK Bus
North America
UK Rail

Business segment
Coach and bus operations
Coach and bus operations
Rail operations

Geographical segment
United Kingdom
North America
United Kingdom

UK Bus and North America provide coach and bus services while UK Rail provides rail services.

The Group’s London bus operations were disposed of during the year ended 30 April 2007. These operations were formerly part of the UK Bus segment
but have been reclassified as “discontinued”.

Due to the nature of the services the Group provides, the primary and secondary segments coincide.

The Group has interests in three joint ventures: Virgin Rail Group that operates in UK Rail, Citylink that operates in UK Bus and New York Splash Tours
LLC that operates in North America. The results of these joint ventures are shown separately in notes 2(c) and 2(g).

(a) Revenue
Due to the nature of the Group’s business, the origin and destination of revenue is the same in all cases. As the Group sells bus and rail services to
individuals, it has few customers that are individually “major”. Its major customers are typically public bodies that subsidise or procure transport services
– such customers include local authorities, transport authorities and the UK Department for Transport.

No material part of each segment’s revenue shown below relates to transactions with other segments.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 53

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 54

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 2 Segmental information (continued)

(a) Revenue (continued)

Continuing operations
UK Bus 
North America 

Total bus continuing operations
UK Rail

Group revenue

(b) Operating profit

Continuing operations
UK Bus
North America 

Total bus continuing operations
UK Rail

Total continuing operations
Group overheads
Intangible asset amortisation
Restructuring costs

Total operating profit of continuing
Group companies
Share of joint ventures’ profit
after finance income and taxation

Total operating profit: 
Group operating profit and share of joint ventures’
profit after taxation

2008

£m

743.9
241.9

985.8
777.8

2007

£m

690.4
242.7

933.1
571.5

1,763.6

1,504.6

2008

2007

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items
£m

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items
£m

Results for
the year
£m

Results for
the year
£m

109.9
21.0

130.9
59.1

190.0
(13.0)
Nil
(4.3)

172.7

32.6

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
(7.9)
Nil

(7.9)

(5.1)

109.9
21.0

130.9
59.1

190.0
(13.0)
(7.9)
(4.3)

84.5
18.1

102.6
58.8

161.4
(11.1)
Nil
(3.2)

28.9
Nil

28.9
Nil

28.9
Nil
(9.6)
Nil

164.8

147.1

19.3

27.5

14.2

0.3

113.4
18.1

131.5
58.8

190.3
(11.1)
(9.6)
(3.2)

166.4

14.5

205.3

(13.0)

192.3

161.3

19.6

180.9

page 54 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 55

Note 2 Segmental information (continued) 

(c) Joint ventures

Continuing 
Virgin Rail Group (UK Rail)
Operating profit
Finance income (net)
Taxation

Goodwill charged on investment in continuing joint ventures

Citylink (UK Bus)  

Operating profit
Taxation

New York Splash Tours LLC (North America)

Operating profit
Taxation

2008

2007

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items
£m

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items
£m

Results for
the year
£m

Results for
the year
£m

41.9
4.0
(13.7)

32.2
Nil

32.2

1.1
(0.3)

0.8

(0.7)
0.3

(0.4)

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
(5.1)

(5.1)

Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil

41.9
4.0
(13.7)

32.2
(5.1)

27.1

1.1
(0.3)

0.8

(0.7)
0.3

(0.4)

12.4
3.7
(2.6)

13.5
Nil

13.5

1.3
(0.4)

0.9

(0.2)
Nil

(0.2)

5.4
Nil
Nil

5.4
(5.1)

0.3

Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil

17.8
3.7
(2.6)

18.9
(5.1)

13.8

1.3
(0.4)

0.9

(0.2)
Nil

(0.2)

Share of joint ventures’ profit after finance
income and taxation

32.6

(5.1)

27.5

14.2

0.3

14.5

(d) Gross assets and liabilities

UK Bus
North America
UK Rail

Central functions
Joint ventures
Borrowings and cash
Taxation

Total 

2008

Gross
liabilities
£m

(116.1)
(72.7)
(311.7)

(500.5)

(133.0)
Nil
(594.1)
(74.7)

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£m

518.7
172.4
(123.7)

567.4

(121.3)
33.9
(331.9)
(67.7)

2007

Gross
liabilities
£m

(113.1)
(61.7)
(203.1)

(377.9)

(146.3)
Nil
(343.3)
(68.7)

Gross
assets
£m

551.3
226.6
95.0

872.9

16.1
39.1
513.3
7.1

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£m

438.2
164.9
(108.1)

495.0

(130.2)
39.1
170.0
(61.6)

Gross 
assets
£m

634.8
245.1
188.0

1,067.9

11.7
33.9
262.2
7.0

1,382.7

(1,302.3)

80.4

1,448.5

(936.2)

512.3

Central assets and liabilities include the token provision, interest payable and receivable on Group debt and other net assets of the holding company.

Segment assets and liabilities are determined by identifying the assets and liabilities that relate to the business of each segment but excluding intra-
Group balances, cash, borrowings, interest payable, interest receivable and the token provision.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 55

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 56

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 2 Segmental information (continued) 
(e) Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment
The capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment shown below is on an accruals basis, not on a cash basis, and includes expenditure on
property, plant and equipment through business combinations.

UK Bus –  continuing
UK Bus – discontinued
North America
UK Rail
Other

2008

£m

80.3
Nil
28.2
16.0
Nil

124.5

Capital expenditure, excluding business combinations is analysed in section 3.8.10 of the Operating and Financial Review.

(f) Capital expenditure on intangible assets
The capital expenditure on intangible assets (including goodwill)  shown below includes acquisitions through business combinations.

UK Bus
UK Rail

2008

£m

5.8
7.8

13.6

2007

£m

66.7
0.8
22.2
2.8
0.1

92.6

2007

£m

1.3
12.0

13.3

(g) Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”)
The results of each segment are further analysed below:

Year ended 30 April 2008

EBITDA
pre-exceptional
items
£m

Joint venture
interest and
tax
£m

EBITDA
including joint
venture interest Depreciation

and tax
£m

expense
£m

Operating profit
pre intangibles
and exceptional
items
£m

Intangible
asset
expenses
£m

Exceptional
items
£m

Allocation
of restructuring
costs
£m

Operating
profit
£m

UK Bus
North America
UK Rail – subsidiaries
UK Rail – joint venture (Virgin
Rail Group)
UK Bus – joint venture (Citylink)
North America – joint venture 
(Splash Tours)

Group overheads
Restructuring costs

157.5
37.9
61.2

41.9
1.1

(0.7)
(13.0)
(4.3)

Nil
Nil
Nil

(9.7)
(0.3)

0.3
Nil
Nil

157.5
37.9
61.2

32.2
0.8

(0.4)
(13.0)
(4.3)

(47.6)
(16.9)
(2.1)

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

109.9
21.0
59.1

32.2
0.8

(0.4)
(13.0)
(4.3)

(5.8)
(0.3)
(1.8)

(5.1)
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

281.6

(9.7)

271.9

(66.6)

205.3

(13.0)

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

(0.5)
(0.2)
(3.6)

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
4.3

Nil

103.6
20.5
53.7

27.1
0.8

(0.4)
(13.0)
Nil

192.3

Year ended 30 April 2007

EBITDA
pre-exceptional
items
£m

Joint venture
interest and
tax
£m

EBITDA
including joint
venture interest Depreciation

and tax
£m

expense
£m

Operating profit
pre intangibles
and exceptional
items
£m

Intangible
asset
expenses
£m

Exceptional
items
£m

Allocation
of restructuring
costs
£m

Operating
profit
£m

UK Bus
North America
UK Rail – subsidiaries
UK Rail – joint venture (Virgin
Rail Group)
UK Bus – joint venture (Citylink)
North America – joint venture 
(Splash Tours)

Group overheads
Restructuring costs

129.0
33.7
66.9

12.4
1.3

(0.2)
(11.0)
(3.2)

228.9

Nil
Nil
Nil

1.1
(0.4)

Nil
NIl
Nil

0.7

129.0
33.7
66.9

13.5
0.9

(0.2)
(11.0)
(3.2)

(44.5)
(15.6)
(8.1)

Nil
Nil

Nil
(0.1)
Nil

84.5
18.1
58.8

13.5
0.9

(0.2)
(11.1)
(3.2)

(6.4)
(0.4)
(2.8)

(5.1)
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

28.9
Nil
Nil

5.4
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

229.6

(68.3)

161.3

(14.7)

34.3

(1.0)
Nil
(2.2)

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
3.2

Nil

106.0
17.7
53.8

13.8
0.9

(0.2)
(11.1)
Nil

180.9

page 56 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 57

Note 3 Operating costs 

Materials and consumables
Staff costs excluding past service pension adjustment (note 7) 
Past service pension adjustment
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
– owned assets
– leased assets under hire purchase agreements and finance leases
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment
Repairs and maintenance expenditure on property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
– customer contracts
– non-compete contracts 
– rail franchises 
– software costs
Network Rail charges
Operating lease rentals payable 
– Plant and equipment
– Property
Other external charges
Impairment of investments
Restructuring costs

2008

£m

197.1
723.1
(0.1)

50.1
16.5
0.4
16.2

5.0
1.1
1.7
0.1
282.9

120.7
8.1
315.0
0.2
4.3

2007

£m

174.6
672.4
(28.9)

54.0
14.3
0.2
25.3

5.2
1.4
2.7
0.3
181.7

106.5
5.2
332.3
1.3
3.2

Total operating costs – continuing operations

1,742.4

1,551.7

Amounts payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and their associates by the Company and its subsidiary undertakings in respect of audit and non-
audit services are shown below:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company’s financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

Audit related regulatory reporting

Other assurance services pursuant to legislation
Tax advisory services
Provision of training and related materials
Advice re return of value and related matters

Other non-audit fees

Total fees payable by the Group to its auditors

Fees received by the Company’s auditors from the Company’s associated pension schemes

2008

£000

20.0
665.0

685.0

Nil

18.0
109.1
9.8
Nil

136.9

821.9

Nil

2007

£000

20.0
625.0

645.0

30.0

34.6
28.7
0.8
230.0

294.1

969.1

34.4

A description of the work of the Audit Committee is set out in the Audit Committee Report on page 30, and includes an explanation of how auditor
independence is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided by the auditors.

In addition to the above charges included within profit before taxation for continuing businesses, £Nil (2007: £8.7m) was incurred in relation to
materials and consumables, £Nil (2007: £52.5m) was incurred for staff costs, £Nil (2007: £2.2m) was incurred for depreciation on owned property,
plant and equipment, £Nil (2007: £0.3m) was incurred for depreciation on leased assets under hire purchase agreements and finance leases, £Nil
(2007: £0.4m) was incurred in relation to repairs and maintenance, £Nil (2007: £2.5m) was incurred for plant and equipment operating lease rental
payments, £Nil (2007: £0.2m) was incurred for property operating lease rental payments and £Nil (2007: £5.2m) was incurred in relation to other
external charges in relation to our disposed London bus business.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 57

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 58

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 4 Exceptional items and intangible asset expenses

Where applicable, the Group intends to continue to highlight amounts before intangible asset expenses and exceptional items as well as clearly
reporting the results in accordance with IFRS. Exceptional items are items which individually, or if of a similar type, in aggregate, need to be disclosed,
by virtue of their nature, size or incidence in order to allow a proper understanding of the underlying performance of the Group.  
Information on exceptional items is provided in section 3.8.2 of the Operating and Financial Review.
The items shown in the column headed “Intangibles and exceptional items” on the face of the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30
April 2008 can be further analysed as follows:

2008

Exceptional
items

Intangible
asset expenses

Intangibles and
exceptional items

Operating costs
Amortisation of intangible assets

Share of profit of joint ventures
Goodwill charged on investment in joint ventures

Gain on sale of properties

Loss on disposed and closed operations

Finance income

Profit for the period from discontinued operations

Intangible asset expenses and exceptional items
Tax effect of intangible asset expenses and exceptional items
Exceptional tax credit
Tax rate change

£m

Nil

Nil

0.3

(1.7)

7.3

19.9

25.8
(1.2)
87.8
1.5

Intangible asset expenses and exceptional items after taxation

113.9

£m

(7.9)

(5.1)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

(13.0)
2.1
Nil
Nil

(10.9)

£m

(7.9)

(5.1)

0.3

(1.7)

7.3

19.9

12.8
0.9
87.8
1.5

103.0

The items shown in the column headed “Intangibles and exceptional items” on the face of the consolidated income statement for the prior year
comparatives can be further analysed as follows:

2007

Exceptional
items

Intangible
asset expenses

Intangibles and
exceptional items

Operating costs
Past service adjustment – pension scheme (note 27)
Amortisation of intangible assets

Share of profit of joint ventures
Gain on sale of Virgin Rail Group’s investment in Trainline
Goodwill charge on investment in joint ventures

Gain on sale of properties

Loss on disposed and closed operations

Profit for the period from discontinued operations
Gain on sale of London bus business
Gain on sale of New Zealand operations

Intangible asset expenses and exceptional items

Tax effect

Intangible asset expenses and exceptional items after taxation

page 58 | Stagecoach Group plc

£m

28.9
Nil

28.9

5.4
Nil

5.4

3.6

(1.1)

132.2
0.6

132.8

169.6

(8.7)

160.9

£m

Nil
(9.6)

(9.6)

Nil
(5.1)

(5.1)

Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil

(14.7)

2.9

(11.8)

£m

28.9
(9.6)

19.3

5.4
(5.1)

0.3

3.6

(1.1)

132.2
0.6

132.8

154.9

(5.8)

149.1

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 59

Note 5 Other operating income

Miscellaneous revenue
Rail franchise support, excluding incentive payments
Rail incentive payments

2008

£m

65.4
78.2
Nil

143.6

2007

£m

50.3
130.9
32.3

213.5

In addition to the above other operating income for continuing businesses, £Nil (2007: £1.1m) was recognised in relation to miscellaneous revenue of
our disposed London bus business.

Miscellaneous revenue comprises revenue incidental to the Group’s principal activity. It includes advertising income, maintenance income and property
income.

Rail franchise support is the gross amount of financial support receivable from the Department for Transport (“DfT”). 

Rail incentive payments comprise amounts that were receivable from the DfT in respect of the operational performance of our rail companies
measured against benchmarks agreed with the DfT. The incentive arrangements have changed since the previous year such that no incentive income
was received for the year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: £32.3m), although performance regime amounts continue to be payable to Network Rail and
such amounts are included within operating costs in the consolidated income statement.

Note 6 Finance costs and income 

Finance costs:
Interest payable and other facility costs on bank loans and overdrafts
Hire purchase and finance lease interest payable
Interest payable on bonds
‘B’ share dividends
Unwinding of discount on provisions

Finance income:
Interest receivable
Interest receivable on interest rate swaps qualifying as cash flow hedges
Fair value gains on financial instruments not qualifying as hedges
– interest rate swaps

Net finance costs/(income) before exceptional items

Exceptional item:
Interest receivable on tax repayments

Net finance costs/(income)

2008

£m

21.6
7.5
12.2
0.6
3.3

45.2

(14.0)
(0.3)

Nil

(14.3)

30.9

(7.3)

23.6

2007

£m

2.4
4.4
11.0
Nil
2.9

20.7

(21.3)
Nil

(0.1)

(21.4)

(0.7)

Nil

(0.7)

In addition to the above net finance costs/(income) for continuing businesses, £Nil (2007: £0.6m) of net finance income was recognised in relation to
our disposed London bus business, included within discontinued operations.

No interest (2007: £Nil) was capitalised during the year.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 59

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 60

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 7 Staff costs

Staff costs
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
Pension costs – defined benefit plans
– current service cost
– curtailments
– interest cost
– expected return on assets
– unwinding of franchise adjustment
Share based payment costs (excluding social security costs)
– Equity-settled
– Cash-settled

Staff costs, excluding past service pension adjustment
Past service pension adjustment (note 27)

Summary of directors’ remuneration
Aggregate emoluments
Gains made by directors on exercise of share options

2008

£m

653.0
54.7
1.2

33.1
(0.3)
66.4
(91.7)
Nil

1.7
5.0

723.1
(0.1)

723.0

2008

£m

2.3
6.8

9.1

2007

£m

600.6
50.3
0.4

32.3
Nil
60.5
(74.8)
(0.3)

2.0
1.4

672.4
(28.9)

643.5

2007

£m

1.9
Nil

1.9

In addition to the above staff costs, £Nil (2007: £44.6m) of wages and salaries, £Nil (2007: £4.3m) of social security costs and £Nil (2007: £3.6m) of
pension costs were incurred in relation to our disposed London bus business.

Key management personnel are considered to be the Directors and further information on their remuneration, share options, incentive schemes and
pensions is contained within the Directors’ remuneration report.

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Group during the year (including executive directors but excluding staff from discontinued
operations) was as follows:

UK operations
UK administration and supervisory 
Overseas

2008

number

22,465
2,521
4,562

29,548

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Group during the year split by segment was as follows: 

UK Bus
North America
UK Rail
Central

2008

number

18,304
4,562
6,542
140

29,548

2007

number

21,715
1,911
4,834

28,460

2007

number

18,119
4,834
5,370
137

28,460

In addition to the above employees, the average monthly number of persons employed by discontinued operations during the year was
Nil (2007: 4,255).

page 60 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 61

Note 8 Taxation

(a) Analysis of charge in the year

2008

2007

Current tax:
UK corporation tax at 29.84% (2007: 30%)
Prior year under/(over) provision for corporation tax
Foreign tax (current year)
Foreign tax (adjustments in respect of prior years)

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of timing differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax

Total tax on profit

1.2
1.4
1.5
Nil

4.1

25.4
(1.2)

24.2

28.3

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items
£m

Notes

Results for
the year
£m

3.7
(76.6)
1.5
Nil

2.5
(78.0)
Nil
Nil

(75.5)

(71.4)

(4.8)
(9.9)

20.6
(11.1)

(14.7)

9.5

(90.2)

(61.9)

Performance 
pre intangibles
and
exceptional items
£m

Intangibles and
exceptional
items
£m

Results for
the year
£m

21.2
(0.9)
1.2
(0.6)

20.9

17.0
(0.1)

16.9

37.8

(0.6)
Nil
Nil
Nil

(0.6)

6.4
Nil

6.4

5.8

20.6
(0.9)
1.2
(0.6)

20.3

23.4
(0.1)

23.3

43.6

In addition to the above tax charge for continuing businesses, £Nil (2007: £1.8m) of tax charges were recognised in relation to our disposed London
bus business.

(b) Factors affecting tax charge for the year

Profit before taxation

Profit multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax applying to the year in the UK of 29.84% (2007: 30%)
Effects of:
Intangible asset allowances/deductions
Non-deductible expenditure
Utilisation of tax losses not previously recognised as deferred tax assets
Foreign taxes differences
Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years
Tax effect of share of results of joint ventures 
Impact of reduction in UK tax rate on prior year’s deferred tax
Impact of reduction in UK tax rate on current year’s deferred tax

Total taxation (note 8a)

2008

£m

167.3

49.9

1.7
0.7
(15.7)
1.6
(87.7)
(9.8)
(1.5)
(1.1)

(61.9)

2007

£m

184.1

55.2

2.8
7.0
(14.6)
0.7
(1.6)
(5.9)
Nil
Nil

43.6

(c) Factors that may affect future tax charges
There are no temporary differences associated with investments in overseas subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised.
Gross deductible temporary differences of £196.1m (2007: £244.0m) have not been recognised due to restrictions in the availability of their use.

Temporary differences have not been recognised in respect of the revaluation of land and buildings (see Note 13) due to the availability of capital losses.
Temporary differences have also not been recognised in respect of rolled over capital gains due to the existence of capital losses.
In the 2007 budget, the UK Government announced its intention to abolish Industrial Buildings Allowances. As at 30 April 2008, this change was not
substantively in law but is expected to be enacted in the year ending 30 April 2009. If the change is substantively enacted by 30 April 2009, the estimated
impact on the balance sheet would be to increase the deferred tax liability by £13.5m. This impact on the deferred tax balance would be presented as an
exceptional tax charge for the year ending 30 April 2009.

(d) Tax on items charged to equity

Tax on foreign exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Tax effect of actuarial gains on Group defined benefit pensions schemes
Tax effect of share of actuarial gains on joint ventures’ defined benefit pension schemes
Tax effect of share based payments
Tax effect of cash flow hedges
Tax effect of reduction in corporation tax rate from 30% to 28%

Total tax on items charged to equity

2008

£m

1.6
0.1
(0.6)
(2.7)
11.7
(1.3)

8.8

2007

£m

0.3
20.3
1.5
(3.8)
Nil
Nil

18.3

Gross deductible temporary differences of £196.1m (2007: £244.0m) have not been recognised due to restrictions in the availability of their use.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 61

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:55  Page 62

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 9 Dividends

Dividends payable in respect of ordinary shares are shown below. Dividends payable in respect of ‘B’ Shares of £0.6m (2007: £Nil) are included as an
expense in finance costs and shown separately in note 6. The one-off dividends paid on ‘C’ Shares of £284.6m (2007: £Nil) are included as a
movement in equity.

Amounts recognised as distributions in the year
Dividends on ordinary shares
Final dividend in respect of the previous year
Interim dividend in respect of the current year

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year

Dividends proposed but neither paid nor included as liabilities in the
financial statements
Dividends on ordinary shares
Final dividend in respect of the current year

2008

2007

2008

pence per share

pence per share

£m

2.90
1.35

4.25

2.60
1.20

3.80

20.5
9.5

30.0

2007

£m

28.4
13.1

41.5

4.05

2.90

28.9

20.4

The proposed final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 April 2008 is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has
not been included as a liability in the financial statements. If approved, the final dividend will be payable on 1 October 2008 to shareholders on the
register at close of business on 29 August 2008   . 

The dividends proposed or declared and the actual dividends recognised as distributions can differ slightly due to the number of shares at the balance
sheet date being different to the number outstanding at the record date.

Note 10 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (”EPS“) have been calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding any ordinary shares held by employee share ownership trusts that do not rank for dividend.

The diluted earnings per share was calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all
dilutive potential ordinary shares in relation to share options and long-term incentive plans. In respect of share options, a calculation was done to
determine the number of ordinary shares that could have been acquired at fair value (determined based on the average annual market share price of
the Company’s ordinary shares) based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to outstanding share options. The number of ordinary
shares calculated as above is compared with the number of ordinary shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.
The difference is added to the denominator as an issue of ordinary shares for no consideration and no adjustment is made to earnings (numerator).

On 14 May 2007, the Company issued 277,777,735 redeemable ‘B’ shares of 63 pence each and 823,220,972 irredeemable ‘C’ shares of 63 pence each
at the rate of 1 ‘B’ or ‘C’ share for every 1 ordinary share held.  The issue of the ‘B’ and ‘C’ shares was followed by a share capital consolidation whereby
shareholders received 9 new ordinary shares for every 14 existing ordinary shares held.  In determining the consolidated earnings per share, no
adjustment has been made to the number of ordinary shares outstanding before the event where the issue of ‘B’ and ‘C’ shares was combined with the
share capital consolidation.  The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the year ended 30 April 2008 has been adjusted for the
reduction in the number of ordinary shares from the date on which the issue of ‘B’ and ‘C’ shares and share consolidation took place.  This treatment is
consistent with paragraph 29 of International Accounting Standard 33, “Earnings per share”.

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares
Dilutive ordinary shares
– Executive Share Option Scheme
– Employee SAYE Scheme
– Long Term Incentive Plan
– Executive Participation Plan

2008

no. of shares
million

720.6

3.8
6.0
4.4
2.0

2007

no. of shares
million

1,091.7

7.4
2.2
2.3
1.0

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares

736.8

1,104.6

page 62 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 63

Note 10 Earnings per share (continued)

Profit after taxation (for basic EPS calculation)
Intangible asset expenses (see note 4)
Exceptional items before tax (see note 4)
Tax effect of intangible asset expenses and exceptional items (see note 4)

Profit for adjusted EPS calculation

Basic
Adjusted basic
Diluted
Adjusted diluted

2008

£m

249.1
13.0
(25.8)
(90.2)

146.1

2008

2007

£m

277.3
14.7
(169.6)
5.8

128.2

2007

Earnings per
share

Earnings per
share

pence

34.6
20.3
33.8
19.8

pence

25.4
11.7
25.1
11.6

Earnings per share before intangible asset expenses and exceptional items is calculated after adding back intangible asset expenses and exceptional
items after taking account of taxation, as shown on the consolidated income statement on page 41. This has been presented to allow shareholders to
gain a clearer understanding of the underlying performance. The basic and diluted earnings per share can be further analysed as follows:

Basic
– Continuing operations
– Discontinued operations

Adjusted basic
– Continuing operations
– Discontinued operations

Diluted
– Continuing operations
– Discontinued operations

Adjusted diluted
– Continuing operations
– Discontinued operations

2008

2007

Weighted
average number
of shares
Million

Earnings
per share
Pence

Earnings
£m

Weighted
average number
of shares
Million

Earnings
per share
Pence

Earnings
£m

229.2
19.9

249.1

146.1
Nil

146.1

229.2
19.9

249.1

146.1
Nil

146.1

720.6
720.6

720.6

720.6
720.6

720.6

736.8
736.8

736.8

736.8
736.8

736.8

31.8
2.8

34.6

20.3
Nil

20.3

31.1
2.7

33.8

19.8
Nil

19.8

140.5
136.8

277.3

124.2
4.0

128.2

140.5
136.8

277.3

124.2
4.0

128.2

1,091.7
1,091.7

1,091.7

1,091.7
1,091.7

1,091.7

1,104.6
1,104.6

1,104.6

1,104.6
1,104.6

1,104.6

12.9
12.5

25.4

11.4
0.3

11.7

12.7
12.4

25.1

11.2
0.4

11.6

There have been no ordinary share transactions between the balance sheet date and the date of approval of this report that would have significantly
changed the number of ordinary shares outstanding at 30 April 2008.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 63

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 64

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 11 Goodwill

Cost
At beginning of year
Acquired through business combinations
Foreign exchange movements

At end of year

Accumulated impairment losses
At beginning and end of year

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

2008

£m

92.8
1.9
0.8

95.5

Nil

92.8

95.5

2007

£m

100.1
Nil
(7.3)

92.8

Nil

100.1

92.8

In accordance with IAS 36, ‘Impairment of Assets’, the Group tests the following assets for impairment annually:
• Goodwill acquired in a business combination;
• Intangible assets other than goodwill with indefinite useful lives, although there are no such assets at the balance sheet date;
• Intangible assets not yet available for use, although there are no such assets at the balance sheet date; and
• Other assets where there is any indication that the relevant asset may be impaired.

For the purpose of impairment testing, all goodwill that has been acquired in business combinations has been allocated to two individual cash
generating units on the basis of the Group’s operations.  Each cash generating unit is an operational division.  The UK Bus cash generating unit operates
coach and bus operations in the United Kingdom.  The North America Bus cash generating unit operates coach and bus operations in the US and
Canada.  No goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s rail operations.

The cash generating units are as follows:

Carrying amount of goodwill 

Carrying value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

UK Bus

North America Bus

2008

£m

22.8

Nil

2007

£m

20.8

Nil

2008

£m

72.7

Nil

2007

£m

72.0

Nil

Basis on which recoverable amount has been determined

Value in use

Value in use

Value in use

Value in use

Period covered by approved management plans
used in value in use calculation

Pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections

Growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows 
beyond period of management plan

Difference between above growth rate and long-term 
average growth rate for market in which unit operates

5 years

10.7%

2.2%

Nil

5 years

10.7%

2.2%

Nil

5 years

9.0%

2.7%

Nil

5 years

9.0%

2.7%

Nil

The calculation of value in use for each cash generating unit is most sensitive to the assumptions on discount rates and growth rates.  The assumptions
used are considered to be consistent with the historical performance of each cash generating unit and to be realistically achievable in light of economic
and industry measures and forecasts.

The Directors believe that in the case of each of the cash generating units shown above, any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on
which the recoverable amount of the unit is based would not cause its carrying amount to exceed its recoverable amount.

page 64 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 65

Note 12 Other intangible assets

Year ended 30 April 2008

Cost
At beginning of year
Acquired on inception of rail franchise
Acquired through business combinations
Disposals

At end of year

Accumulated amortisation
At beginning of year
Amortisation
Disposals

At end of year

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

Customer
contracts

Non-compete
contracts

Rail
franchises

Software
costs

£m

£m

£m

£m

14.7
Nil
1.1
Nil

15.8

(7.6)
(5.0)
Nil

(12.6)

7.1

3.2

8.0
Nil
2.8
Nil

10.8

(6.1)
(1.1)
Nil

(7.2)

1.9

3.6

20.1
7.7
Nil
(8.1)

19.7

(8.5)
(1.7)
8.1

(2.1)

11.6

17.6

0.8
0.1
Nil
Nil

0.9

(0.5)
(0.1)
Nil

(0.6)

0.3

0.3

Total

£m

43.6
7.8
3.9
(8.1)

47.2

(22.7)
(7.9)
8.1

(22.5)

20.9

24.7

Intangible assets include customer contracts purchased as part of the Group’s business combinations, non-compete contracts, the right to operate UK
Rail franchises and software costs.

The amortisation of each of the above intangible assets is included within the operating costs line of the income statement.

Intangible assets arising during the year (including any acquired through business combinations and the inception of rail franchises) and the
amortisation periods are as follows:

Amortisation
period
years

Intangible
additions
£m

Subsidiaries – UK Bus additions
Subsidiaries – UK Rail additions

Year ended 30 April 2007

Cost
At beginning of year
Additions
Acquired on inception of rail franchise
Foreign exchange movements

At end of year

Accumulated amortisation
At beginning of year
Amortisation
Foreign exchange movements

At end of year

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

2
7-8

Customer
contracts

Non-compete
contracts

Rail
franchises

Software
costs

£m

£m

£m

£m

14.7
Nil
Nil
Nil

14.7

(2.4)
(5.2)
Nil

(7.6)

12.3

7.1

7.0
1.2
Nil
(0.2)

8.0

(4.8)
(1.4)
0.1

(6.1)

2.2

1.9

8.1
Nil
12.0
Nil

20.1

(5.8)
(2.7)
Nil

(8.5)

2.3

11.6

0.7
0.1
Nil
Nil

0.8

(0.2)
(0.3)
Nil

(0.5)

0.5

0.3

3.9
7.8

11.7

Total

£m

30.5
1.3
12.0
(0.2)

43.6

(13.2)
(9.6)
0.1

(22.7)

17.3

20.9

Stagecoach Group plc | page 65

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 66

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13 Property, plant and equipment

Year ended 30 April 2008

Cost
At beginning of year
Additions
Acquired through business combinations
Acquired on inception of rail franchise
Disposals
Sale/closure of subsidiary undertakings and other businesses
Foreign exchange movements
Reclassifications

At end of year

Depreciation
At beginning of year
Charge for year
Disposals
Sale/closure of subsidiary undertakings and other businesses
Foreign exchange movements
Reclassifications

At end of year

(386.2(15.0)

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

Included in the above net book value at end of year are:
Assets on hire purchase
Leased PSV assets
Short leasehold land and buildings
Long leasehold land and buildings

165.5

178.4

Nil
Nil
11.2
23.1

Land and
buildings
£m

Passenger
service vehicles
£m

Other plant
and equipment
£m

176.8
17.5
0.4
Nil
(0.9)
(0.9)
0.5
Nil

193.4

(11.3)
(3.9)
0.3
0.2
(0.3)
Nil

795.3
87.7
4.4
Nil
(46.3)
(4.2)
7.3
(0.1)

844.1

(386.2)
(56.6)
39.5
3.5
(3.1)
0.1

(402.8)

409.1

441.3

111.5
45.0
Nil
Nil

122.2
10.0
0.3
4.2
(7.4)
(0.1)
0.2
0.1

129.5

(97.6)
(6.1)
7.1
0.1
(0.2)
(0.1)

(96.8)

24.6

32.7

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Total
£m

1,094.3
115.2
5.1
4.2
(54.6)
(5.2)
8.0
Nil

1,167.0

(495.1)
(66.6)
46.9
3.8
(3.6)
Nil

(514.6)

599.2

652.4

111.5
45.0
11.2
23.1

Heritable and freehold land amounting to £90.3m (2007: £84.4m) has not been depreciated.
Depreciation of £16.5m (2007: £14.6m) has been charged in the year in respect of assets held under hire purchase or finance lease agreements,
£16.5m (2007: £14.3m) of which related to continuing operations and £Nil (2007: £0.3m) of which related to discontinued operations.
Included in the net book value of property, plant and equipment is £6.5m (2007: £0.2m)  in respect of assets under construction that the Group
expects to be sold to Network Rail following the completion of each asset’s construction.

Year ended 30 April 2007

Cost
At beginning of year
Additions
Disposals
Sale/closure of subsidiary undertakings and other businesses
Foreign exchange movements
Reclassifications

At end of year

Depreciation
At beginning of year
Charge for year
Disposals
Sale/closure of subsidiary undertakings and other businesses
Foreign exchange movements
Reclassifications

At end of year

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

Included in the above net book value at end of year are:
Assets on hire purchase
Leased PSV assets
Short leasehold land and buildings
Long leasehold land and buildings

Land and
buildings
£m

Passenger
service vehicles
£m

Other plant
and equipment
£m

213.6
5.9
(1.7)
(38.9)
(2.4)
0.3

176.8

(6.8)
(6.1)
0.3
0.7
0.7
(0.1)

(11.3)

206.8

165.5

Nil
Nil
4.2
23.5

899.2
80.0
(49.1)
(107.7)
(20.7)
(6.4)

795.3

(426.4)
(55.6)
43.9
35.9
10.1
5.9

(386.2)

472.8

409.1

99.8
46.5
Nil
Nil

120.3
6.7
(2.7)
(7.9)
(0.3)
6.1

122.2

(91.1)
(9.1)
2.5
5.7
0.2
(5.8)

(97.6)

29.2

24.6

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Total
£m

1,233.1
92.6
(53.5)
(154.5)
(23.4)
Nil

1,094.3

(524.3)
(70.8)
46.7
42.3
11.0
Nil

(495.1)

708.8

599.2

99.8
46.5
4.2
23.5

IAS 16, “Property, plant and equipment”, requires the initial measurement of property, plant and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation. The
exemption in IFRS 1 allow entities to use a value that is not depreciated cost as deemed cost on transition to IFRS. One of the options is to use fair value
of the item at the date of transition to IFRS and allocate this as deemed cost. Certain of our UK Bus division’s land and buildings were valued at the date
of transition to IFRS, being 1 May 2004, on the basis of existing use value by independent qualified valuers. This resulted in an increase of £53.9m to
the carrying value of those land and buildings at 1 May 2004.

page 66 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 67

Note 14  Interests in joint ventures 

The principal joint ventures are:

Country of
incorporation

Number of
shares in issue
at 30 April 2008

Nominal value
of share capital
in issue at
30 April 2008

Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited
Scottish Citylink Limited
New York Splash Tours LLC

United Kingdom
United Kingdom
USA

34,780
1,643,312
n/a

£3,478
£1,643,312
n/a

% interest
held

49%
35%
50%

The Group has three joint ventures: Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited (“VRG”), Scottish Citylink Limited (“Citylink”) and New York Splash Tours LLC.

Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited is the holding company of Virgin Rail Group Limited, which in turn is the holding company of West Coast Trains
Limited.

The Virgin Rail Group Holdings shareholders’ agreement provides for joint decision making on key matters and equal representation on the Board. As a
consequence, the investment has been accounted for as a joint venture.

The Directors undertook an impairment review as at 30 April 2008 of the carrying value of the Group’s 49% joint venture interest in VRG and
concluded that there had been no impairment loss. The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections for the impairment review was 10.7% and
the cash flows were based on the business plan for VRG’s West Coast franchise which covers the period until the end of the franchise.

Stagecoach acquired 35% of the share capital of Citylink on 12 September 2005 in return for transferring certain rights to the Motorvator and
megabus.com operations in Scotland. The Citylink shareholder agreement provides for joint and unanimous decision making on all key matters and
therefore the investment has been accounted for as a joint venture.

In North America, Stagecoach has a joint venture, New York Splash Tours LLC, with Port Imperial Duck Charters, LLC.  New York Splash Tours LLC
currently has no share capital but is governed by a joint venture agreement.  The Group’s share of loss for the year is disclosed in the income statement
within share of profit and loss of joint ventures.

Cost
At beginning of year
Share of recognised profit
Share of actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit
pension schemes, net of tax
Dividends received

At end of year

Amounts written off
At beginning of year
Goodwill charged during year

At end of year

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

VRG

£m

67.9
32.2

(1.5)
(30.5)

68.1

(32.9)
(5.1)

(38.0)

35.0

30.1

Citylink

£m

4.1
0.8

Nil
(1.1)

3.8

Nil
Nil

Nil

4.1

3.8

Total
2008

£m

72.0
33.0

(1.5)
(31.6)

71.9

(32.9)
(5.1)

(38.0)

39.1

33.9

Total
2007

£m

79.8
19.8

3.5
(31.1)

72.0

(27.8)
(5.1)

(32.9)

52.0

39.1

In addition to the above interest in joint ventures, a loan receivable from New York Splash Tours LLC of £1.8m (2007: £1.8m) is reflected in note 21.
New York Splash Tours LLC has net liabilities as at 30 April 2008 of £0.4m (2007: £0.4m). The Group has not recognised its share of the net liabilities
but has assessed the loan receivable for impairment and a provision for impairment of £0.2m (2007: £0.2m) has been held against the receivable.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 67

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 68

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 14 Interests in joint ventures (continued)

The Group’s share of the net assets of its joint ventures is analysed below:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities

Share of net assets
Goodwill

VRG

£m

5.9
102.2
(97.5)

10.6
19.5

30.1

Citylink

£m

0.2
3.1
(2.1)

1.2
2.6

3.8

The Group’s share of post-tax results from joint ventures is analysed below:

Revenue
Expenses

Operating profit/(loss)
Finance income (net)
Taxation

VRG

£m

394.0
(352.1)

41.9
4.0
(13.7)

Share of joint ventures’ profit/(loss) after taxation

32.2

Citylink

New York Splash
Tours LLC

£m

8.9
(7.8)

1.1
Nil
(0.3)

0.8

£m

0.2
(0.9)

(0.7)
Nil
0.3

(0.4)

Total
2008

£m

6.1
105.3
(99.6)

11.8
22.1

33.9

Total
2008

£m

403.1
(360.8)

42.3
4.0
(13.7)

32.6

Total
2007

£m

21.1
120.7
(129.9)

11.9
27.2

39.1

Total
2007

£m

421.0
(402.1)

18.9
3.7
(3.0)

19.6

A net actuarial loss after taxation of £1.5m (2007: gain after taxation of £3.5m) was recognised in addition to the above in relation to VRG’s defined benefit
pension schemes.

Note 15 Interest in associate

Cost and net book value
At the beginning of year
Reclassification from liabilities

At end of year

2008

£m

Nil
Nil

Nil

2007

£m

1.0
(1.0)

Nil

During the year ended 30 April 2007,  the Group’s principal associated undertaking ceased trading. The Group now carries its interest in the associated
undertaking at £Nil.

page 68 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 69

Note 15 Interest in associate (continued)

The principal associate is:

Country of
incorporation

Number of
shares in issue
at 30 April 2008

Nominal value
of share capital
in issue at
30 April 2008

% interest
held

Prepayment Cards Limited

United Kingdom

340,000

£340,000

23.5%

The Group’s share of the net assets of its associate is £Nil (2007: £Nil).

The Group’s share of post-tax results from its associate is analysed below:

Revenue
Expenses

Share of loss from interest in associate

The finance costs and taxation of the associate were less than £0.1m for the comparative year presented.

Note 16 Available for sale and other investments

Cost / Valuation
At the beginning of year
Additions
Net fair value gains/(losses)
Disposals
Foreign exchange movements

At end of year

Amounts written off 
At the beginning of year
Impairment charge for year

At end of year

Net book value at beginning of year

Net book value at end of year

2008

£m

Nil
Nil

Nil

2008

£m

2.7
0.3
0.6
Nil
Nil

3.6

(1.6)
(0.2)

(1.8)

1.1

1.8

2007

£m

0.1
(0.1)

Nil

2007

£m

4.5
0.4
(1.9)
(0.2)
(0.1)

2.7

(0.3)
(1.3)

(1.6)

4.2

1.1

Movements in the available for sale reserve are shown in the consolidated statement of recognised income and expense. An impairment charge of
£0.2m (2007: £1.3m) was reflected within operating costs in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 April 2008, (see note 3).

Note 17 Acquisitions

During the year 4 acquisitions have been concluded for a total consideration of £10.5m.

Fair value to Group
Intangible fixed assets (excluding goodwill)
Property, plant and equipment
Other net liabilities

Net assets
Goodwill

Consideration
Less: deferred consideration outstanding
Less: net cash and cash equivalents acquired

Net cash outflow

2008

£m

3.9
5.1
(0.4)

8.6
1.9

10.5
(0.9)
(2.3)

7.3

The goodwill arising on the acquisitions is attributable to the value of the workforce, transport timetables, rosters, other business information and
other potential economic benefits expected to be derived from the acquired businesses.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 69

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 70

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 18 Disposals

The Group disposed of its London bus business during the year ended 30 April 2007.  The business was disposed of on 30 August 2006 to Macquarie
Bank Limited.  The Group also disposed of its New Zealand operations on 29 November 2005 to Infratil Limited.

The results of discontinued operations which have been included in the consolidated income statement, were as follows:

Revenue
Operating costs
Other operating income

Operating profit
Finance income (net)
Taxation

Profit for the year before exceptional gains
Exceptional gains

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
16.9

16.9

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
3.0

3.0

2008
Total

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
19.9

19.9

2007 
Total

£m

76.1
(72.0)
1.1

5.2
0.6
(1.8)

4.0
132.8

136.8

Gains of £19.9m (2007: £0.6m) for the year ended 30 April 2008 arose from the release of liabilities that were previously recorded for amounts
potentially owing which are now no longer payable in respect of disposed businesses.

A gain of £132.2m arose on the disposal of the London bus operations during the year ended 30 April 2007, being the net proceeds from disposal less
the carrying amount of the disposed business’ net assets at the date of disposal. No tax arose as a result of this gain.

Businesses disposed of during the year ended 30 April 2007 resulted in £13.2m of cash outflows from operating activities that included £30.0m of
one-off pension contributions, £0.8m of cash outflows from investment activities and £9.6m of cash outflows from financing activities in that year.

In addition to the discontinued operations noted above, a number of smaller business were disposed of during the year ended 30 April 2008.

In respect of the businesses disposed of, the consideration, net assets disposed and profit on disposal for the year ended 30 April 2008, were as follows:

Net assets disposed and liabilities for future costs
associated with the disposals
Profit on disposal

Net consideration
Deferred consideration

Net consideration received in year

Consideration received in the year
Costs of disposal

Net consideration received in the year
Net cash disposed of

Net cash inflow: disposals in the year
Net cash inflow: deferred consideration in respect of businesses disposed of in prior years

2008
Discontinued

£m

(19.9)
19.9

Nil
Nil

Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil

2008
Other

£m

1.2
3.3

4.5
(1.7)

2.8

2.8
Nil

2.8
Nil

2.8
0.8

3.6

2008
Total

£m

(18.7)
23.2

4.5
(1.7)

2.8

2.8
Nil

2.8
Nil

2.8
0.8

3.6

2007 
Total

£m

133.2
132.8

266.0
Nil

266.0

267.8
(1.8)

266.0
(0.8)

265.2
1.8

267.0

page 70 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 71

Note 19 Principal subsidiaries 

The principal subsidiary undertakings (ordinary shares 100% owned except where shown) as at 30 April 2008 were:

Company

Stagecoach Transport Holdings plc
SCOTO Limited
SCUSI Limited
Stagecoach Bus Holdings Limited
The Integrated Transport Company Limited
Stagecoach (South) Ltd
Stagecoach (North West) Ltd
East Midland Motor Services Ltd
Stagecoach Scotland Ltd
National Transport Tokens Ltd (99.9%)
East Kent Road Car Company Ltd
Stagecoach West Ltd
PSV Claims Bureau Ltd
Busways Travel Services Ltd
Cleveland Transit Ltd
Cambus Ltd
Greater Manchester Buses South Ltd
Stagecoach Services Limited
The Yorkshire Traction Group Ltd
Stagecoach South Western Trains Ltd
East Midlands Trains Limited
Gray Line New York Tours Inc
Trentway-Wager Inc

Country of
registration or
incorporation

Scotland
England
England
Scotland
Scotland
England
England
England
Scotland
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
England
United States
Canada

Principal activity

Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Holding company
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Transport tokens
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Claims handling
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator
Provision of accounting and payroll services
Bus and coach operator
Train operating company
Train operating company
Bus and coach operator
Bus and coach operator

All companies operate in the countries shown above and, except for Stagecoach Transport Holdings plc, are indirectly held. The Group considers any
subsidiary that has revenue greater than £25.0m per annum, profit before interest and taxation greater than £2.5m per annum, gross assets greater
than £25.0m or gross liabilities greater than £25.0m to be a principal subsidiary. These thresholds exclude any intercompany amounts and investments
in subsidiaries.

A full list of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings will be annexed to the next annual return of the Company.

Note 20 Inventories

Parts and consumables

2008

£m

21.3

2007

£m

11.7

All inventories are carried at cost less a provision to take account of slow moving and obsolete items. Changes in the provision for slow moving and
obsolete stock were as follows:

At beginning of year
Charged to income
Amount released to income, not used
Amount utilised
Foreign exchange movements

At end of year

There was no material write down of inventories during the current or prior year. 

2008

£m

2.0
1.0
(0.1)
(0.8)
Nil

2.1

2007

£m

2.0
0.6
(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.1)

2.0

Stagecoach Group plc | page 71

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 72

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 21 Trade and other receivables

Non-current:
Loan to joint venture
Less: provision for impairment

Prepayments and accrued income
Other receivables

Current:
Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
VAT and other government receivables

2008

£m

1.8
(0.2)

1.6
1.0
0.3

2.9

115.2
(2.6)

112.6
5.5
46.4
20.5

185.0

2007

£m

1.9
(0.2)

1.7
0.9
0.3

2.9

87.1
(3.7)

83.4
4.6
37.1
17.0

142.1

A loan of US$3.6m  (2007: US$3.8m) to New York Splash Tours LLC is outstanding at 30 April 2008. The loan is interest bearing at 7% and is repayable
by instalments. The loan outstanding as at 30 April 2008, translated at year end rates was £1.8m  (2007: £1.9m) and is included in non-current trade
and other receivables.

The movement in the provision for impairment of trade receivables was as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Impairment losses in year charged to income
Reversal of impairment losses credited to income
Amounts utilised
Acquired through business combinations

At end of year

Further information on credit risk is provided in note 28.

Note 22 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2008

£m

(3.7)
(0.5)
0.8
0.8
Nil

(2.6)

2008

£m

262.2

2007

£m

(1.6)
(2.2)
Nil
0.6
(0.5)

(3.7)

2007

£m

513.3

At 30 April 2008, the effective interest rate on cash at bank and in hand was 5.3% (2007: 5.35%). The amounts shown above include £113.3m (2007:
£Nil) on three-month deposits maturing by June 2008. The remaining amounts are accessible to the Group within one day (2007: one day).

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, the cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

2008

£m

262.2
(0.6)

261.6

2007

£m

513.3
(0.8)

512.5

Cash and bank balances
Bank overdrafts (note 24)

page 72 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 73

Note 23 Trade and other payables

Current:
Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income
Cash-settled share based payment liability
Deferred grant income
PAYE and NIC payable
VAT and other government payables

Non-current:
Deferred grant income
Cash-settled share based payment liability
PAYE and NIC payable
Other payables

2008

£m

137.0
307.1
3.6
1.9
16.3
1.3

467.2

2.7
2.9
0.5
18.9

25.0

2007

£m

99.5
227.3
Nil
1.5
15.3
2.3

345.9

4.6
1.5 
0.2
4.5

10.8

The prior year comparative has been split to show the cash settled value based payment liability separately. As a result, we have revisited the split
between current and non-current with £1.5m in respect of this liability being reclassified as non-current.

Note 24 Borrowings

Current:
Bank overdrafts
Bank loans and loan notes
Hire purchase and lease obligations
Redeemable ‘B‘ preference shares

Non-current:
Bank loans and loan notes
US Dollar 8.625% Notes
Hire purchase and lease obligations

Total borrowings 

2008

£m

0.6
36.0
34.7
8.1

79.4

214.7
180.4
119.6

514.7

594.1

2007

£m

0.8
37.0
33.1
Nil

70.9

Nil
183.2
89.2

272.4

343.3

Stagecoach Group plc | page 73

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 74

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 24 Borrowings (continued)

The minimum lease payments under hire purchase and lease obligations fall due as follows:

Not later than one year
Later than one year but not more than five years
More than five years

Future finance charges on hire purchase and finance leases

Carrying value of hire purchase and finance lease liabilities

2008

£m

41.9
89.6
49.1

180.6
(26.3)

154.3

2007

£m

38.4
74.7
28.7

141.8
(19.5)

122.3

The Group in its ordinary course of business enters into hire purchase and finance lease agreements to fund or refinance the purchase of vehicles. All of
the hire purchase and lease obligations shown above are in respect of vehicles. The lease agreements are typically for periods of 5 to 10 years and do
not have contingent rent or escalation clauses.

The agreements have industry standard terms and do not contain any restrictions on dividends, additional debt or further leasing.

(a) US Dollar 8.625% Notes
On 9 November 1999, the Group issued US$500m of 8.625% Notes due in 2009. Interest on the Notes is payable six monthly in arrears. Unless
previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled, the Notes will be redeemed at their principal amount on 15 November 2009.

The cumulative par value of Notes repurchased was US$165.9m at 30 April 2008 (2007: US$165.9m).

The Notes were issued at 99.852% of their principal amount. The consolidated carrying value of the Notes at 30 April 2008 was £180.4m (2007:
£183.2m), after taking account of the Notes purchased by the Group, the discount on issue, issue costs, accrued interest and the gain on close out of
various interest rate swaps previously used to manage the interest rate profile of the Notes.

(b) Repayment profile
Borrowings are repayable as follows:

On demand or within 1 year
Bank overdraft
Bank loans and loan notes
Hire purchase and lease obligations
Redeemable ‘B’ preference shares
Within 1-2 years
US Dollar 8.625% Notes
Hire purchase and lease obligations
Within 2-5 years
Bank loans and loan notes
US Dollar 8.625% Notes
Hire purchase and lease obligations
Over 5 years
Hire purchase and lease obligations

Total borrowings
Less current maturities

Non-current portion of borrowings

2008

£m

0.6
36.0
34.7
8.1

180.4
19.2

214.7
Nil
52.8

47.6

594.1
(79.4)

514.7

2007

£m

0.8
37.0
33.1
Nil

Nil
23.5

Nil
183.2
39.7

26.0

343.3
(70.9)

272.4

Interest terms on UK facilities (except loan notes) are at annual rates between 0.25% and 0.65% over bank base rate or equivalent LIBOR rates. Interest
terms on overseas borrowings are at annual rates of 0.5% above applicable local market borrowing rates. Interest on loan notes are at three months
LIBOR or fixed interest. Loan notes amounting to £36.0m (2007: £37.0m) are backed by guarantees provided under Group banking facilities.

The loan notes have been classified by reference to the earliest date on which the loan note holders can request redemptions.

UK bank loans, overdrafts and US$ Notes are unsecured.

page 74 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 75

Note 25 Deferred tax

The Group movement in deferred tax during the year was as follows:

Beginning of year
Charge to income statement
Sale/closure of subsidiary undertakings and other businesses
Charge to equity
Foreign exchange movements

End of year

Deferred tax
liabilities

Deferred tax
asset

£m

(44.1)
(9.4)
(0.8)
(10.3)
Nil

(64.6)

£m

6.8
(0.1)
Nil
Nil
0.2

6.9

Net

£m

(37.3)
(9.5)
(0.8)
(10.3)
0.2

(57.7)

The deferred tax liabilities after more than one year are £64.6m (2007 £44.1). The deferred tax asset due after more than one year is £1.9m (2007
£2.2m). The deferred tax asset of £6.9m (2007: £6.8m) has been recognised in respect of tax losses. Based on tax workings scheduling the reversal of
the asset, it is expected to be utilised over the next two years (2007: three years).

Deferred taxation is calculated as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances
Pension temporary differences
Short-term temporary differences

The amount of deferred tax recognised in the income statement by type of temporary difference is as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances
Pension temporary differences
Short-term temporary differences

Note 26 Provisions

Token redemption provision
Insurance provisions
Environmental provisions
Provisions for onerous contracts

2008

£m

(79.7)
(9.1)
31.1

(57.7)

2008

£m

3.6
21.6
(15.7)

9.5

2008

£m

17.9
98.0
3.1
0.2

119.2

2007

£m

(75.4)
10.9
27.2

(37.3)

2007

£m

4.3
17.5
1.5

23.3

2007

£m

19.4
85.4
2.7
0.9

108.4

The token redemption provision relates to tokens issued to third parties to be redeemed as payment for transportation services.
The insurance provisions relate to insurance reserves on incurred accidents up to 30 April in each year where claims have not been settled. These are based on
actuarial reviews and prior claims history.
The environmental provisions relate to legal or constructive obligations to undertake environmental work, such as an obligation to rectify land which has
been contaminated by fuel tanks or to eliminate the presence of asbestos. The provision is based on the estimated cost of undertaking the work required.
Provisions for onerous contracts relate to contracts that have been acquired through business combinations that have been identified as loss making.
The Group movement during the year was as follows:

Beginning of year
Provided during year (after discounting)
Unwinding of discount
Utilised in the year
Arising on business combinations
Arising on sale of tokens during year
Redemption of tokens
Foreign exchange movements

End of year

30 April 2008:
Current
Non-current

30 April 2007:
Current
Non-current 

Token redemption
provision
£m

Insurance
provisions
£m

Environmental
provisions
£m

Provisions for
onerous contracts
£m

19.4
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
4.9
(6.4)
Nil

17.9

11.6
6.3

17.9

12.4
7.0

19.4

85.4
38.3
3.3
(29.5)
0.2
Nil
Nil
0.3

98.0

33.9
64.1

98.0

34.9
50.5

85.4

2.7
0.8
Nil
(0.4)
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

3.1

1.5
1.6

3.1

2.7
Nil

2.7

0.9
Nil
Nil
(0.7)
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

0.2

0.2
Nil

0.2

0.7
0.2

0.9

Total
£m

108.4
39.1
3.3
(30.6)
0.2
4.9
(6.4)
0.3

119.2

47.2
72.0

119.2

50.7
57.7

108.4

Stagecoach Group plc | page 75

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 76

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 27 Retirement benefits

The Group contributes to a number of pension schemes. The principal defined benefit occupational schemes are as follows:
• The Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme (“SGPS”);
• The South West Trains section of the Railways Pension Scheme (“RPS”);
• The Island Line section of the Railways Pension Scheme (“RPS”);
• The East Midlands Trains section of the Railways Pension Scheme (“RPS”); and
• A number of UK Local Government Pension Schemes (“LGPS”).
The Directors believe that separate consideration should be given to RPS as the Group has no rights or obligations in respect of sections of the
scheme following expiry of the related franchises. Therefore, the liability (or asset) recognised for the relevant sections of RPS only represents
that part of the net deficit (or surplus) of each section that the employer is obliged to fund (or expected to recover) over the life of the franchise to
which the section relates.
The restriction on surplus to be recognised in the LGPS plans is based on the advice of independent professionally qualified actuaries.
In addition, the Group contributes to a number of defined contribution schemes, covering UK and non-UK employees.
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet were as follows:

Year ended 30 April 2008

Funded plans

SGPS

RPS

LGPS

Other

Equities
Bonds
Cash 
Property

£m

£m

£m

371.4
69.9
65.5
44.3

319.2
53.8
1.2
54.1

382.5
122.5
71.8
36.8

455.9
64.2
1.6
88.7

154.5
53.5
21.6
19.4

Fair value of plan assets 
Present value of obligations
Restriction on surplus to be recognised

551.1
(578.4)
Nil

428.3
(423.5)
Nil

613.6
(586.3)
Nil

610.4
(590.9)
Nil

249.0
(247.9)
(9.3)

Net assets/(liabilities) recognised in the balance sheet

(27.3)

Assets recognised in the balance sheet

Liabilities recognised in the balance sheet

–

(27.3)

4.8

4.8

–

27.3

127.3

19.5

19.5

(8.2)

4.8

Nil

Nil

(13.0)

£m

0.6
0.7
0.3
Nil

1.6
(2.6)
Nil

(1.0)

Nil

(1.0)

Unfunded
plans

Total

£m

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
(4.4)
Nil

(4.4)

Nil

993.5
240.9
95.3
144.9

1,474.6
(1,432.1)
(9.3)

33.2

51.6

(4.4)

(18.4))

During the year ended 30 April 2008, both the  Yorkshire Traction Company Limited Pension Plan (“YTC”) and the Strathtay Scottish Omnibuses
Limited Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (“SSO”) were merged with SGPS. All assets and liabilities of YTC and SSO were transferred into SGPS.

Year ended 30 April 2007

Funded plans

SGPS

RPS

LGPS

YTC

SSO

Other

£m

£m

£m

£m

Equities
Bonds
Cash 
Property

Fair value of plan assets 
Present value of obligations
Restriction on surplus to be recognised

371.4
69.9
65.5
44.3

319.2
53.8
1.2
54.1

176.2
41.4
17.2
23.3

551.1
(578.4)
Nil

428.3
(423.5)
Nil

258.1
(254.9)
(1.4)

Net (liabilities)/assets recognised in the balance sheet

(27.3)

Assets recognised in the balance sheet

Nil 

4.8

4.8

1.8

11.8

16.1
18.9
9.8
Nil

44.8
(53.1)
Nil

(8.3)

Nil 

£m

5.4
0.7
Nil
Nil

6.1
(9.0)
Nil

(2.9)

Nil 

Liabilities recognised in the balance sheet

(27.3)

Nil 

(10.0)

(8.3)

(2.9)

The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:

Equities
Bonds
Cash
Property

page 76 | Stagecoach Group plc

Unfunded
plans

Total

£m

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil 

Nil
(3.5)
Nil

(3.5)

Nil 

889.0
185.5
94.0
121.7

1,290.2
(1,325.0)
(1.4)

(36.2)

16.6

(3.5)

(52.8)

2007

%

68.9
14.4
7.3
9.4

£m

0.7
0.8
0.3
Nil

1.8
(2.6)
Nil

(0.8)

Nil 

(0.8)

2008

%

67.4
16.3
6.5
9.8

100.0

100.0

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 77

Note 27 Retirement benefits (continued)

The amounts recognised in the income statement were as follows:

Year ended 30 April 2008

Funded plans

Defined benefit schemes:
Current service cost
Past service adjustments
Curtailments
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets

Total defined benefit (credit)/costs
Defined contribution costs

Total included in staff costs

SGPS

RPS

LGPS

YTC

SSO

Other

Unfunded
and DC plans

Total

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

10.9
(3.1)
Nil
32.1
(44.7)

(4.8)
Nil

(4.8)

17.7
Nil
(0.3)
16.9
(24.5)

9.8
Nil

9.8

2.8
Nil
Nil
13.9
(19.2)

(2.5)
Nil

(2.5)

1.2
Nil
Nil
2.7
(2.7)

1.2
Nil

1.2

0.4
Nil
Nil
0.5
(0.5)

0.4
Nil

0.4

0.1
Nil
Nil
0.1
(0.1)

0.1
Nil

0.1

Nil
3.0
Nil
0.2
Nil

3.2
1.2

4.4

33.1
(0.1)
(0.3)
66.4
(91.7)

7.4
1.2

8.6

The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 30 April 2008 was £(50.0)m.

The past service adjustment arising in the year ended 30 April 2007 (shown in the table below) principally related to the introduction of a cap on the
level of future increases in pensionable pay for the majority of members of the Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme.  The past service adjustments
arising in the year ended 30 April 2008 principally related to (i) the introduction of a cap on the level of future increases in pensionable pay in respect
of certain other members of the Stagecoach Group Pension Scheme and (ii) the recognition of unfunded liabilities in respect of past service by
members of a Local Government Pension Scheme, following clarification of the Group’s obligations in respect of the past service.  

Year ended 30 April 2007

Funded plans

SGPS

RPS

LGPS

YTC

SSO

Other

Unfunded
and DC plans

Total

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Defined benefit schemes:
Current service cost
Past service adjustment
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Unwinding of franchise adjustment

Total defined benefit (credit)/costs
Defined contribution costs

16.4
(28.9)
33.7
(38.4)
Nil

(17.2)
Nil

Total, included in staff costs (for both continuing and
discontinued operations)

(17.2)

14.2
Nil
12.9
(18.2)
(0.3)

8.6
Nil

8.6

3.4
Nil
13.8
(17.7)
Nil

(0.5)
Nil

(0.5)

1.3
Nil
2.8
(3.4)
Nil

0.7
Nil

0.7

0.5
Nil
0.5
(0.5)
Nil

0.5
Nil

0.5

0.3
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

0.3
Nil

0.3

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
0.4

36.1
(28.9)
63.7
(78.2)
(0.3)

(7.6)
0.4

0.4

(7.2)

The actual return on plan assets for the year ended 30 April 2007 was £133.4m.

An analysis of pension costs included in the income statement between continuing and discontinued operations is set out in the table below.
Discontinued operations relate to the London bus operations which were disposed of in August 2006.

Defined benefit schemes:
Current service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Unwinding of franchise adjustments
Defined contribution costs

Pension costs before past service credit
Past service credit

Continuing
Operations
£m
(see Note 7 Staff Costs)

Discontinued
Operations
£m

Total

£m

32.3
60.5
(74.8)
(0.3)
0.4

18.1
(28.9)

(10.8)

3.8
3.2
(3.4)
Nil
Nil

3.6
Nil

3.6

36.1
63.7
(78.2)
(0.3)
0.4

21.7
(28.9)

(7.2)

Stagecoach Group plc | page 77

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 78

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 27 Retirement benefits (continued)

The movements in the net liability/(asset) recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans for the year ended 30 April 2008 were as
follows:

Year ended 30 April 2008

SGPS

RPS

Funded plans
YTC

LGPS

SSO

Other

Unfunded
plans

At beginning of year – liability/(asset)
Rail franchise changes
Merger of scheme
Total (income)/expense
Actuarial (gains)/losses
One-off employers’ contributions 
Other employers’ contributions and settlements

£m

27.3
Nil
11.5
(4.8)
(13.0)
(30.0)
(18.3)

£m

(4.8)
4.2
Nil
9.8
(7.5)
(3.3)
(17.9)

At end of year – (asset)/liability

(27.3)

(19.5)

£m

(1.8)
Nil
Nil
(2.5)
16.9
Nil
(4.4)

8.2

£m

8.3
Nil
(7.7)
1.2
0.1
Nil
(1.9)

Nil

£m

2.9
Nil
(3.8)
0.4
0.9
Nil
(0.4)

Nil

£m

0.8
Nil
Nil
0.1
0.1
Nil
Nil

1.0

Total

£m

36.2
4.2
Nil
7.4
(4.6)
(33.3)
(43.1)

£m

3.5
Nil
Nil
3.2
(2.1)
Nil
(0.2)

4.4

(33.2)

The movements in the net liability/(asset) recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans for the year ended 30 April 2007 were as
follows:

Year ended 30 April 2007

SGPS

RPS

Funded plans
YTC

LGPS

SSO

Other

Unfunded
plans

Total

At beginning of year – liability
Rail franchise changes
Disposal – settlement and curtailment
Total (income)/expense
Actuarial (gains)/losses
One-off employers’ contributions 
Other employers’ contributions and settlements

£m

176.3
Nil
5.5
(17.2)
(43.0)
(77.0)
(17.3)

£m

6.1
11.7
Nil
8.6
(16.0)
Nil
(15.2)

£m

23.6
Nil
Nil
(0.5)
(20.7)
Nil
(4.2)

At end of year – liability/(asset)

27.3

(4.8)

(1.8)

The movements in the total present value of the defined benefit obligations were as follows:

£m

9.2
Nil
Nil
0.7
0.5
Nil
(2.1)

8.3

£m

2.9
Nil
Nil
0.5
(0.2)
Nil
(0.3)

2.9

£m

0.5
Nil
Nil
0.3
Nil
Nil
Nil

0.8

£m

3.6
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
(0.1)

3.5

£m

222.2
11.7
5.5
(7.6)
(79.4)
(77.0)
(39.2)

36.2

At beginning of year
Current service cost
Part service adjustments
Interest cost
Unwinding of franchise adjustment
Members’ contributions paid
Actuarial gains and losses
Benefits paid
Curtailments
Rail franchise changes
Disposal – settlement and curtailment
Foreign exchange

At end of year

Movements in the total fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

At beginning of year
Expected return on scheme assets
Actuarial gains and losses
One-off employers’ contributions
Other employers’ contributions and settlements
Members’ contributions paid
Benefits paid
Rail franchise changes
Disposal – settlement and curtailment
Foreign exchange

At end of year – total fair value of assets
Adjustment for unrecoverable surplus

Value of assets recognised

page 78 | Stagecoach Group plc

2008

£m

1,325.0
33.1
(0.1)
66.4
Nil
23.6
(154.2)
(50.9)
(0.3)
189.5
Nil
Nil

1,432.1

2008

£m

1,290.2
91.7
(141.7)
33.3
43.1
23.6
(50.9)
185.3
Nil
Nil

1,474.6
(9.3)

1,465.3

2007

£m

1,461.6
36.1
(28.9)
63.7
(0.3)
22.8
(25.6)
(43.6)
Nil
417.8
(578.4)
(0.2)

1,325.0

2007

£m

1,239.4
78.2
55.2
77.0
39.2
22.8
(43.6)
406.1
(583.9)
(0.2)

1,290.2
(1.4)

1,288.8

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 79

Note 27 Retirement benefits (continued)
The amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense were as follows:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets
Experience adjustment, arising on scheme liabilities
Adjustment for unrecognised surplus
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the liabilities

2008

£m

(141.7)
(28.6)
(7.9)
182.8

4.6

2007

£m

55.2
(18.1)
(1.4)
43.7

79.4

Total actuarial gain recognised

The history of experience adjustments is as follows:

Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities:
Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities:
Experience adjustments (£m)
Scheme liabilities (£m)
Percentage of scheme liabilities (%)
Experience adjustments on scheme assets:
Experience adjustments (£m)
Scheme assets (£m)
Percentage of scheme assets (%)

2008

2007

2006

2005

(28.6)
(1,432.1)
2.0%

(141.7)
1,474.6
(9.6)%

(18.1)
(1,325.0)
1.4%

55.2
1,290.2
4.3%

(92.7)
(1,461.6)
6.3%

196.9
1,239.4
15.9%

(6.8)
(1,114.2)
0.6%

10.5
893.3
1.2%

The cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses on Group defined benefit schemes recognised in the statement of recognised income and
expense since 1 May 2004 is a £47.0m gain (2007: £42.4m gain).

The estimated amounts of contributions expected to be paid by the Group to the schemes during the financial year ending 30 April 2009 is £58.7m
(estimated at 30 April 2007 for year ended 30 April 2008: £71.5m). 

The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:

Rate of increase in salaries – SGPS
Rate of increase in salaries – other defined benefit schemes
Rate of increase of pensions in payment
– SGPS
– other defined benefit schemes
Discount rate
Inflation
Expected long-term rates of return as at 30 April were:
Equities*
Bonds
Cash
Property

2008

3.4%
4.9%

2007

3.4%
4.4%

3.4%
2.4%-3.4%
6.6%
3.4%

2.8%
2.3%-2.9%
5.5%
2.9%

8.3%
5.3%
5.0%
7.5%

8.3%
5.3%
5.3%
7.5%

* includes private equity
The expected return on plan assets is based on expectations at the beginning of the period for returns over the entire life of the benefit obligation. The
expected returns are set in conjunction with external advisors and take account of market factors, fund managers’ views and targets for future returns
and where appropriate, historical returns.
The life expectancy assumptions used for each scheme are periodically reviewed. The weighted average life expectancies assumed as at 30 April 2008
were:

Current pensioners aged 65 – male
Current pensioners aged 65 – female
Future pensioners at age 65 (aged 45 now) – male
Future pensioners at age 65 (aged 45 now) – female

2008

years

16.9
20.8
18.7
22.5

Stagecoach Group plc | page 79

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 80

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments

(a) Overview
This note provides details of the Group’s financial instruments.  Except where otherwise stated, the disclosures provided in this note exclude:
Interests in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures accounted for in accordance with International Accounting Standard 27 (“IAS 27”),
–
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, International Accounting Standard 28 (“IAS 28”), Investments in Associates, and International
Accounting Standard 31 (“IAS 31”), Interests in Joint Ventures.

Financial instruments, contracts and obligations under share based payment transactions.

– Retirement benefit assets and obligations.
– Contracts for contingent consideration in a business combination.
–
Liabilities or assets that are not contractual (such as income taxes that are created as a result of statutory requirements imposed by governments,
provisions and deferred grant income) are not financial liabilities or financial assets.  Accordingly, provisions, deferred grant income and amounts
payable or receivable in respect of corporation tax, sales tax (including UK Value Added Tax), payroll tax and other taxes are excluded from the
disclosures provided in this note.

(b) Carrying values of financial assets and financial liabilities
The carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and their respective fair values were:

Financial assets

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Held-to-maturity investments

Loans and receivables
– Non-current assets
– Other receivables
– Loan to joint venture

– Current assets

– Trade receivables, net of impairment
– Other receivables
– Cash and cash equivalents

Available-for-sale financial assets
– Non-current assets

– Available for sale and other investments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
– Non-current liabilities
– Other payables
– Borrowings
– Current liabilities
– Trade payables
– Accruals and deferred income
– Borrowings

Total financial liabilities

Net financial liabilities

Other
balance
sheet
note

21
21

21
21
22

16

23
24

23
23
24

2008

2007

Carrying value

Carrying value

2008

Fair value

£m

Nil

Nil

0.3
1.6

112.6
5.5
262.2

1.8

384.0

£m

Nil

Nil

0.3
1.7

83.4
4.6
513.3

1.1

604.4

£m

Nil

Nil

0.3
1.6

112.6
5.5
262.2

1.8

384.0

Nil

Nil

Nil

(18.9)
(514.7)

(137.0)
(307.1)
(79.4)

(1,057.1)

(673.1)

(4.5)
(272.4)

(99.5)
(227.3)
(70.9)

(674.6)

(70.2)

(18.9)
(514.8)

(137.0)
(307.1)
(79.2)

(1,057.0)

(673.0)

2007

Fair value

£m

Nil

Nil

0.3
1.7

83.4
4.6
513.3

1.1

604.4

Nil

(4.5)
(284.8)

(99.5)
(227.3)
(70.7)

(686.8)

(82.4)

Derivatives that are designated as effective hedging instruments are not shown in the above table.  Information on the carrying value of such
derivatives is provided in note 28(j).
The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities shown above are determined as follows:
• The carrying value of loans to joint ventures, trade receivables and other receivables is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

Given the short time to maturity, no specific assumptions on discount rates have been made.  The effect of credit losses not already reflected in the
carrying value as impairment losses is assumed to be immaterial.

• Market prices are used, where available, to determine the fair value of available for sale financial assets.  Market prices are available for available-for-
sale financial assets with a carrying value of £0.6m (2007: £Nil). For example, for available for sale investments in the shares of a company quoted
on a recognised stock exchange, the fair value of the asset is determined with reference to the quoted “bid” price as at the balance sheet date. £1.2m
(2007: £1.1m) of available for sale financial assets for which market prices are not available are measured at cost because their fair value cannot be
measured reliably – the fair value of these assets is shown in the above table as being equal to their carrying value. 

• The carrying value of trade payables, other payables and accruals and deferred income is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value.

Given the relatively short average time to maturity, no specific assumptions on discount rates have been made.  

page 80 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 81

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(b) Carrying values of financial assets and financial liabilities (continued)

• The fair value of borrowings on which interest is payable at floating rates is not considered to be materially different from the carrying value, except

in respect of (i) certain finance lease obligations where the interest rate is at a significant discount to market rates and (ii) bank loans where
unamortised arrangements fees of £0.3m (2007: £Nil) are excluded from the fair value. The fair value of the discounted-rate finance lease obligations
has been by determined by discounting future forecast cash flows at an estimate of the market interest rate for the debt at 30 April 2008, being
6.3% (2007: 6.3%).

• The fair value of fixed-rate US$ notes is determined with reference to the market value of the notes.
• The carrying value of fixed rate hire purchase and finance lease liabilities is considered to be a reasonable approximation of fair value taking

account of the amounts involved in the context of total financial liabilities and the fixed interest rates relative to market interest rates at the balance
sheet date. 

We do not consider that the fair value of financial instruments would change materially from that shown above as a result of any reasonable change to
the assumptions made in determining the fair values shown above.  The fair value of financial instruments, and in particular the fixed rate US$ bonds,
would be affected by changes in market interest rates.  We estimate that a 100 basis points reduction in market interest rates, would increase the fair
value of the US$ notes liability by around £2.4m (2007: £4.0m).

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments

The Group’s use of financial instruments exposes it to a variety of financial risks, principally:
• Market risk – including currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk;
• Credit risk; and
• Liquidity risk.
This note (c) presents qualitative information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, including the Group’s objectives, policies and
processes for measuring and managing risk: there have been no significant changes to these matters during the year ended 30 April 2008.  This note
(c) also provides summary quantitative data about the Group’s exposure to each risk. In addition, information on the Group’s management of capital is
provided in section 3.8.15 of the Operating and Financial Review on page 13 of this Annual Report.

The Group’s overall financial risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse
effects on the financial performance and financial position of the Group.  The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to foreign
exchange risk, commodity price risk and interest rate movements.  The Group does not generally hold or issue derivative financial instruments for
speculative purposes.
A Group Treasury Committee and central treasury department  (“Group Treasury”) oversee financial risk management in the context of policies
approved by the Board.  Group Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units.  Group
Treasury is responsible for the execution of derivative financial instruments to manage financial risks.  Certain financial risk management activities (for
example, the management of credit risk arising from trade and other receivables) are devolved to the management of individual business units.  The
Board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest
rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and investing excess liquidity.
(i) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates, equity prices and commodity prices will affect the
Group’s financial performance and/or financial position.  The objective of the Group’s management of market risk is to manage and control market risk
exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return on risk.
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments in the ordinary course of business, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market
risks.  All such transactions are carried out within the guidelines set by the Board.  Generally the Group seeks to apply hedge accounting in order to
reduce volatility in the consolidated income statement.
Foreign currency translation risk 
Foreign currency translation risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign
exchange rates.  The Group is exposed to foreign currency translation risk principally as a result of net investments in foreign operations and
borrowings denominated in foreign currencies.
The Group has overseas investments in Canada and the USA.  To minimise balance sheet translation exposure, the Group hedges the sterling carrying
value of overseas operations through borrowings denominated in their functional currency or, where appropriate, through the use of derivative
financial instruments.  Gains and losses arising from hedging instruments that provide a hedge against foreign net investments are recognised in the
statement of recognised income and expense.
The Group’s objective in managing and measuring foreign currency translation risk associated with net investments in foreign operations and
borrowings denominated in foreign currencies is to maintain an appropriate cost of borrowing and retain some potential for benefiting from currency
movements whilst partially hedging against adverse currency movements.  It is the Group’s policy to examine each overseas investment individually
and to adopt a strategy based on current and forecast political and economic climates.  The Group measures foreign currency translation risk by
identifying the carrying value of assets and liabilities denominated in the relevant foreign currency and quantifying the impact on equity of changes in
the relevant foreign currency rate.
The Group’s consolidated income statement is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates in the following ways:
• The translation of the revenues and costs of the Group’s North American operations; and
• The translation of interest payable on US dollar denominated debt.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 81

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 82

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)

(i) Market risk (continued)

The Group’s consolidated balance sheet exposures to foreign currency translation risk were as follows:

US dollars
– Net investments in foreign operations (excluding intra-group balances, cash and borrowings) 
– Cash
– Borrowings
Canadian dollars
– Net investments in foreign operations (excluding intra-group balances, cash and borrowings) 
– Cash
– Borrowings
Euros
– Cash

Net exposure

2008

£m

134.7
15.0
(185.9)

37.7
0.2
(4.6)

Nil

(2.9)

2007

£m

145.2
17.5
(177.8)

30.3
1.3
(4.3)

0.5

12.7

The amounts shown above are the carrying values of all items in the consolidated balance sheet that would have differed at the balance sheet date had
a different foreign currency exchange rate been applied, except that commodity derivatives that are cash flow hedges are excluded.

The sensitivity of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet to translation exposures is illustrated below:

US dollar
US dollar balance sheet foreign exchange rate
Impact of 10% depreciation of UK sterling against US dollar

– US dollar foreign exchange rate
– Decrease in consolidated equity (£m)

Impact of 10% appreciation of UK sterling against US dollar

– US dollar foreign exchange rate
– Increase in consolidated equity (£m)

Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar balance sheet foreign exchange rate
Impact of 10% depreciation of UK sterling against Canadian dollar

– Canadian dollar foreign exchange rate
– Increase in consolidated equity (£m)

Impact of 10% appreciation of UK sterling against Canadian dollar

– Canadian dollar foreign exchange rate
– Decrease in consolidated equity (£m)

2008

2007

1.9806

1.7825
(4.0)

2.1787
3.3

1.9947

1.7952
3.7

2.1942
(3.0)

1.9999

1.7999
(1.7)

2.1999
1.4

2.2102

1.9892
3.0

2.4312
(2.5)

The above sensitivity analysis is based on the following assumptions:

– Only those foreign currency assets and liabilities that are directly affected by changes in foreign exchange rates are included in the calculation.
– The above calculations assume that the exchange rates between any pair of currencies other than the pair stated do not change as a result of the

change in the exchange rate between the pair stated.

The Group’s consolidated income statement exposures to foreign currency translation risk were as follows:

US dollars
– US$ element of North American operating profit 
– Intangible asset amortisation
– Redundancy / restructuring costs
– Share of loss of joint ventures
– Loss on disposed operations and sale of investments
– Net finance costs
– Net tax charge
Canadian dollars
– C$ element of North American operating profit 
– Net finance costs
– Net tax charge

Net exposure

page 82 | Stagecoach Group plc

2008

£m

19.6
(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.4)
(5.0)
(16.5)
(0.2)

2.0
(0.2)
(0.6)

(1.8)

2007

£m

15.1
(0.4)
Nil
(0.2)
(2.3)
(17.4)
0.7

3.4
(0.5)
(1.0)

(2.6)

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 83

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)

(i)  Market risk (continued)
The operating profit figures shown in the above table reconcile to the operating profit for North America shown in the segmental information in note
2(b) as follows:

US$ element of North American operating profit shown above
C$ element of North American operating profit shown above
Share based payment charges denominated in sterling

Operating profit shown in segmental information

The sensitivity of the Group’s consolidated income statement to translational exposures is illustrated below:

US dollar
US dollar average foreign exchange rate 
Impact of 10% depreciation of UK sterling against US dollar
– US dollar foreign exchange rate
– Decrease in consolidated profit after taxation (£m)
Impact of 10% appreciation of UK sterling against US dollar
– US dollar foreign exchange rate
– Increase in consolidated profit after taxation (£m)

Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar average foreign exchange rate 
Impact of 10% depreciation of UK sterling against Canadian dollar
– Canadian dollar foreign exchange rate
– Increase in consolidated profit after taxation (£m)
Impact of 10% appreciation of UK sterling against Canadian dollar
– Canadian dollar foreign exchange rate
– Decrease in consolidated profit after taxation (£m)

The above sensitivity analysis is based on the following assumptions:

2008

£m

19.6
2.0
(0.6)

21.0

2007

£m

15.1
3.4
(0.4)

18.1

2008

2007

2.0072

1.8065
(0.3)

2.2079
0.3

2.0525

1.8473
0.1

2.2578
(0.1)

1.9103

1.7193
(0.5)

2.1013
0.4

2.1738

1.9564
0.2

2.3912
(0.2)

– Only those income statement items directly affected by changes in foreign exchange rates are included in the calculation.  For example, changes

in commodity prices that indirectly occur due to changes in foreign exchange rates are not included in the sensitivity calculation.

– The above calculations assume that the exchange rates between any pair of currencies other than the pair stated do not change as a result of the

change in the exchange rate between the pair stated.

Foreign currency transactional risk
Foreign currency transactional risk is the risk that future cash flows (such as from sales and purchases of goods and services) will fluctuate because of
changes in foreign exchange rates.
The Group is exposed to limited foreign currency transactional risk due to the low value of foreign currency transactions entered into by subsidiaries in
currencies other than their functional currency.  Group Treasury carries out forward buying of currencies where appropriate.
The Group reviews and considers hedging of actual and forecast foreign exchange transactional exposures up to one year forward.  At 30 April 2008
there were no material net transactional foreign currency exposures (2007: £Nil).
The Group’s exposure to commodity price risk includes a foreign currency element due to the impact of foreign exchange rate movements on the
sterling cost of fuel for the Group’s UK operations.  The effect of foreign exchange rate movements on sterling-denominated fuel prices is managed
through the use of fuel derivative financial instruments denominated in the functional currency in which the fuel is purchased.  Further information on
fuel hedging is given under the heading “Price risk” on page 85.

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk principally through its borrowings and interest rate derivatives.  It has a mixture of fixed-rate borrowings
(where the fair value is exposed to changes in market interest rates) and floating-rate borrowings (where the future cash flows are exposed to changes
in market interest rates).
The Group’s objective with regards to interest rate risk is to minimise the risk of changes in interest rates significantly affecting future cash flows and/or
profit. To provide some certainty as to the level of interest cost, it is the Group’s policy to manage interest rate exposure through the use of fixed and
floating rate debt.  Derivative financial instruments are also used where appropriate to generate the desired interest rate profile.  
The Group measures interest rate risk by quantifying the relative proportions of each of gross debt and net debt that are effectively subject to fixed
interest rates and considers the duration for which the relevant interest rates are fixed.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 83

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 84

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)
(i) Market risk (continued)
At 30 April 2008, the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest bearing financial liabilities was as follows:

Currency

Floating rate

Fixed rate

Total

Weighted
average fixed
interest rate

Weighted
average period
for which rate
is fixed

Sterling
US Dollar
Canadian Dollar

Gross borrowings

£m

237.2
Nil
0.6

237.8

£m

161.4
190.9
4.0

356.3

£m

398.6
190.9
4.6

594.1

%

5.7%
6.0%
5.1%

5.8%

Years

4.5
1.8
3.9

3.1

At 30 April 2007, the interest rate profile of the Group’s interest bearing financial liabilities was as follows:

Currency

Floating rate

Fixed rate

Total

Weighted
average fixed
interest rate

Weighted
average period
for which rate
is fixed

Sterling
US Dollar
Canadian Dollar

Gross borrowings

£m

151.7
0.8
Nil

152.5

£m

Nil
186.5
4.3

190.8

£m

151.7
187.3
4.3

343.3

%

n/a
6.4%
5.2%

6.4%

Years

n/a
2.7
3.7

2.7

All of the above figures take into account the effect of current interest rate derivatives and also the close out of interest rate swaps previously used to
manage the interest rate profile of borrowings.
The floating rate financial liabilities bear interest at rates fixed in advance for periods ranging from one to six months based on market rates.
The maturity profile of the Group’s borrowings is shown in note 24(b).

The Group’s financial assets on which floating interest is receivable comprise cash deposits and cash in hand of £262.2m (2007: £513.3m).  Financial
assets on which fixed interest is receivable total £2.1m (2007: £2.2m) before impairment and comprise US$ denominated loan notes receivable and a
loan to a joint venture. The net financial assets  on which fixed interest is receivable have a weighted average interest rate of 7.0% (2007: 7.3%) and an
average maturity of 2.6 years (2007: 3.2 years).
The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, and the Group does not designate
derivatives as hedging instruments under a fair value hedge accounting model.  Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not
affect profit, loss or the carrying value of financial instruments that are not cash flow hedges.
The impact of a change of 100 basis points on all relevant floating interest rates on annualised interest payable on balances outstanding at the balance
sheet date was:

Interest rates 100 basis points higher
- Decrease in net finance charges
- Increase in net tax charge

- Increase in profit after taxation

Interest rates 100 basis points lower
- Increase in net finance charges
- Decrease in net tax charge

- Decrease in profit after taxation

2008

£m

0.3
(0.1)

0.2

(0.3)
0.1

(0.2)

2007

£m

3.6
(1.1)

2.5

(3.6)
1.1

(2.5)

The above sensitivity analysis is based on the following methods and assumptions:
- All relevant floating interest rates (including Bank of England base rate and LIBOR) change by 100 basis points.
- The change is calculated by working out an annualised interest charge on the amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date and comparing this to

the same charge re-calculated for a change of 100 basis points in the interest rate.  While this provides some indication of the impact on future profit
and cash flows from changes in interest rates, it does not necessarily indicate the extent to which the profit for the years ended 30 April 2007 and
30 April 2008 would have differed had the interest rates applying during those years been different.

- The impact of changes in interest rates on items that are not financial instruments (for example, provisions and pension assets/obligations) is

excluded.

page 84 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 85

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)
(i)  Market risk (continued)
Price risk
The Group is exposed to equity security price risk because of an investment held by the Group and classified on the consolidated balance sheet as
available for sale.  The Group’s equity investment is publicly traded and is included in the AIM UK equity index.  At 30 April 2008 the investment was
carried at £0.6m (2007: £Nil).  Any reasonable movement, therefore, on the equity share price would not have a material impact on the Group’s
financial position.
The Group is also exposed to commodity price risk.  The Group’s operations as at 30 April 2008 consume approximately 328m litres of diesel fuel per
annum.  As a result, the Group’s profit is exposed to movements in the underlying price of fuel.  
The Group’s objective in managing commodity price risk is to minimise adverse movements in its profit and cash flow as a result of movements in fuel
prices.  The Group has a policy of managing the volatility in its fuel costs by maintaining an ongoing fuel-hedging programme whereby derivatives are
used to fix or cap the variable unit cost of a percentage of anticipated fuel consumption.  The Group’s exposure to commodity price risk is measured by
quantifying the element of projected future fuel costs, after taking account of derivatives in place, which varies due to movements in fuel prices.  Group
Treasury is responsible for the processes for measuring and managing commodity price risk.
The Group’s overall fuel costs include the impact of delivery margins, fuel taxes and fuel tax rebates.  These elements of fuel costs are not managed as
part of Group Treasury’s commodity price risk management and are managed directly by business unit management.
The Group uses a number of fuel derivatives to hedge against movements in the price of the different types of fuel used in each of its divisions.  Ultra
low sulphur diesel used in the UK Bus division is hedged by derivatives priced from the same type of fuel.  Gasoil used in the UK Rail division is hedged
by derivatives priced from the same type of fuel.  Diesel used in the North American division is hedged by heating oil swaps that have been determined
to be effective hedges of the diesel fuel used with a strong correlation in price movements between the heating oil and diesel products.  The fuel
derivatives hedge the underlying commodity price risk (denominated in US$) and in the case of the UK Bus division and the UK Rail division, they also
hedge the currency risk due to the commodity being priced in US$ and the functional currency of the two divisions being pounds sterling.  The fuel
derivatives include swaps, collars and caps.
At 30 April 2008 and 30 April 2007, the projected fuel costs (excluding premiums payable on fuel derivatives, delivery margins, fuel taxes and fuel tax
rebates) for the next twelve months was:

Costs subject to fuel swaps, caps and collars:
– UK Bus
– UK Rail
– North America

Costs not subject to fuel swaps, caps and collars:
– UK Bus
– UK Rail
– North America

Total

2008

£m

(60.1)
(14.5)
(17.6)

(92.2)

(5.0)
(7.5)
(7.7)

(20.2)

(112.4)

2007

£m

(40.8)
Nil
(15.5)

(56.3)

(6.9)
(3.6)
(1.3)

(11.8)

(68.1)

The figures in the above table are after taking account of derivatives and applying the fuel prices and foreign exchange rates as at the balance sheet
date.
If all of the relevant fuel prices were 10% higher at the balance sheet date, the amounts in the above table would change by the following:

Costs subject to fuel swaps, caps and collars:
– UK Bus
– UK Rail
– North America

Costs not subject to fuel swaps, caps and collars:
– UK Bus
– UK Rail
– North America

Decrease in projected profit before taxation

2008

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

(0.5)
(0.7)
(0.8)

(2.0)

(2.0)

2007

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

(0.7)
(0.4)
(0.1)

(1.2)

(1.2)

Stagecoach Group plc | page 85

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 86

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)
(i)  Market risk (continued)
If all of the relevant fuel prices were 10% lower at the balance sheet date, the amounts would change by the following:

Costs subject to fuel swaps, caps and collars:
– UK Bus
– UK Rail
– North America

Costs not subject to fuel swaps, caps and collars:
– UK Bus
– UK Rail
– North America

Increase in projected profit before taxation

2008

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

0.5
0.7
0.8

2.0

2.0

2007

£m

0.7
Nil
Nil

0.7

0.7
0.4
0.1

1.2

1.9

(ii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations.  
Credit risk is managed by a combination of Group Treasury and business unit management, and arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative
financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to amounts due from outstanding receivables and
committed transactions.
The Group’s objective is to minimise credit risk to an acceptable level whilst not overly restricting the Group’s ability to generate revenue and profit.  It
is the Group’s policy to invest cash assets safely and profitably.  To control credit risk, counterparty credit limits are set by reference to published credit
ratings and the counterparty’s geographical location.  The Group considers the risk of material loss in the event of non-performance by a financial
counterparty to be low.
In determining whether a financial asset is impaired, the Group takes account of:
• The fair value of the asset at the balance sheet date and where applicable, the historic fair value of the asset;
• In the case of receivables, the counterparty’s typical payment patterns;
• In the case of receivables, the latest available information on the counterparty’s creditworthiness such as available financial statements, credit ratings

etc.

In the case of equity investments classified as available for sale assets, a significant or prolonged reduction in the fair value of the assets is considered as
an indicator that the securities are impaired.
The movement in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables is shown in note 21.
An impairment loss of £0.2m was recognised in the year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: £1.3m) in respect of available for sale and other investments.

The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk for the Group at the balance sheet date:

Available for sale financial assets and other investments
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Trade receivables
Loans and other receivables (excludes taxes receivable,
prepayments and accrued income)
Cash and cash equivalents – pledged as collateral
Cash and cash equivalents - other

Excluding derivative financial instruments
Commodity derivatives used for hedging

Total exposure to credit risk

Gross

2008

£m

3.6
Nil
115.2

7.6
33.0
229.2

388.6
44.4

433.0

Impairment Net exposure

Gross

Impairment Net exposure

2008

£m

(1.8)
Nil
(2.6)

(0.2)
Nil
Nil

(4.6)
Nil

(4.6)

2008

£m

1.8
Nil
112.6

7.4
33.0
229.2

384.0
44.4

428.4

2007

£m

2.7
Nil
87.1

6.8
33.4
479.9

609.9
1.7

611.6

2007

£m

(1.6)
Nil
(3.7)

(0.2)
Nil
Nil

(5.5)
Nil

(5.5)

2007

£m

1.1
Nil
83.4

6.6
33.4
479.9

604.4
1.7

606.1

In addition to the “on balance sheet” exposure to credit risk shown above, the Group has operating leases with third parties that are subject to back-to-
back operating leases between the Group and East London Bus Group Limited, which acquired the Group’s London bus operations in 2006.  The Group
is exposed to the risk that East London Bus Group Limited is unable to meet its obligations under the operating leases although the Group would have
access to the underlying assets in those circumstances.  At 30 April 2008, the future contractual cash flows payable by East London Bus Group Limited
under the relevant leases was £9.2m (2007: £16.8m), of which £4.8m (2007: £7.6m) is due within one year, £1.6m (2007: £4.8m) is due between one
and two years, £2.8m (2007: £3.5m) is due between two and five years, and £Nil (2007: £0.9m) is due after more than five years.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer or counterparty. The Group’s largest credit
exposures are to the UK Department for Transport, other government bodies and financial institutions with short-term credit ratings of A1 (or
equivalent) or better, all of which the Group considers unlikely to default on their respective liabilities to the Group.

page 86 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 87

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)
(ii) Credit risk (continued)
The Group’s total net exposure to credit risk by geographic region is analysed below:

United Kingdom
North America

The Group’s financial assets by currency is analysed below:

Sterling
US dollars
Canadian dollars
Others

All of the above financial assets’ carrying amounts are representative of their maximum credit exposure.

The following financial assets were past due, but not impaired at the balance sheet date:

Amounts 1 to 90 days overdue
Amounts 91 to 180 days overdue
Amounts 181 to 365 days overdue
Amounts more than 365 days overdue

2008

£m

400.6
27.8

428.4

2008

£m

386.8
38.0
3.8
Nil

428.4

2008

£m

18.3
0.9
2.2
Nil

21.4

2007

£m

579.9
26.2

606.1

2007

£m

566.9
29.1
9.6
0.5

606.1

2007

£m

10.4
0.3
1.4
Nil

12.1

The Group does not hold any collateral in respect of its credit risk exposures set out above (2007: £Nil) and has not taken possession of any collateral it
holds or called for other credit enhancements during the year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: £Nil).

(iii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they fall due.  The Group’s objective in managing
liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed
conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The funding policy is to finance the Group through a mixture of bank, lease and hire purchase debt, capital markets issues and cash generated by the
business.

As at 30 April 2008, the Group’s committed credit facilities were £1,136.1m (2007: £1,085.5m), £546.0m (2007: £307.9m) of which were utilised,
including utilisation for the issuance of bank guarantees, bonds and letters of credit.

The Group had the following undrawn committed banking and asset finance facilities:

Expiring within one year
Expiring in more than one year but not more than two years
Expiring beyond two years

2008

£m

142.9
22.2
425.0

590.1

2007

£m

29.2
Nil
748.4

777.6

Although there is an element of seasonality in the Group’s bus and rail operations, the overall impact of seasonality on working capital and liquidity is
not considered significant.
The Board expects the Group to be able to meet current and future funding requirements through free cash flow and available committed facilities.  In
addition, the Group has an investment grade rating which should allow it access at short notice to additional bank and capital markets debt funding.   
The Group’s principal lines of credit have been arranged on a bi-lateral basis with a group of relationship banks that provide bank facilities for general
corporate purposes.  These arranged lines of credit allow cash drawdowns to finance the Group and also include facilities which are dedicated to issuing
performance/season ticket bonds, guarantees and letters of credit. The facilities amount in total to £847.4m and have been provided on a bi-lateral
basis with eleven banks.  Of these facilities, £742.8m matures in approximately four years in March 2012, £55.7m matures in February 2010 and
£48.9m matures in March 2009.
The Group also maintains facilities in relation to asset finance (“Asset Finance Facilities”).  Asset Finance Facilities are typically agreed in principle one
year in advance and are arranged for the purpose of funding UK and US bus vehicle expenditure and for specific UK rail operating assets.  Asset Finance
Facilities include finance leases, hire purchase agreements and operating leases.  The terms of Asset Finance Facilities are dependent on the underlying
assets and typically range between five and ten years. Asset Finance Facilities were satisfactorily renewed in February and March 2008.
In addition to the bi-lateral and Asset Finance Facilities, £38.3m of bank overdraft and other local facilities are in place.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 87

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 88

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(c) Nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments (continued)

(iii) Liquidity risk (continued)

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments.  The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual
undiscounted cash flows.  Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

As at 30 April 2008

Non derivative financial liabilities:
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured bond issues
Redeemable preference shares
Finance lease liabilities
Hire purchase liabilities
Loan notes payable
Trade and other payables
Bank overdraft

Derivative financial liabilities:
Commodity derivatives used for hedging

As at 30 April 2007

Non derivative financial liabilities:
Unsecured bond issues
Finance lease liabilities
Hire purchase liabilities
Loan notes payable
Trade and other payables
Bank overdraft

Derivative financial liabilities:
Commodity derivatives used for hedging

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

Less
than 1 year
£m

1-2
years
£m

2-5
years
£m

More
than 5 years
£m

(214.7)
(180.4)
(8.1)
(30.1)
(124.2)
(36.0)
(463.0)
(0.6)

(215.0)
(191.2)
(8.1)
(33.1)
(147.5)
(36.0)
(463.0)
(0.6)

Nil
(14.6)
(8.1)
(17.9)
(24.0)
(36.0)
(444.1)
(0.6)

Nil
(176.6)
Nil
(2.1)
(22.9)
Nil
(18.7)
Nil

(215.0)
Nil
Nil
(7.8)
(56.8)
Nil
Nil
Nil

(1,057.1)

(1,094.5)

(545.3)

(220.3)

(279.6)

Nil
Nil
Nil
(5.3)
(43.8)
Nil
(0.2)
Nil

(49.3)

(3.7)

0.6

0.2

0.2

0.2

Nil

(1,060.8)

(1,093.9)

(545.1)

(220.1)

(279.4)

(49.3)

Carrying
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows
£m

Less
than 1 year
£m

1-2
years
£m

2-5
years
£m

More
than 5 years
£m

(183.2)
(38.2)
(84.1)
(37.0)
(331.3)
(0.8)

(674.6)

(210.3)
(42.0)
(99.8)
(37.0)
(331.3)
(0.8)

(14.4)
(21.7)
(16.7)
(37.0)
(326.8)
(0.8)

(14.4)
(11.3)
(16.0)
Nil
(4.1)
Nil

(181.5)
(5.0)
(42.5)
Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
(4.0)
(24.6)
Nil
(0.4)
Nil

(721.2)

(417.4)

(45.8)

(229.0)

(29.0)

(6.3)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

(680.9)

(721.2)

(417.4)

(45.8)

(229.0)

(29.0)

The “contractual cash flows” shown in the above tables are the contractual undiscounted cash flows under the relevant financial instruments.  Where
the contractual cash flows are variable based on a price, foreign exchange rate, interest rate or index in the future, the contractual cash flows in the
above table have been determined with reference to the relevant price, foreign exchange rate, interest rate or index as at the balance sheet date.  In
determining the interest element of contractual cash flows in cases where the Group has a choice as to the length of interest calculation periods and
the interest rate that applies varies with the period selected, the contractual cash flows have been calculated assuming the Group selects the shortest
available interest calculation periods. Where the holder of an instrument has a choice of when to redeem, the amounts in the above tables are on the
assumption the holder redeems at the earliest opportunity. In the case of bank loans, which are drawn under revolving facilities, the contracted cash
flows in respect of interest up to and including the next rollover date are shown.

(d) Accounting policies

The Group’s significant accounting policies and measurement bases in respect of financial instruments are disclosed in note 1.

page 88 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 89

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(e) Reclassification of financial assets
There have been no reclassifications of financial assets between (1) those measured at cost or amortised cost and (2) those measured at fair value
during the year ended 30 April 2008 (2007: None).

(f) Collateral
Included within the cash and cash equivalents balance of £262.2m (2007: £513.3m) are £33.0m (2007: £33.4m) of cash balances that have been
pledged as collateral for liabilities as follows:
– £32.2m (2007: £32.3m) has been pledged by the Group as collateral for £32.2m (2007: £32.3m) of loan notes that are classified within current

liabilities: borrowings.  The cash is held on deposit at Bank of Scotland.  Bank of Scotland has guaranteed the Group’s obligations to the holders of
the loan notes and to the extent that the Group fails to satisfy its obligations under the loan notes, Bank of Scotland shall use the cash collateral to
satisfy such obligations.

– £Nil (2007: £0.4m) has been pledged by the Group as collateral for a liability under the Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the disposal of a
business by the Group.  The amount was held in a separate Escrow account. The collateral amount was released during the year ended 30 April
2008 as the Group no longer has the liability.

– £0.8m (2007: £0.7m) has been pledged by the Group as collateral for liabilities to the vendors of certain businesses that the Group acquired in

North America.

The fair value of the financial assets pledged as collateral is the same as their carrying value as at 30 April 2008 and 30 April 2007.

(g) Compound financial instruments
The Group did not hold any compound financial instruments as at 30 April 2008 (2007: £Nil).

(h)Defaults and breaches
The Group has not defaulted on any loans payable during the years ended 30 April 2008 and 30 April 2007 and no loans payable are in default as at 30
April 2008 (2007: £Nil).  The Group was in compliance with all bank loan covenants as at 30 April 2008 and as at 30 April 2007.

(i) Income, expense, gains and losses
The following items of income, expense, gains and losses in respect of financial instruments have been recognised in the financial statements.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Interest income and expense
Interest income for financial assets and financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit or loss
Interest expense for financial assets and financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale financial assets
Gains/(losses) recognised directly in equity
Impairment loss recognised in consolidated income statement

2008

£m

Nil

21.6
(41.9)

0.6
(0.2)

(19.9)

2007

£m

0.1

21.3
(17.8)

(1.9)
(1.3)

0.4

Stagecoach Group plc | page 89

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 90

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(i) Income, expense, gains and losses (continued)
The net finance (costs)/income reported in the consolidated income statement includes amounts that arise on non-financial liabilities and excludes
amounts recognised directly in equity and impairment losses on investments.  The net (loss)/gain presented on page 89 can be reconciled to the net
finance (costs)/income reported in the consolidated income statement as follows:

2008

Note

£m

Reconciliation to net finance (costs)/income:
Net (loss)/gain presented above
Unwinding of discount on provisions
Exclude (gains)/losses recognised directly in equity
Exclude impairment loss classified within other operating costs in
consolidated income statement

Net finance (costs)/income reported in consolidated income statement

6

(19.9)
(3.3)
(0.6)

0.2

(23.6)

2007

£m

0.4
(2.9)
1.9

1.3

0.7

(j) Hedge accounting

A summary of the Group’s hedging arrangements is provided in the table below.

Type of hedge

Fair value hedges
Cash flow hedges

Hedges of net investment in foreign operations

Risks hedged by Group

– None
– Commodity price risk

– Interest rate risks 
– Foreign investment risk

Hedging instruments used

– Not applicable
– Derivatives (commodity swaps,

collars, caps and floors)

– Derivatives (interest rate swaps)
– Foreign currency borrowings
– Derivatives (foreign currency

forward contracts)

In addition to the risks hedged by the Group, the Group is also monitoring the following matters and may consider hedging in the future:
– The Group is exposed to movements in the price of electricity, particularly through its UK Rail division.  The structure of electricity purchasing in the
UK Rail industry limits the Group’s ability to independently hedge against movements in electricity prices but the Group continues to monitor this
risk.  An element of anticipated electricity usage is purchased by the UK rail industry in advance at fixed prices so there is some degree of visibility of
future electricity costs.

– The Group expects to be subject to the European Union Emissions Trading Scheme (“ETS”) from 2012.  The Group will evaluate opportunities to

hedge its exposure to carbon credit prices under the ETS.

Carrying value and fair value of derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are classified on the balance sheet as follows:

Non-current assets
Fuel derivatives

Current assets
Fuel derivatives

Current liabilities
Interest rate swaps
Fuel derivatives

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swaps
Fuel derivatives

Total net carrying value
Interest rate swaps
Fuel derivatives

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is equal to their carrying value, as shown in the above table.

page 90 | Stagecoach Group plc

2008

£m

11.0

33.4

(0.7)
(0.7)

(1.4)

(2.3)
Nil

(2.3)

(3.0)
43.7

40.7

2007

£m

Nil

1.7

Nil
(3.7)

(3.7)

Nil
(2.6)

(2.6)

Nil
(4.6)

(4.6)

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 91

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(j) Hedge accounting (continued)

Embedded derivatives
In accordance with IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, all significant contracts to which the Group is a party have been
reviewed for embedded derivatives.  There were no embedded derivatives as at 30 April 2008 (2007: None) which were separately accounted for. 

Cash flow hedges - fuel
As noted previously, the Group uses a number of fuel derivatives to hedge the different types of fuel used in each of its divisions.  The majority of the
Group’s fuel derivatives as at 30 April 2008 cover periods up to 30 April 2009, with the latest period covered by a commodity price risk cash flow hedge
being 30 April 2011.  The cash flows are expected to occur and affect profit or loss in the same periods.

The movements in the fair value of fuel derivatives in the year were as follows:

Fuel derivatives
Fair value at start of year
Changes in fair value during year taken to cash flow hedging reserve
Cash (received)/paid during the year

Fair value at end of year

The fair value of the fuel derivatives split by maturity was as follows: 

As at 30 April 2008

Within one year
1 to 2 years
2 to 3 years

As at 30 April 2007

Within one year
1 to 2 years
2 to 3 years

The fair value of fuel derivatives is further analysed by currency and segment as follows:

As at 30 April 2008
Sterling denominated – UK Bus
Sterling denominated – UK Rail
US dollar denominated – North America

As at 30 April 2007
Sterling denominated – UK Bus
Sterling denominated – UK Rail
US dollar denominated – North America

2008

£m

(4.6)
57.4
(9.1)

43.7

Assets

£m

33.4
5.6
5.4

44.4

1.7
Nil
Nil

1.7

2007

£m

1.2
(9.2)
3.4

(4.6)

Liabilities

£m

(0.7)
Nil
Nil

(0.7)

(3.7)
(2.6)
Nil

(6.3)

Fair value

Notional quantity
of fuel covered
by derivatives

£m

Million of litres

19.6
18.0
6.1

43.7

(4.5)
Nil
(0.1)

(4.6)

179.0
142.5
56.7

378.2

357.0
Nil
123.0

480.0

Stagecoach Group plc | page 91

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 92

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 28 Financial instruments (continued)

(j) Hedge accounting (continued)

Cash flow hedges - interest
As noted previously, the Group uses a number of interest rate derivatives to hedge its exposure to floating interest rates.  The Group’s interest rate cash
flow hedges cover periods up to 2 July 2012. The cash flows are expected to occur and affect profit or loss in the same periods.
The movements in the fair value of interest rate derivatives used as hedging instruments in the year were as follows: 

2008

£m

Nil
(2.8)
(0.2)

(3.0)

Interest rate derivatives
Fair value at start of year
Changes in fair value during year taken to cash flow hedging reserve
Cash received

Fair value at end of year

The fair value of the interest rate derivatives split by maturity was as follows: 

As at 30 April 2008

Within one year
1 to 2 years
2 to 3 years
3 to 4 years
4 to 5 years

All of the interest rate derivatives are sterling denominated and are managed and held centrally.

Cash flow hedging reserve

The movements in the cash flow hedging reserve were as follows:

Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 May 2006
Changes in fair value during the year taken to cash flow hedging reserve
Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in profit for year

Cash flow hedging reserve at 30 April 2007
Changes in fair value during the year taken to cash flow hedging reserve
Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in profit for year
Tax effect of cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedging reserve at 30 April 2008

Cash flow hedging reserve before tax
Tax

Cash flow hedging reserve after tax

Interest rate
derivatives

Fuel
derivatives

£m

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil
(2.8)
(0.2)
0.9

(2.1)

(3.0)
0.9

(2.1)

(0.8)
(9.2)
5.4

(4.6)
57.4
(13.6)
(12.6)

26.6

39.2
(12.6)

26.6

2007

£m

Nil
Nil
Nil

Nil

Liabilities

£m

(0.7)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(0.7)
(0.1)

(3.0)

Total

£m

(0.8)
(9.2)
5.4

(4.6)
54.6
(13.8)
(11.7)

24.5

36.2
(11.7)

24.5

There have been no instances during the year ending 30 April 2008 (2007: None) from a Group perspective where a forecast transaction for which
hedge accounting had previously been used was no longer expected to occur.

Held for trading 
The Group had a £50m 8.5% interest rate cap that matured in October 2007.  Due to the small fair value of the derivative, no hedge effectiveness
testing was performed and therefore, whilst considered to be an effective risk management derivative, it was accounted for as a held for trading
derivative (i.e. carried at fair value through profit or loss). 

Hedge of overseas net investments 
At 30 April 2008, the US$334.1m (2007: US$334.1m) of US$ notes was designated as a hedge of overseas net investments.

page 92 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 93

Note 29 Share capital

Authorised ordinary share capital
936,428,571 (2007: 1,456,666,666) ordinary shares of 56/57 pence (2007: 12/19 pence) each

2008

£m

9.2

2007

£m

9.2

2008

2007

No. of shares

£m

No. of shares

£m

Allotted, called-up and fully-paid 
ordinary shares of 56/57 pence each (2007: 12/19 pence)
At beginning of year
Share capital consolidation (9 for 14 shares)
Allotted to employees and former employees
under share option schemes

At end of year

1,100,998,707
(393,213,824)

10,360,416

718,145,299

7.0
Nil

Nil

7.0

1,093,600,313
Nil

7,398,394

1,100,998,707

6.9
Nil

0.1

7.0

The balance on the share capital account shown above represents the aggregate nominal value of all ordinary shares in issue.
The Group operates two Employee Share Ownership Trusts: the Stagecoach Group Qualifying Employee Share Ownership Trust (“QUEST”) and the
Stagecoach Group Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”). Shares held by these trusts are treated as a deduction from equity in the Group’s financial
statements. Other assets and liabilities of the trusts are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements as if they were assets and liabilities of the
Group. As at 30 April 2008, the QUEST held 384,279 (2007: 369,399) ordinary shares in the Company and the EBT held 4,600,165 (2007: 5,825,879)
ordinary shares in the Company. The trusts have waived dividends on the shares they hold.
On 14 May 2007, a share capital consolidation took place that replaced every 14 existing ordinary shares with 9 new ordinary shares.  The effect of this
share capital consolidation changed the par value of an ordinary share from 12/19 pence to 56/57 pence.  
Also, on 14 May 2007 shareholders received 1 ‘B’ share or 1 ‘C’ share for each existing ordinary share held.  This was a means of returning cash to
shareholders.  The ‘B’ and ‘C’ shares issued were subsequently dealt with as follows:
• A dividend of 63 pence per ‘C’ share was paid on 451,806,110 ‘C’ shares, with the dividend paid to holders on 25 May 2007.  These ‘C’ shares were

then converted to deferred shares.  The deferred shares have been subsequently cancelled.

• Employee share ownership trusts received 6,195,278 ‘C’ shares and waived their entitlement to dividends on such shares. These ‘C’ shares were then

converted to deferred shares.  The deferred shares have been subsequently cancelled.

• 253,584,435 ‘B’ shares were redeemed at 63 pence each with the redemption proceeds paid to holders on 5 June 2007.
• 365,219,584 ‘C’ shares were sold to Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited for 63 pence each and the proceeds paid to holders on 5 June 2007.
The ‘C’ shares were subsequently purchased by the Company from Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited at 63 pence each and were cancelled.

• 11,409,623 ‘B’ shares were redeemed at 63 pence each with the redemption proceeds paid to holders on 30 November 2007.
• 12,783,677 ‘B’ shares remained in issue at 30 April 2008 and may be redeemed at the option of the holder on 31 May and 30 November each year.
These retained ‘B’ shares are entitled to receive a dividend at the rate of 70% of six month LIBOR, payable six-monthly in arrears on the par value of
63 pence per ‘B’ share.

The ‘B’ shares that remain in issue are classified as liabilities and the dividends payable on such shares are classified in the consolidated income
statement within finance costs

Stagecoach Group plc | page 93

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 94

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 30 Share based payments

The Group operates an Executive Share Option Scheme, a Save as You Earn Scheme (“SAYE”), a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and an Executive
Participation Plan (“EPP”). The Directors’ remuneration report on pages 32 to 38 gives further details of each of these arrangements. 

As disclosed in note 7, share based payment charges of £6.7m (2007: £3.4m) have been recognised in the income statement during the year in relation
to the above schemes.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS, the requirements of IFRS 2 have not been applied to equity-settled share based payments that:
(i) were granted on or before 7 November 2002 or; (ii) were granted after 7 November 2002 but had vested before the date of transition, being 1 May
2004. Therefore the following disclosures relate only to equity-settled share based payments made after 7 November 2002 that had not vested by 1
May 2004, and to all cash-settled share based payments.

Executive Share Option Scheme

SAYE

LTIP*

LTIP*

LTIP*

Grant date

Share price at grant/award date (£)

Exercise price (£)

Number of employees holding
options/units at 30 April 2008

Shares under option/
notional units at 30 April 2008

Vesting period (years)

Expected volatility

Option/award life (years)

Expected life (years)

Risk free rate

Expected dividends expressed 
as an average annual dividend yield

Expectations of meeting 
performance criteria

Fair value per option/
notional unit at grant date (£)

Option pricing model

December
2003†

June
2003†

December
(cid:2)
2002

February
2005 ø

August
2005

June
2006

June
2007

December 
2004 ø

1.1150 

1.1150 

June
2004 ø

0.8575 

0.8575 

0.8075

0.8075

0.6050

0.6050

0.2700

0.2700

36

20

11

2

999,635

1,431,282

567,622

360,367

3 

30% 

7 

4.4 

3 

30% 

7 

4.4 

3

30%

7

4.4

3

75%

7

4.4

Nil

Nil

3

75%

7

3

4.75% 

4.64% 

4.64%

3.79%

4.40%

4.56%

1.1800

1.1075

1.1325

1.8075

1.0328

n/a

n/a

349

8

9

n/a

9

909,097 1,611,723 1,807,949 1,229,335

3

30%

3.5

3

3

30%

3

3

n/a

3

30%

3

3

n/a

3

30%

3

3

n/a

3.14% 

3.38% 

3.34%

4.30%

9.63%

3.05% 

3.15%

3.15%

3.15%

100% 

100% 

100%

100%

100%

100%

**

**

**

0.26 

0.20 

0.19

0.28

0.09

0.30

0.42

0.44

0.70

Black-Scholes 

Black-Scholes 

Black-Scholes

Black-Scholes

Black-Scholes

Black-Scholes

Simulation

Simulation

Simulation

(cid:2)These options became fully vested during the year to 30 April 2006.
† These options became fully vested during the year to 30 April 2007.
ø These options became fully vested during the year to 30 April 2008.
*LTIP awards are based on notional units. One notional unit has a value equal to one of the Company’s ordinary shares but subject to performance
conditions. LTIP awards are not share options and are valued using a separate simulation model therefore some of the above disclosures are not applicable.
**Reflected in fair value.
Expected volatility was determined at the date of grant from historic volatility, adjusted for events that were not considered to be reflective of the
volatility of the share price going forward.

Executive Share Option Scheme
The movements in total executive share options during the year were as follows:

Award date

20 June 2001*
23 July 2002*
5 December 2002
26 June 2003
12 December 2003
25 June 2004
10 December 2004

At 1 May 
2007

190,000
1,679,958
1,844,908
1,234,024
1,153,023
4,617,060
1,371,305

Exercised

(190,000)
(1,393,867)
(1,844,908)
(873,657)
(542,820)
(3,136,932)
(324,482)

Expired/
Forfeited

Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
(42,581)
(48,846)
(47,188)

At 30 April 
2008

Nil
286,091
Nil
360,367
567,622
1,431,282
999,635

Exercise 
price £

0.7075
0.3750
0.2700
0.6050
0.8075
0.8575
1.1150

Date from which 
exercisable

20 June 2004
23 July 2005
5 December 2005
26 June 2006
12 December 2006
25 June 2007
10 December 2007

Expiry date

20 June 2008
23 July 2009
5 December 2009
26 June 2010
12 December 2010
25 June 2011
10 December 2011

12,090,278

(8,306,666)

(138,615)

3,644,997

* In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS, the fair value of these options is not taken into account when determining the share based
payment charge as the options were granted before 7 November 2002.

All options were granted for nil consideration. The mid-market price for the ordinary shares at 30 April 2008 was £2.57 (2007: £1.87). The Company’s
ordinary shares traded in the range of £1.65 to £2.95 (2007: £0.93 to £1.89) during the year to that date.

As share options are exercised continuously throughout the year, the weighted average share price during the year of £2.26 (2007: £1.37) is considered
representative of the weighted average share price at the date of exercise.

page 94 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 95

Note 30 Share based payments (continued)

Save as You Earn Scheme
One issue from the SAYE scheme was in operation during the year as follows:

Issue

D

Option grant date

Savings contract start date

Exercise price

Date from which exercisable

Expiry date

11 February 2005

1 April 2005

103.275p

1 April 2008

30 September 2008†

†The expiry date of any individual SAYE option can be extended to be six months following the date of payment of the final amount due under the
related savings account but may be no later than six months after the applicable exercisable date shown above. 
The changes in the number of participating employees and options over ordinary shares were as follows:

Beginning of year
Options exercised
Options lapsed

End of year

Issue D

Number of
employees

2,592
(2,096)
(147)

Ordinary
shares under option

6,736,001
(5,496,050)
(330,854)

349

909,097

Long Term Incentive Plan
Under the LTIP, executives are awarded notional units with a value equal to one of the Company’s ordinary shares but subject to performance
conditions. The movements in the LTIP during the year to 30 April 2008 were as follows:

Outstanding
at start of year
(notional units)

Awards granted
in year
(notional units)

Lapsed
in year
(notional units)

Dividends
in year
(notional units)

Outstanding
at end of year
(notional units)

Fair value per LTIP
unit at grant date
£

Fair value per LTIP 
unit at 30 April 2008
£

TSR ranking 
at
30 April 2008†

Vesting date

Award date

26 August 2005

1,583,442 

29 June 2006

1,776,219

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

28,281

1,611,723

0.4237

31,730

1,807,949

0.4381

28 June 2007

Nil

1,268,616

(60,857)

21,576

1,229,335

0.6991

2.5175

2.0886

2.0478

20

26 Aug 2008

2

9

29 June 2009

28 June 2010

† TSR ranking is based on the Group’s TSR ranking in the FTSE 250 whereby 1 is top and 250 is bottom of the comparator group. The TSR ranking is
calculated by independent advisors.

Executive Participation Plan
Under the EPP, executives and senior managers sacrifice part of their actual annual cash bonus and are awarded deferred shares with an initial market
value approximately equal to the amount of bonus foregone. The movements in EPP notional units during the year were as follows:

Outstanding
at start of year
(notional units)

Awards granted
in year
(notional units)

Exercised 
in year
(notional units)

Lapsed
in year
(notional units)

Dividends
in year
(notional units)

Outstanding
at end of year
(notional units)

Award date

Vesting date

Expected total  
value of award at
time of grant
£

Closing
share price on
date of grant
£

30 June 2006

1,173,610

Nil

(5,392)

(59,208)

28 June 2007

Nil

978,470

Nil

(30,446)

15,226

22,742

1,124,236

30 June 2009

1,305,511

970,766

28 June 2010

1,775,639

1.1525

1.8075

Participants are required to sacrifice part of their actual annual bonus award and are awarded deferred shares with an initial market value approximately
equal to the amount of actual cash bonus foregone.

Note 31 Reserves

Share premium account
Retained earnings
Capital redemption reserve
Own shares
Translation reserve
Available for sale reserve
Cash flow hedging reserve

2008

£m

8.0
(363.6)
410.8
(12.6)
5.7
0.6
24.5

2007

£m

179.4
91.8
243.0
(7.3)
3.0
Nil
(4.6)

A reconciliation of the movements in the above reserves is shown in the Consolidated statement of changes in equity on page 45.

The balance of the share premium account represents the amounts received in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary shares offset by issue costs,
bonus issues of shares and any transfer between reserves.
The balance held in the retained earnings reserve is the accumulated retained profits of the Group. The consolidated profit on ordinary activities after
taxation for the financial year includes £373.7m (2007: £464.4m) in respect of the Company on a UK GAAP basis.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 95

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 96

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 31 Reserves (continued)

The capital redemption reserve represents the cumulative par value of all shares bought back and cancelled.
Cumulative goodwill of £113.8m (2007: £113.8m) has been written off against reserves in periods prior to 1 May 1998 in accordance with the UK
accounting standards then in force and such goodwill will remain eliminated against reserves.
Details of own shares held are given in note 29. The own shares reserve represents the cumulative cost of shares in Stagecoach Group plc purchased in
the market and held by the Group’s two Employee Share Ownership Trusts offset by cumulative sales proceeds.
The translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translations of the financial statements of foreign operations. It is also
used to record the effect of hedging net investments in foreign operations.
The available for sale reserve records the changes in fair value on available for sale investments. On disposal, the cumulative changes in fair value are
recycled to the income statement.
The cash flow hedging reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective
hedge. On maturity, the cumulative gain or loss is recycled to the income statement to match the recognition of the hedged item through the income
statement.

Note 32 Consolidated cash flows

(a) Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated by operations

Operating profit of continuing Group companies
Operating profit of discontinued operations
Depreciation 
– continuing operations
– discontinued operations 
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment 
Intangible asset expenses
Impairment of investments
Equity-settled share based payment expense

Operating cashflows before working capital movements
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(Increase)/decrease  in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables
Increase in provisions
Non cash exceptional pensions past service adjustment
Other differences between employer pension contributions and amounts recognised in the income
statement

Cash generated by operations

(b) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

In the cash flow statement, proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment comprise:

Net book values
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of properties
Value of property, plant and equipment traded in
Movement in receivables and deposits for proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

2008

£m

164.8
Nil

66.6
Nil
0.4
7.9
0.2
1.7

241.6
(6.7)
(43.5)
129.1
8.5
Nil

(69.0)

260.0

2008

£m

7.7
(0.4)
0.3
(3.4)
5.0

9.2

2007

£m

166.4
5.2

68.3
2.5
0.2
9.6
1.3
2.0

255.5
0.5
14.9
(2.8)
13.7
(28.9)

(94.9)

158.0

2007

£m

6.8
(0.2)
3.6
(0.9)
1.7

11.0

page 96 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 97

Note 32 Consolidated cash flows (continued)

(c) Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net (debt)/funds

(Decrease)/increase in cash 
Cash flow from movement in borrowings

New hire purchase
Bonus issue of preference shares
Hire purchase debt of acquired subsidiaries
Other movements

(Increase)/decrease in net debt
Opening net funds/( debt) (as defined in note 32(d))

Closing net (debt)/funds (as defined in note 32(d))

2008

£m

(251.3)
501.9

250.6
(63.4)
(693.6)
(1.1)
1.4

(506.1)
186.4

(319.7)

2007

£m

315.1
40.9

356.0
(49.0)
Nil
Nil
15.3

322.3
(135.9)

186.4

(d) Analysis of net funds/(debt)
IFRS does not explicitly define “net funds/debt”. For the purpose of this note, net debt or net funds is the net of cash and borrowings as reported on the
consolidated balance sheet, adjusted to exclude any accrued interest and deferred gains on derivatives. The analysis below further shows the other
items classified as net borrowings in the consolidated balance sheet.

New hire
purchase/
finance leases

Preference
shares
issued

Preference
shares
liability
waived

Foreign
exchange
Acquisitions movements

(Charged)/
credited to
income
statement

Opening

Cashflows

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

Cash
Cash collateral
Hire purchase and finance lease
obligations
Bank loans and loan stock
Bonds
Preference shares

Net funds/(debt)
Accrued interest on bonds
Unamortised gain on early settlement 
of interest rate swaps

479.1
33.4

(250.9)
(0.4)

(122.3)
(37.0)
(166.8)
Nil

33.1
(212.8)
Nil
681.6

186.4 
(6.6)

250.6
7.3

Nil
Nil

(63.4)
Nil
Nil
Nil

(63.4)
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
(693.6)

(693.6)
Nil

(9.8)

Nil

Nil

Nil

Net borrowings (IFRS)

170.0

257.9

(63.4)

(693.6)

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Nil
3.9

3.9
Nil

Nil

3.9

£m

Nil
Nil

(1.1)
Nil
Nil
Nil

(1.1)
Nil

Nil

£m

0.4
Nil

(0.6)
Nil
(1.5)
Nil

(1.7)
(0.1)

£m

Nil
Nil

Nil
(0.9)
0.1
Nil

(0.8)
(7.3)

Closing

£m

228.6
33.0 

(154.3)
(250.7) 
(168.2)
(8.1)

(319.7) 
(6.7)

Nil

4.3

(5.5)

(1.1)

(1.8)

(3.8)

(331.9)

The net total of cash and cash collateral of £261.6m (2007: £512.5m) is classified in the balance sheet as £262.2m (2007: £513.3m) in cash and cash
equivalents and £0.6m (2007: £0.8m) as bank overdrafts within borrowings.

Cash and cash equivalents includes £113.8m (2007: £Nil) of amounts deposited in money market accounts that are due to mature between 1 May
2008 and 16 June 2008.

(e) Restricted cash
The cash collateral balance as at 30 April 2008 of £33.0m (2007: £33.4m) comprises balances held in trust in respect of loan notes of £32.2m (2007:
£32.3m), proceeds from the sale of businesses held in Escrow of £Nil (2007: £0.4m) and North America restricted cash balances of £0.8m (2007:
£0.7m). In addition, cash includes train operating company cash of £142.3m (2007: £96.2m). Under the terms of the franchise agreements, train
operating companies can only distribute cash out of retained earnings.

(f) Non cash transactions
The principal non cash transactions were the acquisition of property, plant and equipment using new hire purchase and finance leases.

During the year, the Group entered into hire purchase and finance lease arrangements in respect of new assets with a total capital value at inception of
the contracts of £66.2m (2007: £51.6m). After taking account of deposits paid up front, new hire purchase and finance lease liabilities of £63.4m
(2007: £49.0m) were recognised.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 97

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 98

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 33 Contingencies

Contingent liabilities
(i) At 30 April 2008, the following bonds and guarantees were in place relating to the Group’s rail operations:

Performance bonds backed by bank facilities
– Stagecoach South Western Trains
– East Midlands Trains
– South West Trains

Season ticket bonds backed by bank facilities
– Stagecoach South Western Trains
– East Midlands Trains

Intercompany loan facilities and guarantees
– Stagecoach South Western Trains
– East Midlands Trains
– South West Trains

These contingent liabilities are not expected to crystallise.

2008

£m

33.5
18.2
Nil

37.9
4.3

25.0
35.0
Nil

2007

£m

10.7
Nil
44.3

34.5
Nil

25.0
Nil
15.7

(ii) The Group and its joint venture, Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited, have, in the normal course of business, entered into a number of long-term
supply contracts. The most significant of these relate to track, station and depot access facilities, together with new train lease and maintenance
arrangements.

(iii) Under UK Rail franchise agreements, the Group and its joint venture, Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited, have agreed with the DfT annual amounts

receivable or payable in respect of the operation of rail franchises for future periods. Under these agreements, there is a requirement to comply with a
number of obligations. Failure to comply with these obligations would be a breach of the relevant franchise.

(iv) The Group and the Company are from time to time party to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Liabilities have been recognised
in the financial statements for the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle obligations arising under such legal actions. As at 30 April
2008, the accruals in the consolidated financial statements for such claims total £9.8m (2007: £2.6m).

Note 34 Guarantees and other financial commitments

(a) Capital commitments

Capital commitments are as follows:

Contracted for but not provided
For delivery in one year

2008

£m

2007

£m

95.8

74.3

(b) Operating lease commitments
The following were the future minimum contractual lease payments due under unexpired operating leases as at 30 April 2008:

As at 30 April 2008

Land &
buildings

Buses & other
road transportation
equipment

Trains &
rolling stock

Plant &
machinery

Lease payments due in respect of:
Year ending 30 April 2009
Year ending 30 April 2010
Year ending 30 April 2011
Year ending 30 April 2012
Year ending 30 April 2013
1 May 2013 and thereafter

£m

20.0
19.7
19.8
20.2
19.8
35.8

135.3

£m

1.5
0.9
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.1

3.9

£m

127.8
127.8
127.8
127.8
127.8
502.1

£m

7.6
7.4
6.6
5.2
3.3
1.8

Total

£m

156.9
155.8
154.8
153.6
151.3
539.8

1,141.1

31.9

1,312.2

All operating lease commitments associated with UK Rail franchises are assumed to terminate in line with the expected franchise end.

The amounts shown above do not include Network Rail charges, which are shown separately in note 34(c).

page 98 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 99

Note 34 Guarantees and other financial commitments (continued)

(b) Operating lease commitments (continued)

The following were the future minimum contractual lease payments due under unexpired operating leases as at 30 April 2007:

As at 30 April 2007

Land &
buildings

Buses & other
road transportation
equipment

Trains &
rolling stock

Plant &
machinery

Lease payments due in respect of:
Year ending 30 April 2008
Year ending 30 April 2009
Year ending 30 April 2010 
Year ending 30 April 2011 
Year ending 30 April 2012
1 May 2012 and thereafter

£m

7.5
6.8
6.3
5.9
4.5
21.8

52.8

£m

5.6
5.5
3.5
2.3
2.0
1.2

20.1

£m

100.6
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
476.9

977.5

£m

4.1
3.7
3.4
3.2
3.0
1.7

Total

£m

117.8
116.0
113.2
111.4
109.5
501.6

19.1

1,069.5

(c) Network Rail charges
The Group’s UK Rail franchises have contracts with Network Rail for access to the railway infrastructure (track, stations and depots) until the expected
end of the franchises. Commitments for payments under these contracts as at 30 April 2008 are as shown below. 

Lease payments due in respect of:
Year ending 30 April 2009
Year ending 30 April 2010
Year ending 30 April 2011
Year ending 30 April 2012
Year ending 30 April 2013
1 May 2013 and thereafter

Commitments for payments under these contracts as at 30 April 2007 were as follows:

Lease payments due in respect of:
Year ending 30 April 2008
Year ending 30 April 2009
Year ending 30 April 2010
Year ending 30 April 2011
Year ending 30 April 2012
1 May 2012 and thereafter

2008

£m

194.0
65.5
65.5
65.5
65.5
70.9

526.9

2007

£m

151.0
98.3
1.0
1.0
1.0
6.7

259.0

(d)  Joint ventures
Our share of commitments and contingent liabilities in joint ventures shown below are based on the latest statutory financial statements of the
relevant companies:

Annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases
Capital commitments
Franchise performance bonds
Season ticket bonds

2008

£m

47.9
Nil
14.7
1.5

2007

£m

60.4
Nil
14.7
1.3

The performance bonds at Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited, a joint venture, require that the consolidated net assets of Virgin Rail Group Holdings
Limited are no less than £25.0m (2007: £25.0m). This could restrict Virgin Rail Group Holding‘s ability to make distributions to the Group.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 99

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 100

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 35 Related party transactions

Details of major related party transactions during the year ended 30 April 2008 are provided below, except for those relating to the remuneration of
the Directors and management.

(i) Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited - Non-Executive Directors
Two of the Group’s managers are non-executive directors of Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited.  During the year ended 30 April 2008, the Group
earned fees of £45,415 (2007: £25,000) from Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited in this regard.

(ii) Noble Grossart Limited
Ewan Brown (Non-Executive Director) is a former executive director and current non-executive director of Noble Grossart Limited that provided
advisory services to the Group during the period. Total fees payable to Noble Grossart Limited in respect of the year ended 30 April 2008 amounted to
£20,000 (2007: £20,000).  At 30 April 2008, Noble Grossart Investments Limited, a subsidiary of Noble Grossart Limited, held 4,084,999 (2007:
6,354,443) ordinary shares in the Company, representing 0.6% (2007: 0.6%) of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital

(iii) Alexander Dennis Limited
Brian Souter (Chief Executive) and Ann Gloag (Non-Executive Director) collectively hold 37.9% (30 April 2007: 37.2%) of the shares and voting rights in
Alexander Dennis Limited. Noble Grossart Investments Limited (see (ii) above) controls a further 28.4% (30 April 2007: 27.9%) of the shares and voting
rights of Alexander Dennis Limited. None of Brian Souter, Ann Gloag or Ewan Brown is a director of Alexander Dennis Limited nor do they have any
involvement in the management of Alexander Dennis Limited. Furthermore, they do not participate in deciding on and negotiating the terms and
conditions of transactions between the Group and Alexander Dennis Limited.

For the year ended 30 April 2008, the Group purchased £34.8m (2007: £42.8m) of vehicles from Alexander Dennis Limited and £3.2m (2007: £3.9m)
of spare parts and other services. 

For new orders placed with Alexander Dennis Limited for vehicles, the Group has consulted with the UK Listing Authority and taken the appropriate
measures to ensure that the transactions with Alexander Dennis Limited comply with the Listing Rules.

(iv) Pension Schemes
Details of contributions made to pension schemes are contained in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

(v) Robert Walters plc
Martin Griffiths became a non-executive director of Robert Walters plc in July 2006 and received remuneration of £39,167 (2007: £29,000 from 12 July
2006 to 30 April 2007) in respect of his services for the year ended 30 April 2008. Martin Griffiths holds 12,000 shares in Robert Walters plc which
represents 0.01% of the issued share capital.

(vi) Glasgow Income Trust plc
Martin Griffiths became a non-executive director of Glasgow Income Trust plc on 8 November 2007 and received £6,689 in respect of his services for the
period ended 30 April 2008.

(vii) Loan to New York Splash Tours LLC
An interest bearing loan of £1.8m (2007: £1.9m) was outstanding from a joint venture, New York Splash Tours LLC, as at 30 April 2008.

Note 36 Post balance sheet events

On 16 May 2008, the Group completed the acquisition of Highland Country Buses Ltd and Orkney Coaches Ltd from Rapsons Coaches Ltd. The
businesses acquired, which operate bus and coach services in the Highlands, Skye and Orkney, have annual revenue of approximately £12.5m, employ
around 400 people and run a fleet of around 200 vehicles.

On 31 May 2008, holders of 2,904,318 redeemable ‘B’ preference shares elected to have these shares redeemed leaving 9,879,359 redeemable
‘B’ preference shares in issue.

page 100 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 101

Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Stagecoach Group plc

We have audited the parent company financial statements of Stagecoach
Group plc for the year ended 30 April 2008 which comprise the Balance Sheet
and the related notes. These parent company financial statements have been
prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited
the information in the Directors’ remuneration report that is described as
having been audited.

We have reported separately on page 40 on the Group financial statements
of Stagecoach Group plc for the year ended 30 April 2008   .

Respective responsibilities of directors and
auditors
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the Directors’
remuneration report and the parent company financial statements in
accordance with applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards
(United Kingdom  Generally Accepted Accounting Practice) are set out in the
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 23.

Our responsibility is to audit the parent company financial statements and
the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited in accordance
with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards
on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including the opinion, has been
prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance
with Section 235 of the Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose.  We
do not, in giving this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose
hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in
writing.

We report to you our opinion as to whether the parent company financial
statements give a true and fair view and whether the parent company
financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be
audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act
1985. We also report to you whether in our opinion the information given in
the Directors’ report is consistent with the parent company financial
statements. The information given in the Directors’ report includes that
specific information presented in the Operating and Financial Review that is
cross referred from the Business Review section of the Directors’ report.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has not kept
proper accounting records, if we have not received all the information and
explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law
regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed.

implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent
misstatements or material inconsistencies with the parent company financial
statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit
includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts
and disclosures in the parent company financial statements and the part of
the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited. It also includes an
assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the
Directors in the preparation of the parent company financial statements, and
of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Company’s
circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and
explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the parent company
financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be
audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or
other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the
overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the parent company
financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be
audited.

Opinion
In our opinion:
• the parent company financial statements give a true and fair view, in

accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice,
of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 30 April 2008;

• the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’
remuneration report to be audited have been properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 1985; and

• the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with the parent

company financial statements.

We read other information contained in the Annual Report and consider
whether it is consistent with the audited parent company financial
statements.  The other  information comprises only the Directors’ report and
the unaudited part of the Directors’ remuneration report. We consider the

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
Glasgow
1 July 2008

Stagecoach Group plc | page 101

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 102

Company balance sheet
As at 30 April 2008
Prepared using UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP)

Fixed assets
Tangible assets
Investments

Current assets
Debtors and prepaid charges – due within one year
Deferred tax asset
Derivative financial instruments at fair value  – due within one year
Derivative financial instruments at fair value  – due after more than one year
Cash and cash equivalents

Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year
Trade and other creditors
Redeemable ‘B’ preference shares
Derivative financial instruments at fair value

Net current (liabilities)/assets

Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year
Other creditors
Derivative financial instruments at fair value

Net assets excluding pension liability
Pension liability, net of deferred tax

Net assets including pension liability

Capital and reserves
Equity share capital
Share premium account
Profit and loss account
Capital redemption reserve
Own shares

Shareholders’ funds

These financial statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 25 June 2008.

2008

Notes

£m

2

3

4
5
7
7

6

6

7

6

7

8

9
10
10
10

10

0.1
968.6

968.7

162.6
0.3
20.8
5.6
73.7

263.0

(401.0)
(8.1)
(0.4)

(409.5)

(146.5)

822.2

(0.6)
Nil

821.6
(1.9)

819.7

7.0
8.0
406.5
410.8
(12.6)

819.7

2007

£m

0.1
966.9

967.0

200.9
0.3
6.5
Nil
94.6

302.3

(94.9)
Nil
(3.9)

(98.8)

203.5

1,170.5

(0.7)
(2.6)

1,167.2
(2.4)

1,164.8

7.0
179.4
742.7
243.0
(7.3)

1,164.8

Brian Souter
Chief Executive

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.

Martin A Griffiths
Finance Director

page 102 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 103

Notes to the Company financial statements

Note 1 UK GAAP accounting policies

The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 1985. As permitted by that Act, the separate
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.

Basis of accounting

•
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance with applicable accounting standards in the
United Kingdom.

No profit and loss account is presented by the Company as permitted by Section 230 of the Companies Act 1985.

The Company is not required to prepare a cash flow statement under Financial Reporting Standard 1 (“FRS 1”) (revised).

Tangible fixed assets

•
Tangible fixed assets are shown at their original historic cost net of depreciation and any provision for impairment as set out in note 2.

Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives, as follows:

IT and other equipment, furniture and fittings
Motor cars and other vehicles

3 to 10 years
3 to 5 years 

The need for any fixed asset impairment write-down is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the asset against the higher of net realisable value
and value in use.

Investments

•
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost, less provision for impairment.

Taxation

•
Corporation tax is provided on taxable profit at the current rate applicable. Tax charges and credits are accounted for through the same primary
statement (either the profit and loss account or the statement of total recognised gains and losses) as the related pre-tax item.

In accordance with FRS 19, “Deferred Taxation”, full provision is made for deferred tax on a non-discounted basis in respect of all timing differences
except those arising from the revaluation of fixed assets where there is no binding sale agreement and undistributed profits of overseas subsidiaries. 

Deferred tax is calculated at rates at which it is estimated the tax will arise. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent they are more likely than not
to be recovered.

Tax, current and deferred, is calculated using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Foreign currencies

•
Foreign currency transactions arising during the year are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange ruling on the date of the transaction. Foreign
currency monetary assets and liabilities are retranslated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the year end. Any exchange differences so arising
are dealt with through the profit and loss account.

For the principal rates of exchange used see the Group IFRS accounting policies on page 49.

Share based payment

•
The Company issues equity-settled and cash-settled share based payments to certain employees. 

The Company has applied the optional exemption contained within FRS 20, which allows it to apply the standard only to equity-settled share based
payments granted after 7 November 2002 that have not vested before the date of transition, being 1 May 2004.

Share based payment awards made by the Company to employees of its subsidiary companies are recognised in the Company’s financial statements as
an increase in its investments in subsidiary undertakings rather than as an expense in the profit and loss account to the extent that the amount of the
expense recorded by each subsidiary company is less than the amount recharged to it by the Company.

Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted and is
recognised as an expense (or as an increase in investments in subsidiary undertakings) over the vesting period. In valuing equity-settled transactions,
no account is taken of any non-market based vesting conditions and no expense or investment is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest as
a result of a failure to satisfy a non-market based vesting condition. None of the Group’s equity-settled transactions have any market based
performance conditions.

Fair value for equity-settled share based payments is estimated by use of the Black-Scholes pricing model. 

At each balance sheet date, before vesting, the cumulative expense or investment is calculated based on management’s best estimate of the number of
equity instruments that will ultimately vest taking into consideration the likelihood of achieving non-market based vesting conditions.

Cash-settled transactions
The cost of cash-settled transactions is measured at fair value. Fair value is estimated initially at the grant date and at each balance sheet date
thereafter until the awards are settled. Market based performance conditions are taken into account when determining fair value. 

Fair value for cash-settled share based payments (being only those that relate to the Long Term Incentive Plan) is estimated by use of a 
simulation model.

During the vesting period, a liability is recognised representing the estimated fair value of the award and the portion of the vesting period expired as at
the balance sheet date. 

Choice of settlement
The Company can choose to settle awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan in either cash or equity, although it currently expects to settle all such
awards in cash. Awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan are accounted for as cash–settled transactions (see above).

Stagecoach Group plc | page 103

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 104

Notes to the Company financial statements

Note 1 UK GAAP accounting policies (continued)

Dividends

•
Dividends on ordinary shares are recorded in the financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders, or in the
case of interim dividends, in the period in which they are paid.

Financial instruments

•
The accounting policy of the Company under FRS 25 “Financial instruments: Disclosure and presentation” and FRS 26 “Financial instruments:
Measurement” for financial instruments is the same as the accounting policy for the Group under IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Disclosure and
presentation” and IAS 39 “Financial instruments: Recognition and Measurement”. Therefore for details of the Company’s accounting policy for financial
instruments refer to pages  51 to 53. 

Investment in own shares

•
In accordance with UITF Abstract 38, “Accounting for ESOP Trusts”, own shares held by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust and Qualifying Employee
Share Ownership Trust have been classified as deductions from shareholders’ funds.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

•
Borrowings are recognised initially at the proceeds received, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost
using the effective yield method; any difference between proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the profit and
loss account over the period of the borrowings.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the
balance sheet date.

Pensions

•
The Company accounts for pensions and similar benefits under FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” and measures its obligations due at discounted present
value. 

Note 2

Tangible fixed assets

Cost
At beginning of year
Additions
Disposals

At end of year

Depreciation
At beginning and end of year

Net book value
At beginning of year

At end of year

Note 3

Investments

Cost
Beginning of year
Additions

End of year

Amounts written off
At beginning and end of year

Net book value, beginning of year

Net book value, end of year

page 104 | Stagecoach Group plc

£m

0.6
0.2
(0.2)

0.6

(0.5)

0.1

0.1

Subsidiary
undertakings

£m

966.9
1.7

968.6

Nil

966.9

968.6

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 105

Note 4 Debtors and prepaid charges

Amounts falling due within one year were:

Other prepayments and accrued income
VAT and other government debtors
UK corporation tax receivable
Amounts owed by Group companies 

2008

£m

0.4
14.7
1.0
146.5

162.6

2007

£m

1.5
9.2
Nil
190.2

200.9

Note 5 Deferred tax asset

The  movement in the deferred tax asset during the year was as follows:

2008

2007

Beginning of year
Charge to profit and loss account

End of year

The deferred tax asset recognised can be analysed as follows:

Short-term timing differences

Note 6 Creditors

(a) Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year

Bank overdrafts
Bank loans and loan notes
Trade creditors
Accruals and deferred income
UK corporation tax payable
Amounts due to Group companies

Trade creditors are non-interest bearing and are normally settled on 30  to 45 day terms.

(b) Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year

Accruals and deferred income

(c) Borrowings were repayable as follows:

On demand or within 1 year
Bank overdraft
Bank loans and loan notes

Total borrowings

£m

0.3
Nil

0.3

2008

£m

0.3

2008

£m

297.0
36.0
0.1
4.0
Nil
63.9

401.0

2008

£m

0.6

2008

£m

297.0
36.0

333.0

£m

0.4
(0.1)

0.3

2007

£m

0.3

2007

£m

Nil
37.0
0.8
4.8
1.3
51.0

94.9

2007

£m

0.7

2007

£m

Nil
37.0

37.0

Stagecoach Group plc | page 105

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 106

Notes to the Company financial statements

Financial instruments

Note 7
The fair values of derivative financial instruments at 30 April 2008 are set out below:

Fuel derivatives – external
Fuel derivatives – internal 

2008

2007

Fair value
assets
£m

26.4
Nil

26.4

Fair value
liabilities
£m

(0.4)
Nil

(0.4)

Fair value
assets
£m

0.2
6.3

6.5

Fair value
liabilities
£m

(6.3)
(0.2)

(6.5)

Those derivatives identified above as “internal” are where the counterparty is a subsidiary company. Those identified as “external” are where the
counterparty is a third party financial institution.

In accordance with FRS 26, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” the Company has reviewed all significant contracts for embedded
derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for. None were identified.

There were no derivatives outstanding at the balance sheet date designated as hedges.

Note 8 Pension liability, net of deferred tax

Unfunded pension liability
Deferred tax asset

2008

£m

2.7
(0.8)

1.9

2007

£m

3.5
(1.1)

2.4

The Company no longer has any employees but has unfunded liabilities in respect of former employees which are shown above. See note 27 to the
consolidated financial statements for more details on retirement benefits.

Note 9 Called up share capital

Authorised ordinary share capital
936,428,571 (2007: 1,456,666,666) ordinary shares of 56/57 pence (2007: 12/19 pence) each

Allotted, called-up and fully paid ordinary share capital
718,145,299 (2007: 1,100,998,707) ordinary shares of 56/57 pence (2007: 12/19 pence)each

2008

£m

9.2

7.0

2007

£m

9.2

7.0

The Company operates two Employee Share Ownership Trusts: the Stagecoach Group Qualifying Employee Share Ownership Trust (“QUEST”) and the
Stagecoach Group Employee Benefit Trust 2003 (“EBT”). Shares held by these trusts are treated as a deduction from shareholders’ funds in the financial
statements. Other assets and liabilities of the trusts are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements as if they were assets and liabilities of the
Company. As at 30 April 2008, the QUEST held 384,279 (2007: 369,399) ordinary shares in the Company and the EBT held 4,600,165 (2007:
5,825,879) ordinary shares in the Company.

Further information on share capital, including in respect of redeemable ‘B’ Shares, is provided in note 29 to the consolidated financial statements.

page 106 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 107

Note 10 Reconciliation of shareholders’ funds

At 1 May 2007
Profit for the year
Credit in relation to share based payment
Dividends
Ordinary shares issued during the year
Own shares sold
Own shares purchased
Return of value to shareholders
Expenses associated with return of value
Preference shares redeemed

At 30 April 2008

Equity
share
capital

£m

7.0 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 

7.0 

Share
premium 
account 

Profit and
loss 
account 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve

£m

£m

179.4
Nil
Nil
Nil
7.7
Nil
Nil
(175.8)
(3.3)
Nil

742.7
373.7
1.7 
(30.0) 
Nil 
Nil 
Nil 
(674.4)
Nil
(7.2)

8.0

406.5

£m

243.0
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
160.6
Nil
7.2

410.8

Own
shares

£m

(7.3)
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
3.1
(8.4)
Nil
Nil
Nil

Total

£m

1,164.8
373.7
1.7
(30.0)
7.7
3.1
(8.4)
(689.6)
(3.3)
Nil

(12.6)

819.7

As permitted by section 230 of the Companies Act 1985, the Company has not presented its own profit and loss account.  The profit as disclosed
above of £373.7m (2007: £464.4m) is consolidated in the results of the Group.

Note 11 Share based payment

For details of share based payment awards and fair values see note 30 to the Group financial statements on pages 94 and 95. The Company accounts
for the equity-settled share based payment charge for the year of £1.7m (2007: £2.0m) by recording an increase to its investment in subsidiaries for
this amount and recording a corresponding entry to the profit and loss account reserve to reflect the fact that the Company has no employees and all
awards of share options in the Company’s shares are to employees of subsidiary companies. The Company accounts for the cash-settled share based
payment charge for the year of £5.0m (2007: £1.4m), by recording a liability for this amount and recording a corresponding entry as a charge through
the profit and loss account. The cash-settled share based payment charge is recharged in full to subsidiary companies and the recharge income and
related expense are both included in the profit and loss account.

Note 12 Guarantees, other financial commitments and contingent liabilities

(a)  The Company has provided guarantees to third parties of £54.1m (2007: £69.0m) in respect of subsidiary companies’ liabilities. The liabilities that

are guaranteed are included in the consolidated balance sheet but are not included in the company balance sheet.

In addition, the Company has provided guarantees to third parties of £43.2m (2007: £34.5m) in respect of contingent liabilities that are neither
included in the consolidated balance sheet nor the company balance sheet.

The Company is also party to cross-guarantees whereby the bank overdrafts, bank loans and Value Added Tax liabilities of it and certain of its
subsidiaries are cross-guaranteed by it and all of the relevant subsidiaries.

None of the above contingent liabilities of the Company are expected to crystallise.

The Company may be found to be liable for some of the legal liabilities referred to in note 33 (iv) to the consolidated financial statements on
page 98.

(b)  Capital commitments

Capital commitments (where the Company has contracted to acquire assets on behalf of its subsidiaries) are as follows:

Contracted for but not provided 
For delivery in one year

(c) Operating lease commitments
Annual charges for operating leases are made with expiry dates as follows:

2008

£m

82.1

2008

2007

Land and buildings
£m

Nil
0.3

Other
£m

3.1
0.5

Land and buildings
£m

Nil
0.3

Between one year and five years
Five years and over

Note 13 Related party transactions

2007

£m

63.2

Other
£m

3.1
0.5

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 8, “Related party disclosures” from having to provide related party disclosures in its
own financial statements when those statements are presented with consolidated financial statements of its group. Related party disclosures provided
by the Group can be found on page 100.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 107

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 108

Shareholder information
Analysis of shareholders as at 30 April 2008

Range of holdings

1 – 25,000
25,001 – 250,000
250,001 – 500,000
500,001 – 3,750,000
Over 3,750,000

Classification of shareholders

Individuals
Other corporate bodies
Banks and Nominees
Limited companies
Pension funds

Number of 
holders

43,132
410
59
123
38

%

98.56
0.94
0.13
0.28
0.09

Ordinary 
shares held

46,671,816
34,135,121
21,792,652
160,278,875
455,266,835

%

6.50
4.76
3.03
22.32
63.39

43,762

100.00

718,145,299

100.00

Number of 
holders

41,983
47
1,601
127
4

%

95.93
0.11
3.66
0.29
0.01

Ordinary 
shares held

199,313,056
5,118,808
485,268,291
28,431,660
13,484

%

27.76
0.71
67.57
3.96
0.00

43,762

100.00

718,145,299

100.00

Registrars
All administrative enquiries relating to shareholdings should, in the first instance, be directed to the Company’s registrars and clearly state the
shareholder’s name and address. Please write to: Equiniti Limited, PO Box 28448, Finance House, Orchard Brae, Edinburgh EH4 1WQ.
Telephone 0871 384 2408. Registrar forms can be obtained on-line at http://www.stagecoachgroup.com/scg/ir/shareholder/registrar/ 

Stagecoach individual savings accounts
The Company has appointed Halifax Share Dealing Limited as an ISA provider and shareholders who would like further information should contact
their help desk on 08457 22 55 25.

The Company has also made arrangements with Stocktrade for ISAs. Full details and an application form are available from Stocktrade (a division of
Brewin Dolphin), 81 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 3ES. Telephone 0131 240 0448.

Low cost share dealing facility
The Company has set up a low cost execution only share dealing facility with a division of Brewin Dolphin, Stocktrade, exclusive to Stagecoach
shareholders. The commission is 0.5% up to £10,000 with 0.2% being charged on the excess thereafter, subject to a £15 minimum.

Shareholders who would like further information should write to Stocktrade, 81 George Street, Edinburgh EH2 3ES. Telephone 0845 601 0995,
quoting dealing reference Low Co020. Postal dealing packs are available on request.

Payment of dividends by BACS
Many shareholders have already arranged for dividends to be paid by mandate directly to their bank or building society account. The mandates enable
the Company to pay dividends through the BACS (Bankers’ Automated Clearing Services) system. The benefit to shareholders of the BACS system is
that the registrar posts the tax vouchers directly to them, whilst the dividend is credited on the payment date to the shareholder bank or building
society account. Shareholders who wish to benefit from this service should request the Company’s registrars (address above) to send them a
dividend/interest mandate form or alternatively complete the mandate form attached to the next dividend tax voucher they receive.

Dividend Re-Investment Plan
The Company operates a Dividend Re-Investment Plan which allows a shareholder’s cash dividend to be used to buy Stagecoach shares at favourable
commission rates. Shareholders who would like further information should telephone the Company’s registrars, Equiniti Limited, on 0871 384 2408.

page 108 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 109

Five year financial summary – consolidated

Results
Revenue
Operating profit
Net finance (costs)/income
Profit before taxation
Tax credit/(charge)
Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent

Net assets
Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities (excluding provisions)
Non-current liabilities (excluding provisions)
Provisions

Total equity

Cash and debt
Cash at bank and in hand
Gross debt***

Net (debt)/funds***

Cash flow
Net cash flow from operating activities after tax

Ratios
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share*
Dividends per ordinary share

IFRS
2008**

IFRS
2007**

IFRS
2006**

IFRS
2005**

UK GAAP
2004

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

1,763.6
192.3
(23.6)
167.3
61.9
249.1

880.7
502.0
(558.1)
(625.0)
(119.2)

1,504.6
180.9
0.7
184.1
(43.6)
277.3

779.4
669.1
(445.1)
(382.7)
(108.4)

1,343.9
112.5
(15.9)
91.5
(20.3)
115.4

893.4
395.3
(438.2)
(529.0)
(109.9)

1,420.5
132.9
(21.9)
104.9
(25.3)
86.9

866.7
321.7
(517.4)
(462.6)
(93.0)

1,792.3
129.7
(27.3)
95.8
8.8
104.6

831.7
717.1
(674.6)
(292.2)
(192.0)

80.4

512.3

211.6

115.4

390.0

262.2
(581.9)

(319.7)

513.3
(326.9)

186.4

198.5
(334.4)

(135.9)

140.0
(354.6)

(214.6)

476.5
(544.1)

(67.6)

325.0

162.3

175.5

173.6

209.5

20.3p
5.4p

11.7p
4.1p

10.6p
3.7p

9.5p
3.3p

6.7p
2.9p

Net cash from operating activities after tax per ordinary share

45.1p

14.9p

16.3p

15.0p

15.9p

Ordinary shares in issue at year end

718.1m 1,101.0m 1,093.6m

1,069.5m 1,335.4m

*before intangible asset expenses and exceptional items

**discontinued operations as defined under IFRS accounting are excluded from operating profit for 2007 (London bus and New Zealand businesses)
2006 (London bus and New Zealand businesses) and 2005 (New Zealand). The numbers for 2004 are as reported under UK GAAP.

*** excluding any accrued interest and deferred gains on derivatives.

Stagecoach Group plc | page 109

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 110

Registered office, advisers and financial calendar

Company Secretary
Ross Paterson

Registered Office
10 Dunkeld Road

Perth PH1 5TW

Telephone +44 (0) 1738 442 111

Facsimile +44 (0) 1738 643 648

Email

info@stagecoachgroup.com

Company Number
SC 100764

Registrars
Equiniti

PO Box 28448

Finance House

Orchard Brae

Edinburgh EH4 1WQ

Telephone +44 (0) 871 384 2408*

Merchant Bankers
Noble Grossart Limited

48 Queen Street

Edinburgh EH2 3NH

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Kintyre House

209 West George Street

Glasgow G2 2LW

Stockbrokers
Credit Suisse

1 Cabot Square

London E14 4QJ

Principal Bankers
Bank of Scotland

New Uberior House

11 Earl Grey Street 

Edinburgh EH3 9BN

Solicitors
Shepherd & Wedderburn LLP

1 Exchange Crescent

Conference Square

Edinburgh EH3 8UL

Herbert Smith

Exchange House

Primrose Street

London EC2A 2HS

Financial Calendar

Annual General Meeting

29 August 2008

Payment Date – Ordinary Shares

Final Dividend

1 October 2008

Interim Report

December 2008

Interim Dividend

March 2009

*Calls to this number will be charged at 8p per minute from a BT number. Other telephone providers’ costs may vary.

page 110 | Stagecoach Group plc

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 111

Stagecoach Group plc | page 111

62880_StCchV13_p40to112:62880_StCchV13_p40to112  1/7/08  17:56  Page 112

page 112 | Stagecoach Group plc

Annual Report and Group Financial Statements 2008

greener

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
2
0
0
8

smarter

Group Headquarters 10 Dunkeld Road Perth PH1 5TW Scotland
T +44 (0)1738 442 111  F +44 (0) 1738 643 648  www.stagecoachgroup.com

travel

62880_StCoachCov08.indd   1

3/6/08   16:09:00